SUNDOWNER OWNERS MANUAL - Four Winns® Boats · SUNDOWNER ® OWNERS MANUAL. FOUR WINNS L.L.C., ... Boat Model: ... We’d also like to remind you to be kind to our environment while

SUNDOWNER OWNERS MANUAL®

FOUR WINNS L.L.C., 925 Frisbie Street, Cadillac, MI 49601 Phone (231) 775-1343

WARRANTY REGISTRATION TRANSFER REQUEST

Original Owner Name & Address: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Original Date of Purchase: ___________________________________________________ Hull Identification Number: ___________________________________________________ Boat Model: ___________________________________________________ Selling Dealer: ___________________________________________________ Name and address of new purchaser: ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________ Telephone & E-Mail Address: ___________________________________________________ Date of Purchase: ___________________________________________________ Transfer Fee*: $100.00 – All models. The warranty may be transferred only once. Registration of the second owner is required and the amount of the transfer fee is $100.00. Transfer of the remainder of the warranty must occur within five (5) years of the original retail sale. The transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15) days of purchase of the used boat by check, money order or cashier’s check payable to Four Winns. We will notify the appropriate engine manufacturer of the engine warranty transfer. This warranty registration request if accepted, transfers the warranty coverage remaining on the boat to the new purchaser. Acceptance of this request does not create any additional warranties or obligation on Four Winns. Warranty Expiration Date: ___________________________________________________ Four Winns Transfer Acceptance Date: ___________________________________________________ Four Winns Authorized Signature: ___________________________________________________ Mail to Four Winns L.L.C., 925 Frisbie Street, Cadillac, MI 49601, Attn: Customer Service Department. *Subject to change without notice.

NAME / ADDRESS CHANGE FORMName & Address: ___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

Telephone & E-Mail Address: ___________________________________________________

Hull Identification Number: ___________________________________________________

Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: ___________________


___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________



Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: ___________________


___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________

___________________________________________________



Boat Model: ___________________________________________________

Date of Purchase: __________________

PLEASE FOLD IN HALF & SEAL.



PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY.



NOTE: For warranty transfer please use the WarrantyTransfer Request Form also included in front of manual.



Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

Fou

r Win

ns L

.L.C

.92

5 F

risbi

e S

tree

tC

adill

ac, M

I 496

01

Att

n: C

ust

om

er S

ervi

ce D

epar

tmen

t.

TO:

TO:

TO:

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

PL

EA

SE

PL

AC

ES

TA

MP

HE

RE

.

Sundowner™ Owner’s Manual PrefacePage 1

™™

This manual will acquaint you with the use and maintenance of your new Four Winns boat. This manual alsoprovides special information critical to the safety of the passengers, and longevity of the equipment. The informa-tion on the following page lists the graphics used to increase the visibility of these important messages. Alsoincluded in your owner’s packet is the “Boating Basics, A Guide to Responsible Boating”. This publication coversthe boating basics and should be read along with your Four Winns Owner’s Manual before operating your boat.Review this information completely before using your new boat.

Four Winns continually strives to improve its products. Unit specifications, including standard and optionalequipment are constantly being modified. Equipment availability is also subject to change. The mostcurrent and accurate information available at the time of publication is included in this manual. Somevariation in equipment, description, location, and details can result.

The information in this manual focuses upon the equipment designed and manufactured by Four Winns onspecific models. When appropriate, please utilize the information pertinent to your specific boat model.

Equipment such as engines, and other accessories are manufactured by others. The information provided inthis manual is intended to be used in conjunction with the information provided by the manufacturersof this equipment. All information available at the time of manufacture has been included with your owner’spacket. In many cases, replacement of manufacturer’s literature may be obtained via their respective Internetwebsite.

Read this entire manual carefully before operating your new boat. Many instructions may require directperformance of the activity to fully understand the correct method. If you choose to read this manual at home,remember to take it to the boat with you.

Your Four Winns dealer knows your boat best and is interested in your complete satisfaction. Return to thedealer for service or other assistance. If you find it necessary to contact Four Winns directly, please refer to theaddress information listed below. Be sure to include the boat model, hull identification number, your daytimetelephone number, and specifics of the information desired.

This manual has been specifically developed for the Sundowner™ models. Please record the model and hullidentification number information below.

Model Hull Identification Number

________________________ __________________________

This manual should be considered part of the boat. Should you sell the boat, pass this manual on to the newowner. Take special care of this manual. Certain information in this manual may not be available in a replacementmanual. An electronic version of this manual may be viewed on our website at www.fourwinns.com.

Thank you for joining the Four Winns family. We appreciate your purchase and welcome the opportunity todemonstrate our commitment to you.

Four Winns Customer Service Department925 Frisbie Street

Cadillac, Michigan 49601231-775-1343 (Phone)

231-779-2345 (FAX)E-Mail Address: [email protected]

©FOUR WINNS L.L.C. 2004. All Rights Reserved.

PREFACE

PrefacePage 2

Sundowner™ Owner’s Manual

™

Congratulations on your new boat purchase and welcome to our boating family!

We want your boating experience to be the most enjoyable possible. The more you know about your new boat,the more you’ll enjoy the time you spend aboard. That’s why we prepared this manual. It’s your guide for safeoperation as well as understanding your boat’s system and equipment. It has been written for the beginningboater but experienced boaters will find helpful information as well. Be sure to read the contents thoroughly.

The popularity of boating and other water sports has grown tremendously in the past few years. Because ofthis, safety is an important issue for everyone who shares our waterways.

Remember that along with the freedom and exhilaration of boating comes the responsibility that you have forthe safety of your passengers and the other boaters who share the water with you. Throughout this manual,specific precautions and symbols identify safety-related information. Be sure to pay close attention to them.

This symbol means “pay attention!” Here is important information for your safety. If you don’t follow theseinstructions, you can damage your boat, hurt yourself or someone else or, even worse, have a fatalaccident.

This symbol and signal word indicate a potentially hazardous situation. If you ignore this safety mes-sage, property damage or minor or moderate personal injury MAY or CAN result.

This symbol and signal word indicate a potential hazard. If you ignore this safety message, seriousinjury or death CAN result.

This symbol and signal word indicates an immediate hazard. If you ignore this safety message,serious personal injury or death WILL result.

The precautions in this manual can’t and don’t cover every boating situation. If a specific method or procedureis not recommended, you must make sure that what you do is safe for you and others. Always use commonsense when boating! Remember to make sure that every safe boating excursion is a happy experience.

We’d also like to remind you to be kind to our environment while you’re boating. Don’t throw garbage and otherrefuse overboard. Do your best to keep harmful compounds like gasoline and antifreeze out of the water.

The information contained in the owner’s packet has been compiled to help you operate your boat withsafety and pleasure. It contains the details of the boat, the equipment supplied or fitted, its systems,and information on its operation and maintenance. Please read the information carefully and familiarizeyourself with the boat before using it.

If this is your first boat, or if you are changing to a type of boat you are not familiar with, for your owncomfort and safety, please ensure that you obtain handling and operating experience before “assumingcommand” of the boat. Your dealer or national sailing federation or yacht club will be pleased to adviseyou of local sea schools and competent instructors.

PLEASE KEEP THE MANUAL AND ALL OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION IN A SECURE PLACE,AND HAND IT OVER TO THE NEW OWNER WHEN YOU SELL THE BOAT.


™™

LABEL LOCATIONS

The NMMA capacity label and various warning labels are placed at different locations on each model for yoursafety. Additional warnings for fuel leakage, blower operation, and other important information will be imprintedor located on the dash. Many of these stickers and labels are not required by the U.S. Coast Guard but areimportant to ensure the safe operation of your Four Winns® boat. In addition, the Hull Identification Numberplate is permanently attached below the deck-hull joint on the starboard aft corner.

Below are letters corresponding to the various locations for each item on the drawings. See the following pagesfor the actual wording of each of the various warning labels found on your boat.

(A) Carbon Monoxide - Cabin Door (B) Gasoline Vapor-Blower Warning(C) Helm Boarding Ladder Warning (D) Rotating Prop - Boarding Ladder(E) Leaking Fuel (F) Canada Conformity - EU Builders Plate(G) Capacity Label/Yacht Certification Plate (H) CO Swim Platform & Lounging Area(I) Rotating Propeller - Helm (J) Ski Tow Warning(K) Winning Edge Sticker (L) NMMA Certified(M) Hull Identification Number Plate

Figure 1: Sundowner™ Models - Warning, Capacity and Other Label Locations (Reference Only)

C D

LK

F J

B

B

E G

A

H I

M

(Imprinted)

(Imprinted)

PrefacePage 4


™

D. Rotating Propeller - Ladder Warning Label

B. Gasoline Vapor-Blower Warning Label

WARNINGGASOLINE VAPORS CAN EXPLODE RESULTINGIN INJURY OR DEATH. BEFORE STARTING ENGINE-CHECK ENGINE BILGE COMPARTMENT FORGASOLINE OR VAPORS, AND-OPERATE BLOWER FOR FOUR MINUTES, ANDVERIFY BLOWER OPERATION.RUN BLOWER WHEN VESSEL IS OPERATING BE-LOW CRUISING SPEED.

ROTATING PROPELLER CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURYOR DEATH. SHUT OFF MOTOR WHEN NEAR PERSONSIN WATER.

WARNING

Imprinted Labels on Port Ignition Panel

B.

C.

CAPACITY & WARNING LABELS

A. Carbon Monoxide - Cabin Door Warning Label


™™

E. Leaking Fuel Warning Label

G. SAMPLE - Capacity Label (See Actual Capacity Plate Affixed to Boat for Actual Capaities.

G. NMMA Yacht Certification PlateReplaces Capacity Label on Certain Specific Models Only.

F. Canadian Conformity Label

F. EU Builders Plate-CE Certification Plate (Export)

PrefacePage 6


™

K. Winning Edge Sticker

L. NMMA Certified Sticker

J. Ski Tow Warning Label

I. Rotating Propeller - Helm Warning Label

M. SAMPLE - Hull Identification Number

H. CO Swim Platform & Lounging Area Warning Label


™™

Flush Out Warning Label (w/ Option)

No Ventilation - Do Not Store Fuel Warning Label

Shore Power Inlet Warning Label

Transom/Side Door Warning Label

ADDITIONAL LABELS (LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN)

PrefacePage 8


™

Oil Discharge Plate

DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITEDTHE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITSTHE DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THENAVIGABLE WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES, OR THE WATERSOF THE CONTIGUOUS ZONE, OR WHICH MAY EFFECT NATURALRESOURCES BELONGING TO, APPERTAINING TO, OR UNDER THEEXCLUSIVE MANAGEMENT AUTHORITY OF THE UNITED STATES,IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR DISCOLORATION OFTHE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A SLUDGE OR EMUL-SION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER. VIOLATORS ARESUBJECT TO SUBSTANTIAL CIVIL PENALTIES AND/OR CRIMINALSANCTIONS INCLUDING FINES AND IMPRISONMENT.

Trash Overboard Decal

ADDITIONAL PLATE & LABEL CONTINUED (SPECIFIC MODELS ONLY-LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN)

Page 1Table of ContentsSundowner™ Owner’s Manual

™

OPERATION ............................................................................................................................................. 1

A - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1A - 2 COMPONENT SYSTEMS............................................................................................. 1A - 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................. 1A - 4 PASSENGER SAFETY ................................................................................................ 1

A - 5 “RULES OF THE ROAD” .............................................................................................. 1 A - 6 LIGHTNING................................................................................................................... 1 A - 7 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL .............................................................................................. 2 A - 8 PRE-CRUISE SYSTEM CHECK ................................................................................... 2

A. Before Starting The Engine .................................................................................. 2B. After Starting The Engine ..................................................................................... 2

A - 9 ENGINE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES...................................................................... 2A. Before Starting .................................................................................................... 2B. Cold Engine Start (Carbureted Engines) .............................................................. 3C. Warm Engine Starting (Carbureted Engines) ........................................................ 3D. Cold / Warm Engine Start (EFI Engines) ............................................................... 3E. Shifting and Control Speed .................................................................................. 4F. Stopping Engine .................................................................................................. 4

A - 10 GROUNDING AND TOWING ......................................................................................... 5 A - 11 BOATING EDUCATION ................................................................................................. 5

A. Boating Courses ................................................................................................. 5B. Boating Manuals or Literature .............................................................................. 5C. Charts and Maps ................................................................................................. 5D. Laws and Regulations......................................................................................... 6

A - 12 BOAT OWNER REGISTRATION................................................................................... 6 A - 13 INSURANCE ................................................................................................................ 6A - 14 ACCIDENT REPORTING .............................................................................................. 6A - 15 DISCHARGE OF OIL .................................................................................................... 7A - 16 DISPOSAL OF PLASTICS & OTHER GARBAGE ........................................................ 7A - 17 MARPOL TREATY ....................................................................................................... 7

SAFETY & SAFETY EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................ 1

B - 1 GENERAL.................................................................................................................... 1A. Required Safety Equipment ................................................................................ 1B. Personal Floatation Devices (PFD’s) ................................................................... 1C. PFD Types ......................................................................................................... 1D. PFD Pointers ...................................................................................................... 2E. Fire Extinguisher ................................................................................................ 2F. Fire Extinguisher System ..................................................................................... 3G. Visual Distress Signal Devices ........................................................................... 3H. Sound Signaling Devices .................................................................................... 4I. Navigation Lights ................................................................................................ 4J. Additional Recommended Equipment ................................................................. 4

B - 2 CARBON MONOXIDE ................................................................................................... 4A. Properties and Characteristics of Carbon Monoxide ............................................. 4B. What Makes Carbon Monoxide ........................................................................... 5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Table of ContentsPage 2


™

C. How a Person is Affected by Carbon Monoxide .................................................... 5D. Effects of Carbon Monoxide ................................................................................. 5E. Symptoms .......................................................................................................... 5F. Treatment (Evaluate, Ventilate, Evacuate, Investigate, Take Corrective Action) ...... 5G. Inspection ........................................................................................................... 6H. Operation ............................................................................................................ 6I. Boathouses, Sea Walls and Confined Spaces ..................................................... 6J. The Effect of Boats Moored Along Side ............................................................... 6K. Backdrafting (Station Wagon Effect) .................................................................... 7L. Accumulation of Exhaust Gases-Swim Platform ................................................... 8M. Dangerous Activity - “Teak Surfing”/”Dragging” ....................................................... 8N. Cabin Appliances ................................................................................................ 8O. Air Conditioning .................................................................................................... 8P. Ventilation of Accommodation (Occupied) Spaces ................................................ 8Q. Running of Engines in Idle .................................................................................. 8R. Altitude and Sea Conditions ................................................................................ 8S. Portable Generator Sets ...................................................................................... 9T. Maintenance - Engine Performance ..................................................................... 9U. Maintenance - External Conditions ...................................................................... 9V. Maintenance - Exhaust Systems Integrity ............................................................ 9W. Maintenance - Ventilation Systems .....................................................................10X. Maintenance - Bulkhead and Deck Integrity .........................................................10Y. Maintenance - Air Conditioning Systems .............................................................10Z. Maintenance - Liquid Drains ................................................................................10AA. CO Detection System..........................................................................................10

B - 3 SAFE BOATING PRACTICES ..................................................................................... 11A. Drugs and Alcohol ............................................................................................. 11B. Safe Operation ................................................................................................... 11C. Passenger Safety .............................................................................................. 11D. Propeller ........................................................................................................... 12E. First Aid ............................................................................................................ 12F. Operation By Minors ......................................................................................... 12G. “Rules of the Road” ........................................................................................... 12H. Voluntary Inspection ......................................................................................... 12I. Safe Boating Courses ....................................................................................... 12

B - 4 WATER SPORTS....................................................................................................... 13A. Water Sport Guidelines ......................................................................................... 13B. Water Skiing ........................................................................................................ 13

BASIC SEAMANSHIP .............................................................................................................................. 1

C - 1 GENERALA. Boating Regulations ........................................................................................... 1B. Rules of Seamanship .......................................................................................... 1

C - 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS .................................................................................................. 3A. International Association of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B) .............. 3B. Lateral Markers .................................................................................................. 3C. Safe Water Markers ........................................................................................... 3D. The Uniform State Waterway Marking System.................................................... 4E. A Special Sign .................................................................................................... 4F. Noise .................................................................................................................. 4G. Anchoring ............................................................................................................. 4

C - 3 RECOMMENDED READING ........................................................................................ 5


™

C - 4 CONTACTS .................................................................................................................. 5C - 5 OWNER’S LOGS AND RECORDS ............................................................................... 6C - 6 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS CHART ...................................................................................... 6

WARRANTY AND SERVICE ...................................................................................................................... 1

D - 1 FOUR WINNS WARRANTY POLICY ............................................................................ 1D - 2 DECK/HULL STRUCTURE WARRANTY ....................................................................... 1D - 3 WARRANTY REGISTRATION ....................................................................................... 1D - 4 TRANSFER OF WARRANTY ....................................................................................... 1D - 5 PRE-OWNED UNIT REGISTRATION ............................................................................. 1D - 6 INSURANCE COVERAGE ............................................................................................ 2D - 7 SERIAL NUMBER RECORD......................................................................................... 2D - 8 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE ........................................................................................... 2D - 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS .............................................................................................. 2D - 10 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................... 3D - 11 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS ................................................................................... 3D - 12 WINNGEAR™ .............................................................................................................. 3

ENGINES AND INSTRUMENTATION......................................................................................................... 1

E - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1E - 2 ENGINE EXHAUST ....................................................................................................... 1E - 3 ENGINES ..................................................................................................................... 2E - 4 PROPELLERS ............................................................................................................. 2

A. Diameter ............................................................................................................. 2B. Pitch ................................................................................................................... 2C. Prop Slip ............................................................................................................. 2

E - 5 RUNNING ANGLE & POWER TRIM/TILT....................................................................... 3A. Power Trim ......................................................................................................... 3B. Power Tilt ............................................................................................................ 3

E - 6 TRIM TABS .................................................................................................................. 3A. Control Listing .................................................................................................... 4B. Induce Planing & Controlling Trim Angle ............................................................. 4C. Trim Tab Maintenance......................................................................................... 5

E - 7 ENGINE INSTRUMENTATION ....................................................................................... 5A. Tachometer ......................................................................................................... 5B. Speedometer ...................................................................................................... 6C. Temperature Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge) ...................................................................... 6D. Oil Pressure Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge) ...................................................................... 6E. Voltmeter (4-in-1 Gauge) ..................................................................................... 7F. Fuel Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge) .................................................................................. 7G. Power Trim Gauge .............................................................................................. 7H. Depth Sounder .................................................................................................... 7I. Four Position Ignition Switch ............................................................................... 7J. Emergency Stop Switch ...................................................................................... 7K. Engine Hour Meter .............................................................................................. 8L. Alarm Systems .................................................................................................. 8M. VHF Radio - (Optional) ......................................................................................... 8N. Compass .............................................................................................................. 8O. Instrument Maintenance ...................................................................................... 9



™

CONTROL SYSTEMS ............................................................................................................................... 1

F - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1F - 2 SIDE MOUNT CONTROL OPERATION ......................................................................... 1

A. Carbureted Engines ............................................................................................ 1B. Fuel Injected Engines (EFI) ................................................................................. 2

F - 3 NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH ........................................................................................ 2F - 4 CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ........................................................................... 2

STEERING SYSTEMS............................................................................................................................... 1

G - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1A. Rotary Steering ................................................................................................... 1B. Tilt Steering ......................................................................................................... 1C. Power Steering .................................................................................................... 1

G - 2 PROPELLER TORQUE ................................................................................................ 2G - 3 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE .......................................................................... 2

A. General Maintenance .......................................................................................... 2B. Rotary System Maintenance ............................................................................... 2C. Winter Storage .................................................................................................... 3

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS........................................................................................................................... 1

H - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1H - 2 BATTERY SYSTEM ...................................................................................................... 1

A. Single Battery System ........................................................................................ 1B. Dual Battery System .......................................................................................... 1C. Battery Switch Operation .................................................................................... 2D. Battery Switch Operation with “Emergency Start Only” Position .......................... 3E. Battery Charger .................................................................................................... 3

H - 3 12 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ............................................................................ 3A. Helm Equipment ................................................................................................. 3B. Installation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment .......................................................... 5C. Interior Equipment ............................................................................................... 5

H - 4 110(220) VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ....................................................................... 5H - 5 DOCKSIDE OPERATION ............................................................................................. 6

A. Shore Power Connections .................................................................................... 6B. 110 Volt AC Equipment ......................................................................................... 6C. Reverse Polarity ................................................................................................... 7D. Ground Fault Current Interrupters (GFCI) .............................................................. 7

H - 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ....................................................................... 8A. Battery Maintenance ........................................................................................... 8B. Electrical Wiring Maintenance ............................................................................. 8

H - 7 STRAY CURRENT CORROSION .................................................................................. 9A. General ............................................................................................................... 9B. Galvanic Corrosion ............................................................................................ 10C. Corrosion Prevention ......................................................................................... 10


™

FUEL SYSTEMS ....................................................................................................................................... 1

I - 1 GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEMS ....................................................................................... 1A. System Testing ................................................................................................... 1B. Fuel Fills ............................................................................................................. 1C. Anti-Syphon Valves ............................................................................................. 2D. Fuel Gauge ......................................................................................................... 2E. Fuel Senders ...................................................................................................... 2F. Fuel Filters ......................................................................................................... 3G. Use and Maintenance ......................................................................................... 3

I - 2 FUEL STANDARDS ...................................................................................................... 3A. Problems With Alcohol in Gasoline ...................................................................... 3B. Recommendations .............................................................................................. 4

I - 3 FUELING INSTRUCTIONS ............................................................................................ 4

WASTE AND WATER SYSTEMS .............................................................................................................. 1

J - 1 GENERAL .................................................................................................................... 1J - 2 DISINFECTING THE WATER SYSTEM ........................................................................ 1J - 3 FRESH WATER SYSTEM ........................................................................................... 2

A. Head Sink .......................................................................................................... 2B. Cockpit Refreshment Center ............................................................................... 2C. Transom Shower ................................................................................................. 3

J - 4 HEADS ........................................................................................................................ 3A. Enclosed Heads ................................................................................................. 3B. Porta Potti .......................................................................................................... 4C. Vacu-Flush® Sanitation System ........................................................................... 5D. Head Pump Out .................................................................................................... 6

J - 5 GRAY WATER SYSTEM - OPTIONAL ........................................................................... 6J - 6 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................ 7

A. Clean Vents and Screens .................................................................................... 7B. Winterizing the Water System ............................................................................ 7

VENTILATION AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS .............................................................................................. 1

K - 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VENTILATION ...................................................................... 1A. Gravity Ventilation System .................................................................................. 1B. Forced Air Ventilation .......................................................................................... 1C. Engine Ventilation System Maintenance .............................................................. 1

K - 2 CABIN VENTILATION ................................................................................................... 1K - 3 HULL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS ....................................................................................... 1

A. Transom Drain ..................................................................................................... 1B. Bilge Pumps ....................................................................................................... 2C. Liner Drains ........................................................................................................ 2D. Bilge Compartment Drainage ............................................................................... 2

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................................ 1

L - 1 BUTANE STOVE .......................................................................................................... 1L - 2 COCKPIT REFRESHMENT CENTER ........................................................................... 1L - 3 REMOVABLE COOLER ............................................................................................... 1L - 4 HEADS ........................................................................................................................ 2L - 5 GALLEY....................................................................................................................... 2



™

L - 6 STEREO ...................................................................................................................... 2L - 7 BURLWOOD HELM ENHANCEMENTS ....................................................................... 3L - 8 ANCHOR LOCKER STORAGE .................................................................................... 3L - 9 SKI STORAGE LOCKER ............................................................................................. 3

L - 10 TRANSOM PLATFORM LOCKER(S) ............................................................................ 4L - 11 CABIN V-BERTH STORAGE ........................................................................................ 4L - 12 AFT FILL-IN CUSHIONS (U-WRAP OR C-WRAP SEATING) ........................................ 4L - 13 COMPANIONWAY DOORS .......................................................................................... 5L - 14 COMPANIONWAY SLIDER DOOR ............................................................................... 5

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT........................................................................................................................... 1

M - 1 RAILS & DECK HARDWARE ....................................................................................... 1A. Rails ................................................................................................................... 1B. Cleats ................................................................................................................. 1C. Transom Ski Tow Ring......................................................................................... 1D. Maintenance ....................................................................................................... 1

M - 2 WINDSHIELDS ............................................................................................................. 1M - 3 DECK HATCH ................................................................................................................ 2M - 4 EXTENDED SWIM PLATFORM - LADDER................................................................... 2M - 5 TRANSOM WALK-THRU BACKREST DOOR............................................................... 3M - 6 ANCHOR & ANCHORING ............................................................................................. 3M - 7 BOW ROLLER ............................................................................................................. 4M - 8 WINDLASS OPTION .................................................................................................... 5M - 9 DOCKING LIGHTS ......................................................................................................... 5

M -10 THRU-HULL EXHAUST................................................................................................... 5

UPHOLSTERY .......................................................................................................................................... 1

N - 1 INTERIOR SEATING ..................................................................................................... 1A. Dinette Cabin Table ............................................................................................... 1B. V-Berth Fill-In Cushions ........................................................................................ 1

N - 2 EXTERIOR SEATING .................................................................................................... 1A. Cockpit Tables .................................................................................................... 1B. Aft Fill-In Seating ................................................................................................ 2C. Bucket Seats ..................................................................................................... 2D. Double-Wide Helm Seat ....................................................................................... 3E. Engine Hatch with Electric Lift (Screw Jack) ......................................................... 3F. U-Shaped Lounger Seating ................................................................................. 4G. Backrest Walk-Thru Door ..................................................................................... 5H. Transom Walk-Thru Cushions ............................................................................... 5I. Center Cockpit Cushions ...................................................................................... 5J. C-Wrap Aft Lounger Seating ................................................................................. 5K. Port Lounger - Settee ........................................................................................... 5

N - 3 INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE .................................................................................. 6A. Cleaning Interior Fabric/Upholstery ....................................................................... 6B. Interior Carpets ..................................................................................................... 6C. Privacy Curtains ................................................................................................... 6


™

N - 4 EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE ................................................................................. 7A. Cleaning Vinyl ...................................................................................................... 7B. Exterior Carpets ................................................................................................... 8C. Cleaning and Maintenance .................................................................................... 9D. Stain Removal Testing ........................................................................................... 9E. Stain Removal Procedures .................................................................................... 9

N - 5 REPLACEMENT UPHOLSTERY ................................................................................. 10

WEATHER COVERS ................................................................................................................................. 1

O - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................ 1A. Bimini Top .......................................................................................................... 1B. Camper Canvas .................................................................................................. 2C. Cockpit Cover ..................................................................................................... 2D. Mooring Cover ..................................................................................................... 3

O - 2 TRAILERING ................................................................................................................ 3O - 3 WINTER STORAGE ..................................................................................................... 3O - 4 USE OF WEATHER COVERS AND CARBON MONOXIDE ............................................ 4O - 5 MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................ 4

FIBERGLASS AND HULL INFORMATION ................................................................................................ 1

P - 1 HULL DESIGN INFORMATION ...................................................................................... 1P - 2 FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................... 1P - 3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION ........................................................................................ 1P - 4 FIBERGLASS CARE & MAINTENANCE ....................................................................... 2

A. General Maintenance .......................................................................................... 2B. Weathering Effects on Gel Coat ........................................................................... 2C. Stains ................................................................................................................. 3

P - 5 FIBERGLASS REPAIRS ............................................................................................... 3A. Scratches ........................................................................................................... 4B. Gouges & Cracks ............................................................................................... 4C. Osmotic Blistering .............................................................................................. 5

P - 6 ANTIFOULING PAINT.................................................................................................... 5P - 7 HULL SUPPORT .......................................................................................................... 5

WOODWORK AND COMPOSITES ........................................................................................................... 1

Q - 1 HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE CARE ............................................................................ 1Q - 2 CHERRY ...................................................................................................................... 1Q - 3 STAR BOARD .............................................................................................................. 1Q - 4 BURLWOOD MAHOGANY ENHANCEMENTS ............................................................. 1Q - 5 LAMINATED FIBERGLASS .......................................................................................... 1Q - 6 CORIAN® MATERIAL .................................................................................................. 2Q - 7 ACRYLIC PLASTIC - (PLEXIGLASS) ............................................................................ 2

GENERAL MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................... 1

R - 1 WINTERIZATION ........................................................................................................... 1A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up ........................................................................... 1B. After Lifting .......................................................................................................... 1C. Prior to Winter Storage ........................................................................................ 2

R - 2 ENGINE FLUSH OUT ................................................................................................... 2R - 3 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE .................................................................... 3-5



™

TRAILER INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 1

S - 1 GENERAL TRAILER INFORMATION ............................................................................. 1A. Regulations ......................................................................................................... 1B. Load Carrying Capacity ....................................................................................... 1C. Hitches ............................................................................................................... 2

S - 2 TRAILER COMPONENTS ............................................................................................. 2A. Bunk Supports .................................................................................................... 2B. Tongue ................................................................................................................ 2C. Swivel Jack ......................................................................................................... 4D. Coupling Assembly ............................................................................................. 5E. Surge Disc Brakes .............................................................................................. 5F. Winch ................................................................................................................. 6G. Tires & Wheels ................................................................................................... 6H. Spare Tire Carrier ................................................................................................ 7I. Lights ................................................................................................................. 7J. Tie-downs ........................................................................................................... 8

S - 3 OPERATION ................................................................................................................. 9A. Hitching Trailers .................................................................................................. 9B. Backing Up With Surge Disc Brakes ................................................................ 10

S - 4 TRAILERING ............................................................................................................... 11A. Checklist ........................................................................................................... 11B. Tactics ............................................................................................................... 11

S - 5 MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................................... 12A. Care of Exterior Finish ....................................................................................... 12B. Bunks ............................................................................................................... 12C. Swivel Jack ....................................................................................................... 12D. Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly ................................................................ 12E. Winch ............................................................................................................... 12F. Lights ............................................................................................................... 12G. Tie-downs ......................................................................................................... 12H. Wheels ............................................................................................................. 13I. Brakes .............................................................................................................. 13J. Bearings ........................................................................................................... 13

S - 6 AXLE INSPECTION & REPAIRS ................................................................................. 13A. Removal of Hub ................................................................................................. 13B. Bearing/Seal Inspection and Replacement ......................................................... 14C. Hub Reinstallation ............................................................................................. 14

PRELAUNCH AND UNDERWAY ............................................................................................................... 1

T - 1 LAUNCH AND CRUISE CHECKLIST ............................................................................ 1T - 2 FUELING ..................................................................................................................... 2

A. Recommendations .............................................................................................. 2B. Preliminary Guidelines ........................................................................................ 2C. Pumping Fuel ..................................................................................................... 2D. After Fueling ....................................................................................................... 2

T - 3 LOADING PASSENGERS AND GEAR ......................................................................... 3T - 4 STARTING PROCEDURES .......................................................................................... 4

A. Preliminary Checks ............................................................................................ 4B. Starting ............................................................................................................... 4


™

T - 5 MANEUVERING .......................................................................................................... 4A. Leaving the Dock ................................................................................................ 5B. Stopping ............................................................................................................. 5

T - 6 ACCELERATION .......................................................................................................... 5T - 7 TRIMMING YOUR BOAT .............................................................................................. 6

B. Trim Tabs............................................................................................................ 6B. Tilt/Trim Control Switches ................................................................................... 7

T - 8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS ................................................................................................... 8T - 9 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS ......................................................................................... 8

A. Storms ................................................................................................................ 8B. Fog ..................................................................................................................... 8C. Running Aground ................................................................................................ 9D. Warning Markers ................................................................................................ 9

T - 10 REACTING TO EMERGENCIES .................................................................................. 9A. Flooding ............................................................................................................. 9B. Capsizing and Man Overboard ............................................................................ 9C. Capsizing ......................................................................................................... 10D. Man Overboard ................................................................................................. 10E. Collision ........................................................................................................... 10F. Fire ................................................................................................................... 10G. Medical Emergency ........................................................................................... 11H. Propulsion Failure .............................................................................................. 11I. Control Failure ................................................................................................... 11J. Steering Failure ................................................................................................. 11K. Additional Underway Information ........................................................................ 11

T - 11 RETURNING TO SHORE ............................................................................................ 11A. Docking ............................................................................................................. 11B. Mooring ............................................................................................................ 12

GLOSSARY ........................................................................................................................................... 1-7

FLOAT PLAN ........................................................................................................................................... 1

FUEL LOG ........................................................................................................................................... 1-3

SERVICE LOG ....................................................................................................................................... 1-3

SERVICE INFORMATION ......................................................................................................................... 1

LOCATOR DRAWING ............................................................................................................................. 1

ELECTRICAL SCHEMATICS ................................................................................................................ 1-31

Section APage 1


™

A - 1 GENERAL

Before starting the boat, become familiar with all of thevarious systems and related operations. Be sure allnecessary safety equipment is on-board. Know the“Rules of the Road”. Have an experienced operator briefyou on the general operation of your new boat. Performa “Pre-Cruise Systems Check”. This manual is a partof your boat’s equipment. Always keep it on board.

A - 2 COMPONENT SYSTEMS

Before you can really enjoy your boat, a thorough under-standing of its systems and their operation is essential.This manual and the associated manufacturers infor-mation are included in the owner’s packet. This infor-mation is provided to enhance your knowledge of theboat. Read this information carefully.

After becoming familiar with the boat and its systems,reread this manual and other materials provided in theowner’s packet. Maintenance and service tips are in-cluded to help keep the boat in like-new condition.

A - 3 SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Besides the equipment installed on the boat byFour Winns, certain other equipment is required for pas-senger safety. A booklet listing the Federal equipmentrequirements is included in the owner’s packet or is avail-able through your local U.S. Coast Guard Station. Re-member that these laws are for your protection and areminimum requirements. Check your local and state regu-lations, also. More information on safety equipment isprovided in Section B.

Items like a sea anchor, working anchor, extra dock lines,flare pistol, a line permanently secured to your ring buoy,etc. could at some time save your passengers lives, orsave your boat from damage.

The Coast Guard Auxiliary offers a “Courtesy Examina-tion.” This inspection will confirm the boat is equippedwith all of the necessary safety equipment.

A - 4 PASSENGER SAFETY

You are responsible for the safety of your passengersas well as for their behavior while aboard. Make sure:

1. Each passenger is properly instructed in PersonalFlotation Device (PFD) use and keeps one withinreach in case of emergency. All non-swimmers andchildren should wear a PFD at all times when un-derway.

2. Passengers do not sit on gunwales, open decks,elevated pedestal seats or on seat backs when theboat is underway. This could cause them to bethrown overboard during a sudden maneuver.

3. At least one other person knows how to operate theboat in case of an emergency.

A - 5 “RULES OF THE ROAD”

As in driving an automobile, there are a few rules thatmust be known if safe boating operation is to be main-tained. The Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, De-partment of Natural Resources or your local boat clubsponsor courses in boat handling, including “rules of theroad”. Such courses are strongly recommended. Bookson this subject are also available from local libraries.

A - 6 LIGHTNING

When boating, it is important to be aware of the weatheraround you. When the weather changes for the worse,DO NOT jeopardize your safety by trying to “ride out thestorm”. If possible, return to safe harbor and dock yourvessel immediately.

If caught in a storm, seek shelter inside the cabin andwait for the storm to pass. With open bow models,suntops and campers will provide some protection, butshould not be relied on if you are able to return to shore.Exercise care when high winds are present!

OPERATION

Section APage 2


™

DO NOT swim or dangle legs or arms into thewater during a lightning storm. Stay out of thewater!

Lightning will seek a ground when it strikes. Avoid con-tact with metal parts such as bow rails, control handle,or windshield.

A - 7 DRUGS AND ALCOHOL

Please keep in mind that along with the fun of boatingcomes responsibility. As the owner or operator of a plea-sure boat, you are obligated (morally and legally) to usegood judgement while underway in providing for thesafety and well-being of your passengers and other boat-ers around you.

A common and flagrant violation of good judgement andthe law by mariners involves the use of alcohol or drugs.Each year, about half of all accidents involving fatalitiesinvolve the use of alcohol or drugs.

It is a federal offense to operate a boat while intoxicated.Criminal penalties may include the termination of operat-ing privileges for up to one year. Many states havepassed similar laws.

Alcohol or drugs have an inhibiting effect on the judge-ment and reaction time of the boat operator and his/herpassengers. Heed the advice of experts and statisti-cians...DO NOT drink or use drugs when operating aboat. NEVER allow an obviously intoxicated person totake the helm.

Have fun in your Four Winns® boat but also, have thegood sense to be mentally alert and physically capableof operating the boat in a safe manner.

A - 8 PRE-CRUISE SYSTEM CHECK

Before leaving the dock, the following items should bechecked:

A. Before Starting The Engine

1. Check the weather forecast. Determine if the cruiseplanned can be made safely.

2. Be sure all necessary safety equipment is on boardand operative. This includes items such as the run-ning lights, horn, spotlight, life saving devices, etc.

3. Check the bilge water level and bilge pump opera-tion. Check the engine and drive fluid levels. Lookfor other signs of potential problems. Check for thescent of fuel fumes.

4. Activate the Bilge Blower. Check the blower output.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting in injuryor death. Before starting the engine, check en-gine compartment bilge for gasoline or vapors.Operate blower for four minutes, and verifyblower operation. ALWAYS run the blower whenthe vessel is operating below cruising speed.

5. Ensure an adequate amount of fuel is on board.

6. Be sure you have sufficient water and other provi-sions on board for the cruise planned.

7. Leave a written message listing details of the plannedcruise with a close friend ashore.

B. After Starting The Engine

1. Visibly check the engine to be sure there are no ap-parent water or oil leaks.

2. Check the gauges. Make sure the oil pressure, wa-ter temperature, voltmeter, etc. are reading normally.

3. Have a safe cruise and enjoy yourself.

A - 9 ENGINE OPERATIONAL PROCEDURESNotice: Consult engine manual. Addi-tional engine information is located inSection T.

A. Before Starting

1. Check the engine compartment for water, gas, and/or oil leaks of any kind. Keep the bilge in a cleancondition to prevent blower and bilge pump damage,and fire hazards.

2. Check the fluid levels of the engine oil and powersteering system daily. Fill oil or steering fluid as re-quired by the indications on the dip sticks. Refer to

Section APage 3


™

the Table 1: “SAE Viscosity Chart” and your en-gine manual included in the owner’s packet. DONOT USE MULTIGRADE OIL. Power steering andpower trim use automatic transmission fluid. Checkthe fluid levels in the vertical drive units or transmis-sion as often as practical.

Table 1: SAE Viscosity Chart

3. Start and operate the bilge blower system for at leastfour (4) minutes before start-up.

4. Lower the vertical outdrive units (on applicable mod-els) making sure the water intakes are under thewater.

B. Cold Engine Start (Carbureted Engines)

1. The engine may require priming prior to starting. Toprime the engine, proceed as follows:

a. Place ignition switch in the OFF position.

b. Disengage shift mechanism.

c. Move control handle to the full throttle position;this operates accelerator pump and primes theengine.

d. Repeat priming, if necessary.

e. Return the control handle to fast idle position.

2. Turn key switch to START position and hold untilengine starts. DO NOT hold in START position formore than ten seconds. In colder weather, morepriming may be necessary. However, too much prim-ing may flood engine.

If engine floods:

• Disengage shift. Move handle to full throttle posi-tion.

TSEWOLEHTFIDETAPICITNA

*SIERUTAREPMET

GNIWOLLOFEHTYTISOCSIVEAS

ERASLIODEDNEMMOCER

23 O 0(F o evobadna)C 03EAS

0O 81-(F O 23ot)C O 0(F O )C 02-W02EAS

0woleB O 81-(F O )C W01EAS

.etarepoottcepxeuoyegnarerutarepmeT*slioytisocsivelgnisylnoesU:etoN .

• Turn key switch to the START position.

• Immediately move the control handle to the idle po-sition when the engine starts.

NOTICEFailure to move the control handle to the idleposition immediately when engine starts will al-low engine to “over-rev” and engine damagecould result. “Over-revving” engine after off-season storage could also damage the waterpump impeller. When starting engine for thefirst time after off-season storage, alwaysidle engine for one minute to allow the wa-ter pump to prime.

3. As soon as engine starts:

a. Release key to the ON or RUN position.

b. Move control handle to the fast idle position towarm up engine. DO NOT exceed 1000 RPM.

C. Warm Engine Starting (Carbureted Engines)

1. Move control handle to the neutral detent position.

2. Turn key switch to START position and hold untilengine starts, but DO NOT hold in start position formore than ten seconds. If engine does not start, letgo momentarily, then try again.

3. As soon as engine starts, release key to the ON orRUN position.

NOTICENEVER turn key to START position when en-gine is running.

D. Cold / Warm Engine Start (EFI Engines)

1. Move the control handle to NEUTRAL detentposition.

2. Turn the key switch to start and hold until enginestarts, for no longer than 10 seconds. If enginedoes not start, let go momentarily, then try again.

3. As soon as engine starts, release key to ON orRUN.

Section APage 4


™

If engine floods:

• Disengage shift. Move handle to full throttle posi-tion.

• Turn key switch to the START position.

• Immediately move the throttle levers to the idle posi-tion when the engine starts.

NOTICEFailure to move the throttle handle to the idleposition immediately when engine starts will al-low engine to “over-rev” and engine damagecould result. “Over-revving” engine after off-sea-son storage could also damage the water pumpimpeller. When starting engine for the firsttime after off-season storage, always idleengine for one minute to allow the waterpump to prime.

3. As soon as engine starts:

a. Release key to the ON or RUN position.

NOTICEPriming is not necessary for EFI engines. Referto the engine owner’s manual for additionalinformation.

E. Shifting and Control Speed

1. Move control handle to the neutral detent (idle) posi-tion. This will engage neutral start switch and allowengine to start.

DO NOT shift into FORWARD or REVERSE un-less engine is running. Damage to the shift sys-tem could result from trying to shift without theengine running. Carefully check function of allcontrol and engine systems before leaving thedock.

2. To go FORWARD - actuate the neutral lock mecha-nism and briskly move the shift handle forward.Throttle movement will begin after forward gear en-gagement.

3. To go in REVERSE - actuate the neutral lock mecha-nism and briskly move the shift handle rearward.Throttle movement will begin after reverse gear en-gagement.

DO NOT shift from forward to reverse whenthe boat is planing.

NOTICEDO NOT shift if engine speed is above 800RPM.

4. To go from FORWARD to REVERSE, or REVERSEto FORWARD; always pause at NEUTRAL and al-low engine speed to return to idle.

5. After shifting is completed, continue to move thecontrol handle slowly in the desired direction to in-crease speed.

Any time the boat is operated, be aware ofchanges in shift system operation. A suddenincrease in shift effort at the remote controlhandle, or other abnormal operation, indicatesa possible problem in the shift system. If thisoccurs, the following precautions must be taken:

• With engine running and boat securely tiedto the dock, shift drive into forward and re-verse to ensure there is gear engagement.

• When docking the boat, all docking ma-neuvers must be performed at slow speed.Pay special attention to other boaters. Pas-sengers should be informed of potentialproblems and precautions taken.

If you suspect there is a problem, see your Volvo Penta/Mercruiser dealer as soon as possible for proper diag-nosis and required service or adjustment. Continuedoperation could result in damage to the shift mecha-nism and loss of control.

F. Stopping Engine

1. Move control handle to the NEUTRAL position.

2. Turn ignition key to the OFF position.

NOTICEDO NOT stop engine at speeds above idle or“speed up” engine while turning off ignition.Engine damage could result.

Section APage 5


™

A - 11 BOATING EDUCATION

A. Boating Courses

Boating education classes are offered throughout thecountry. The United States Coast Guard Auxiliary offersfree courses on different topics usually during the off-season. The most popular course is the “Boating Skills& Seamanship Course,” and information can be obtainedby calling 1-800-336-BOAT.

The United States Power Squadron also offers freecourses ranging from basic seamanship to celestial navi-gation. For information, contact your local Power Squad-ron, or write: U.S.P.S., P.O. Box 30423, Raleigh, NC27622.

The Red Cross offers power boating and canoeingclasses. Contact: Director of Water Safety, AmericanNational Red Cross, 17th & D Streets N.W., Washing-ton, DC 20006.

The Canadian Power and Sail Squadron offers seaman-ship courses. Information can be obtained by calling1-800-268-3579 (Canada only).

B. Boating Manuals or Literature

A good source of information is the U.S. Coast Guard’shome study book called “The Skipper’s Course”. Thisbook may be purchased through: Superintendent ofDocuments, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washing-ton, DC 20402, Stock # 050-012-00159-6.

Another good source of boating information is Chapman’s“Piloting, Seamanship and Small Boat Handling”. Also,check the local library or bookstore for additional infor-mation on boating.

C. Charts and Maps

U.S. nautical charts are sold throughout the country atGovernmental Printing Office stores and other agents. Achart catalog is available by writing to: National Oceanicand Atmospheric Administration, National Ocean Survey,Rockville, MD 20852.

In addition, many federal agencies publish recreationalmaps, including the U.S. Army Corp of Engineers, theForest Service, the National Park Service, and the Ten-nessee Valley Authority.

A - 10 GROUNDING AND TOWING

If the boat should become disabled, or if assist-ing another craft that is disabled, great care mustbe taken. The stress applied to a boat duringtowing may become excessive. Excessivestress can damage the structure of the boat andcreate a safety hazard for those aboard.

Four Winns® boats are not designed nor intended to beused as a towing vessel. The mooring cleats onFour Winns® boats are not designed or intended to beused for towing purposes. These cleats are specificallydesigned as mooring cleats for securing the boat to adock, pier, etc. DO NOT use these fittings for towing orattempting to free a grounded vessel.

Freeing a grounded vessel or towing a boat that is dis-abled requires specialized equipment and knowledge.Line failure and structural damage caused by impropertowing have resulted in fatal injuries. Because of this,Four Winns strongly suggests that these activities beleft to those who have the equipment and knowledgesuch as the U.S. Coast Guard, to safely accomplish thetowing task.

Running aground can cause serious damageto a boat and associated underwater gear. Ifthe boat should become grounded, distributepersonal flotation devices and inspect the boatfor possible damage. Thoroughly inspect thebilge area for signs of leakage. An experiencedservice facility should check the hull and under-water gear at the first opportunity. DO NOT con-tinue to use the boat if the condition of the hullor underwater equipment is questionable.

If towing or being towed is absolutely necessary, usethe strongest lines available, and attach them to the boweyes or stern eyes only. Have all passengers slip on lifejackets and take a seat in the cabin or other protectedarea.

Lines can snap or other hardware can be loos-ened or broken while towing. Under certain con-ditions, this can cause severe injury or fatality.

Section APage 6


™

Addresses of all state boating agencies are listed in “ABoater’s Guide”. For a free copy, write to: National Ma-rine Manufacturers Association, 401 N. Michigan Av-enue, Chicago, IL 60611.

D. Laws and Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard is the authority of the waterways;they are there to help the boating public. State boatingregulations are enforced by local authorities. You aresubject to marine traffic laws and “Rules of the Road”for both federal and state waterways; you must stop ifsignaled to do so by enforcement officers, and permit tobe boarded if asked.

There are many pamphlets, prepared by the CoastGuard, available to you. These pamphlets explain “Rulesof the Road,” signal lights, buoys, safety, internationaland inland regulations and other information which goesbeyond the scope of this manual. For more informationcontact your local U.S. Coast Guard Unit or call the CoastGuard Boating Safety Hotline at 1-800-368-5647.

A - 12 BOAT OWNER REGISTRATION

Federal and state laws require that every boat equippedwith propulsion machinery of any type must be regis-tered in the primary state of usage. Registration num-bers and validation stickers must be displayed on theboat according to regulations. In most states, this meansregistration with the designated state agency. In a fewjurisdictions, the Coast Guard retains registration au-thority. Your dealer will either supply registration formsor tell you where they may be obtained. The registrationagency will issue you a certificate that must be carriedon board when the boat is in use. Some states requireadditional registration when an out of state boat is usedwithin their boundaries.

Your boat has a hull identification number on the star-board side of the hull. Figure A1 shows a typical identifi-cation number. Use this hull identification number forregistration and to identify your boat for warranty ser-vice.

Figure A1: HIN

A - 13 INSURANCE

In most states, the boat owner is legally responsible fordamages or injuries he or she causes, even if someoneelse is operating the boat at the time of the accident.Common sense dictates that you carry adequate per-sonal liability and property damage insurance on yourboat, just as you would on an automobile. You shouldalso protect your investment by insuring your boat againstphysical damage or theft.

A - 14 ACCIDENT REPORTING

The operator of the boat is responsible for filing a reportwith the appropriate authorities. In general, reports arenecessary for accidents involving loss of life, injury, ordamage over $500. In the case of accidents with report-able injuries or death, a formal report is required within48 hours. If only property damage is involved, a reportmust be made within ten days. The 1971 Boating SafetyAct may impose a $1,000 civil fine for people who fail tosubmit a boating accident report. Ask your insuranceagent for more information.

If you see a distress signal, you must assume it is a realemergency and render assistance immediately. The mas-ter or person in charge of a boat is obligated by law toprovide assistance to any individual in danger at sea.However, you should not put your boat or crew in a dan-

Section APage 7


™

gerous situation which exceeds your capabilities or thoseof your boat. The 1971 Boating Safety Act grants protec-tion to a Good Samaritan boater offering good faith as-sistance, and absolves a boater from any civil liabilityarising from assistance given.

A - 15 DISCHARGE OF OIL

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act prohibits thedischarge of oil waste into or upon the navigable watersof the United States or the waters of the contiguous zoneif such discharge causes a film or sheen upon or a dis-coloration of the surface of the water or causes a sludgeor emulsion beneath the surface of the water. Violatorsare subject to a penalty of $5,000.

A - 16 DISPOSAL OF PLASTICS & OTHER GARBAGE

Plastic refuse dumped in the water can kill fish and ma-rine wildlife and can foul boat propellers and cooling wa-ter intakes. Other forms of waterborne garbage can lit-ter our beaches and make people sick. U.S. Coast Guardand most state regulations prohibit the dumping of plas-tic refuse or other garbage mixed with plastic into thewater anywhere, and restrict the dumping of other formsof garbage within specified distances from shore.

A - 17 MARPOL TREATY

Boats 26 feet or longer must display a sign stating thedisposal regulations of the Federal Water Pollution Con-trol Act. The U.S. Coast Guard has issued these regula-tions to implement Annex V of the International Conven-tion for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, com-monly known as Annex V of the MARPOL (Marine Pol-lution) Treaty 73/78. They apply to all U.S. boats wher-ever they operate (except waters under the exclusivejurisdiction of a State) and foreign boats operating in U.S.waters out to and including the Exclusive Economic Zone(200 miles). It is important to know these regulations andadhere to them.

The regulations require U.S. recreational boaters, if yourboat is 26 feet or more in length, to affix one or moreUSCG Trash Dumping Restrictions placards to your boat.The placard warns against the discharge of plastic andother forms of garbage within the navigable waters ofthe United States and specify discharge restrictions be-yond the territorial sea. (The territorial sea generally endsthree nautical miles from the seashore.) In addition, the

placard must contain the warning that a person who vio-lates these requirements is liable to civil ($25,000) andcriminal (Imprisonment) penalties. The placard also mustnote that State and local regulations may further restrictthe disposal of garbage.

Operators shall display one or more placards in a promi-nent location and in sufficient numbers so they can beobserved and read by crew and passengers. These lo-cations might include embarkation points, food serviceareas, galleys, garbage handling spaces and commondeck spaces frequented by crew and passengers. Werecommend that these placards may be purchased fromlocal marinas, boat dealerships and marine equipmentsuppliers. A special placard is available for boats operat-ing on the Great Lakes.

IMPORTANT: It is illegal to discharge waste from yourmarine sanitary device (toilet) into the water in most ar-eas. It is your responsibility to be aware of and adhere toall local laws concerning waste discharge. Consult withthe Coast Guard, local marina or your dealer for addi-tional information.

NOTE: Some states and localities have legal limits onspeed, noise and trailer specifications. It is your respon-sibility to be aware of these laws and limits and to insurethat your boat (and trailer) comply. Consult with your lo-cal Marine Patrol or local Coast Guard office.

Section BPage 1


™

B - 1 GENERAL

As the owner/operator of the boat, you are responsiblefor assuring that all required safety equipment is aboard.You should also consider supplying additional equipmentas needed for your safety and that of your passengers.Check state and local regulations and call the U.S. CoastGuard Boating Safety Hotline at 1-800-368-5647 for in-formation about required safety equipment.

A. Required Safety Equipment

Most of the safety equipment required by federal regu-lations is provided as standard equipment. PersonalFloatation Devices (life jackets) must fit the person wear-ing it. If local regulations require additional equipment,it must be approved by the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG).Minimum requirements include the following:

• Personal Floatation Devices• Visual Distress Signal• Bell or Whistle• Fire Extinguisher• Navigation Lights

NOTICEAs the owner/operator of the boat, you are re-sponsible for assuring that all required safetyequipment is aboard and meets the boatingregulations as prescribed by both federal andlocal authorities in your area.

B. Personal Floatation Devices (PFDs)

Federal regulations require that you have at least oneCoast Guard approved personal floatation device (PFD)for each person in a recreational boat. You should notuse your boat unless all PDFs are in serviceable condi-tion, readily accessible, legibly marked with the CoastGuard approval number, of an appropriate size (withinthe weight range and chest size marked on the PDF)for each person aboard.

A PFD provides buoyancy to help keep your head abovethe water and to help you remain in a satisfactory posi-tion while in the water. Body weight and age should beconsidered when selecting a PFD. The buoyancy pro-vided by the PFD should support the person’s weight inthe water.

The size of the PFD should be appropriate for thewearer. Body weight or chest size are common meth-ods used to size PFDs. It is your responsibility to en-sure that you have the proper number and types ofPFDs on board and that your passengers know whereand how to use them.

C. PFD Types

Five types of PFDs have been approved by the U.S.Coast Guard. The PFDs are described as follows:

PFD Type 1, Wearable (Figure B1) has the greatestrequired buoyancy. Its design allows for turning mostunconscious persons in the water from face down po-sition to a vertical or slightly backward, face-up posi-tion. It can greatly increase the chances of survival.Type 1 is most effective for all waters, especially off-shore when rescue may be delayed. It is also the mosteffective in rough waters.

Figure B1: Type I, Wearable

PFD Type II, Wearable (Figure B2) turns its wearer inthe same way as Type I, but not as effectively. TheType II does not turn as many persons under the sameconditions as a Type I. You may prefer to use this PFDwhere there is a probability of quick rescue such as inareas where other people are commonly involved inwater activities.

Figure B2: Type II, Wearable

SAFETY & SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Section BPage 2


™

PFD Type III, Wearable (Figure B3) allows the wearerto place themselves in a vertical or slightly backwardposition. It does not turn the wearer. It maintains thewearer in a vertical or slightly backward position andhas no tendency to turn the wearer face down. It hasthe same buoyancy as a Type II PFD and may be ap-propriate in areas where other people are commonlyinvolved in water activities.

Figure B3: Type III, Wearable

PFD Type IV, Throwable (Figure B4) is required in ad-dition to the PFDs previously discussed. The most com-mon Type IV PFD is a buoyant cushion or ring buoy. Itis designed to be thrown to a person in the water,grasped and held by the user until he or she is res-cued. A Type IV PFD should always be in serviceablecondition and immediately available for use. Graspingthis PFD may be difficult if the rescue is delayed or ifthe user is overcome by hypothermia (loss of body heat).

Figure B4: Type IV, Throwable

PFD Type V, Wearable (Figure B5) when inflated, itprovides buoyancy equivalent to Type I, II, or III PFDs.When it is deflated, however, it may not support somepeople.

Figure B5: Type V, Wearable

D. PFD Pointers

The purpose of a PFD is to help save your life. If youwant it to support you when you are in the water, it needsto fit, float, and be in good condition.

1. Try the PFD on and adjust it until it fits comfortablyin and out of the water. Mark your PFD if you arethe only wearer.

2. To make sure the PFD works, wear it in the water.This will show you how it works and give you confi-dence when you use it.

3. Teach children how to put a PFD on and allow themto try it in the water. That way, they know what thePFD is for and how it works. They will feel morecomfortable with it if they suddenly find themselvesin the water.

4. If the PFD is wet, allow it to dry thoroughly beforestoring it. Do not dry it in front of a radiator or heater.Store it in a well ventilated area.

5. Keep PFDs away from sharp objects which cantear the fabric or puncture the floatation pads.

6. For their own safety and the safety of others, allnonswimmers, poor swimmers, and small childrenshould wear PFD’s at all times, whether the boat isstationary or moving.

7. Check the PFD frequently to make sure that it isnot torn, that floatation pads have no leaks, andthat all seams and joints are securely sewn.

8. If a PFD contains kapok, the kapok fibers may be-come waterlogged and lose their buoyancy afterthe vinyl inserts are punctured. If the kapok be-comes hard or if it is soaked with water, replace it.It may not work when you need it.

E. Fire Extinguisher

As the owner/operator of the boat, you are responsiblefor supplying a fire extinguisher approved by the U.S.Coast Guard.

Hand-held portable extinguisher(s) should be mountedin a readily accessible location(s) away from the en-gine compartment. All persons aboard should knowthe location(s) and proper operation of the fireextinguisher(s).

Section BPage 3


™

Fire!In case of fire do not open the engine compart-ment. Shut down engine(s), generator(s), andblower(s). Models with fixed fire suppressionsystem will automatically discharge its entirecontents. If using portable CO2 fire extin-guisher continuously discharge entire contents.On European models, discharge contentsthrough fire port.

NOTICEUsing a portable fire extinguisher with an ac-cess/fire port in the engine compartment is pre-ferred to opening the engine compartment tofight the fire. However, using a portable extin-guisher in this way provides less protectionagainst fire than a fixed suppression system.

NOTICEDo not test fire extinguishers by squirting smallamounts of the extinguishing compound. Thefire extinguisher might not work when you re-ally need it.

The Sundowner™ models that measure 16 to less than26 feet are considered Class 1 powerboats. Since theyhave permanently installed fuel tanks, they are requiredto carry one (1) B-1 type hand portable fire extinguisher.If the boat is equipped with a fixed fire extinguishingsystem in the engine compartment, one (1) B-1 typehand portable fire extinguisher is still recommended.

Sundowner™ that are Class 2 powerboats (26 to lessthan 40 feet) are required to carry two (2) B-1 type ap-proved hand portable fire extinguishers or one (1) B-2type approved hand portable fire extinguisher. When afixed fire extinguishing system is installed in machineryspace(s), at least one (1) B-1 type approved hand por-table fire extinguisher is required.

F. Fire Extinguisher System

An automatic FE241 agent fire extinguisher system isoptional on certain Sundowner™ models. The equip-ment utilized has been so chosen, and located, to pro-vide sufficient volume and coverage of the entire enginecompartment. While the system ensures excellent over-all bilge fire protection, it does not eliminate theU.S.C.G. requirement for hand-held fire extin-guishers. Refer to the manufacturer’s literature includedin the owner’s packet.

G. Visual Distress Signal Devices

Visual distress signal devices approved by the U.S.Coast Guard are required on all recreational boats op-erating on coastal waters and to boats owned in theUnited States when they are operating on the high seas.Coastal waters include territorial seas and those wa-ters directly connected to the Great Lakes and the ter-ritorial seas up to a point where the waters are lessthan two miles (3.2km) wide. Visual distress signalequipment may be of the pyrotechnic or non-pyrotech-nic type. Regulations prohibit display of visual distresssignals on the water under any circumstances exceptwhen assistance is required to prevent immediate orpotential danger to persons on board a vessel.

The equipment must be approved by the U.S. CoastGuard, be in serviceable condition, and be stowed in areadily accessible location. Equipment having a datefor serviceable life must be within the specified usagedate shown. Careful selection and proper stowage ofvisual distress equipment is very important if young chil-dren are aboard.

YLNOESUYADESUTHGIN

YLNODNAYAD

ESUTHGIN

egnaroeerhTslangisekomsdlehdnaheno(

)gnitaolfowtdnaegnaroenorokcalbhtiwgalf

.ksiddnaerauqs

cirtceleS-O-SenO.thgilssertsid

foseralfeerhT,dlehdnaheht

roroetem.epytetuhcarap

Distress Signal Table

The minimum visual distress signals required in coastalwaters for a Class 1 or Class 2 powerboat is the follow-ing:

One orange flag with black square-and disc(daytime); and an S-O-S electric light (night-time); or three orange smoke signals, hand heldor floating (daytime); or three red flares of handheld, meteor, or parachute type (daytime/night-time).

NOTICENo single signaling device is appropriate for allpurposes. Consider keeping various types ofequipment on board.

Section BPage 4


™

B - 2 CARBON MONOXIDE

Carbon Monoxide!Carbon monoxide (CO) can be harmful or fatalif inhaled. Brain damage or death can resultfrom prolonged exposure to carbon monoxide.Keep exhaust outlets clear of blockage. Pro-vide adequate ventilation. Open hatches,doors, windows and vents to insure adequateventilation. Close engine compartment doorsand hatches when engine or generator is run-ning. Avoid operating the boat for extendedperiods of time at idle speed, and be sensitiveto weather conditions that may prevent CO fromdissipating into the air. Do not stand or swimnear engine or generator exhausts when en-gines are running.

Carbon monoxide accumulation is affected by many vari-ables (e.g., boat geometry, hatch, window and door open-ing, ventilation openings, proximity to other structures,swim platforms, canvas enclosures, location of exhaustoutlets, vessel attitude, wind direction, vessel speed,boat systems maintenance, etc.) The technical infor-mation included in this section is to inform the boat ownerof possible cause and effects of carbon monoxide expo-sure. This information has been reprinted with permis-sion from the American Boat and Yacht Council’s (ABYC)technical information report: “Educational InformationAbout Carbon Monoxide”. This information pertains toall gasoline powered boats manufactured by Four Winns.

NOTICEThe boat owner should be aware that other fac-tors may contribute to carbon monoxide accu-mulation. The most common ones are listed inthis section. If a person is exhibiting carbonmonoxide-type symptoms (Refer to B-2E Symp-toms), be sure to take the necessary precau-tions as prescribed later in this section.

A. Properties and Characteristics of CarbonMonoxide

1. Carbon monoxide is a colorless, odorless and taste-less gas. It is commonly referred to as CO.

2. Its weight is about the same as air so it cannot beexpected to rise or fall like some other gases, butwill distribute itself throughout the space.

H. Sound Signaling Devices

Class 1 and Class 2 powerboats are required to carry ahand, mouth or power operated horn or whistle. It mustproduce a blast of two-second duration and audible ata distance of at least one-half (1/2) mile.

The following are standard whistle signals:

• One Prolonged Blast Warning Signal• One Short Blast Pass on my Port Side• Two Short Blasts Pass on my Starboard Side• Three Short Blasts Engines in Reverse• Five or More Blasts Danger Signal

I. Navigation Lights

Navigation lights are intended to keep other vesselsinformed of your presence and course. If you are outon the water between sunset and sunrise, you are re-quired to display appropriate navigation lights.

J. Additional Recommended Equipment

Four Winns recommends that you acquire additionalequipment for safe, enjoyable cruising. This list, whichis not all inclusive, includes items you should consideracquiring.

Basic GearFlashlight Spare batteries Tow lineOar, paddle Mooring lines CompassDock fenders Distress signals First aid kitBoat hook VHF radio EPIRB*Sunscreen Extra warm clothing ChartsSecond anchor & lineDewatering device (pump or bailer)

Emergency supply of drinking water and food.*Emergency Position Indicating Radio Beacon

ToolsSpark plug wrench Hammer ScrewdriverJackknife Pliers Electrical tapeAdjustable wrench Lubricating oil Prop wrenchDuct tape

Spare PartsExtra bulbs Spare prop Extra fusesExtra drain plug Spark plugs Spare wireExtra prop nut/washer

Gear For Extended CruisesFoul weather gear Parallel rulers DividersLoran or Global Positioning System navigation equipment

Section BPage 5


™

NOTICEDO NOT rely on the use of smell or sight ofother gases to detect CO, because it diffuses inthe air much more rapidly than easily detectablevapors (i.e. visible and aromatic vapors).

B. What Makes Carbon Monoxide

Any time a material containing carbon burns such asgasoline, natural gas, oil, propane, coal, or wood, CO isproduced.

Common sources of carbon monoxide are:

1. Internal combustion engines.

2. Open flame devices such as:

a. Cooking rangesb. Central heating plantsc. Space heatersd. Water heaterse. Fireplacesf. Charcoal grills

C. How a Person is Affected by CarbonMonoxide

Carbon monoxide is absorbed by the lungs and reactswith blood hemoglobin to form carboxyhemoglobin, whichreduces the oxygen carrying capacity of the blood. Theresult is a lack of oxygen for the tissues with the subse-quent tissue death and, if exposure is prolonged,death of the individual.

D. Effects of Carbon Monoxide

Carbon monoxide in high concentrations can be fatal ina matter of minutes. Lower concentrations must not beignored because the effects of exposure to CO are cu-mulative and can be just as lethal.

Certain health related problems and age will increasethe effects of CO. People who smoke or are exposed tohigh concentrations of cigarette smoke, consume alco-hol or have lung disorders or heart problems, are par-ticularly susceptible to an increase in the effects fromCO. However, all occupants’ health should be consid-ered. Physical exertion accelerates the rate at whichthe blood absorbs CO.

E. Symptoms

One or more of the following symptoms can signal theadverse effect of CO accumulation:

1. Watering and itchy eyes2. Flushed appearance3. Throbbing temples4. Inattentiveness5. Inability to think coherently6. Loss of physical coordination7. Ringing in the ears8. Tightness across the chest9. Headache10. Drowsiness11. Incoherence12. Slurred speech13. Nausea14. Dizziness15. Fatigue16. Vomiting17. Collapse18. Convulsions

NOTICEThe order of the above list is generally the se-quence of appearance of symptoms. However,the order of appearance may change for differ-ent people.

NOTICEThe symptoms of carbon monoxide poison-ing may easily be mistaken for seasickness.

F. Treatment (Evaluate, Ventilate, Evacuate, Inves-tigate, Take Corrective Action)

1. Evaluate the situation and ventilate the area if pos-sible.

2. Evacuate the area and move affected person(s) toa fresh air environment.

3. Observe the victim(s).

4. Administer oxygen if available.

5. Contact medical help. If the victim is not breathing,perform rescue breathing or approved cardiopul-monary resuscitation (CPR), as appropriate, untilmedical help arrives and takes over.

Section BPage 6


™

I. Boathouses, Sea Walls and Confined Spaces

A boat operator should be aware that dangerous con-centrations of CO can accumulate when a boat, genera-tor or other engine operated device is operated while theboat is moored in a confined area such as:

1. Boathouses,

2. Proximity to sea walls, or

3. Proximity to other boats.

Keep engine room hatches and doors closed when op-erating engines, including the generator.

Pay attention to prevailing conditions and provide forventilation to induce fresh air and minimize exhaust re-entry. Orient the boat for maximum dissipation of theexhaust. DO NOT run the boat or boat equipment forextended periods under these conditions. See FigureB6.

Be aware that cockpit and deck drains can be a sourceof CO ingress into boats, especially boats with cockpitor decks enclosed with canvas or permanent boat struc-tures.

J. The Effect of Boats Moored Along Side

A boat operator should be aware that carbon monoxideis emitted from any boat’s exhaust. The operation, moor-ing, and anchoring in an area containing other boats maybe in an atmosphere containing CO not of the operator’smaking. An operator likewise needs to be aware of theeffect of their boat on other boats in the area. Of primeconcern is the operation of an auxiliary generator whereboats are moored along side each other. Be aware ofthe effect your exhaust may have on other boats and beaware that the operation of other boats’ equipment mayaffect the carbon monoxide concentration on your boat.See Figure B7.

Figure B6: The effect of sea walls and other confined spaces.

NOTICEPrompt action can make the difference betweenlife and death.

6. Investigate source of CO and take corrective ac-tion.

G. Inspection

Look and listen for leaks in the exhaust systems of boththe generator and propulsion engine(s). Look for discol-oration around joints in the system (water leaks, carbon,stains, etc.).

1. Make sure all exhaust clamps are in place and se-cured.

2. Make sure ventilation systems work and are not ob-structed or restricted.

3. Make sure gaps around the engine room plumbingand cableways and exhaust system doors, hatches,and access panels are minimized to reduce the op-portunity for CO to enter the accommodationspace(s).

H. Operation

Cold Start vs. Warm Start: CO production is greater whilethe combustion chamber surfaces and gas passagesare cold versus when they are warm. A boat operatorshould:

1. Pay attention to ventilating the boat.

2. Orient the boat so it will allow the maximum dissipa-tion of CO.

3. Minimize the time spent on getting underway.

4. In order to minimize CO buildup, do not warm upor run propulsion engine(s) for extended periodswhile the vessel is stationary.

The following are examples of possible situa-tions where carbon monoxide can accumulatewithin your boat while docked, anchored, or un-derway. Become familiar with these examplesand their precautions to prevent dangerousaccidents or death.

Section BPage 7


™

Figure B9: Inefficient trim angles.

3. Canvas Configurations - Under various conditions,adding or removing canvas may raise or lower COlevels. See Figures B8, B9 & B11.

Exhaust Fumes!Hull exhaust from your boat can cause exces-sive accumulation of poisonous carbon monox-ide gas within cockpit areas when using protec-tive weather coverings (while underway or whilestationary). Provide adequate ventilation whenthe canvas top, side curtains and/or back (aft)curtains are in their closed protective positions.

4. Opening and closing ports, hatches, doors, and win-dows may raise or lower CO levels on board a boat.When airflow is moving forward inside the boat, COmay be entering the boat. See Figures B10 and B11.

Figure B10: Desired air flow through the boat.

Figure B11: The effect of canvas configurations.

5. Operating a boat at slow speeds with a followingwind should be avoided. Consider changing direc-tion, adjusting speed, or both. See Figures B12.

Figure B7: The effect of boats moored along side.

K. Backdrafting (Station Wagon Effect)

Backdrafting or the “station wagon effect” is caused byair movement over or around a boat creating a low pres-sure area or suction area around the stern that can in-crease CO level on the boat. Backdrafting can be af-fected by relative wind direction , boat speed, and boattrim angle. See Figure B8 Backdrafting - Airflows OverBoat and Behind Transom”.

Under certain speed and operating conditions the lowpressure area may form in other regions and permitcarbon monoxide to enter the hull through openings thatare not on the back of the boat. Boat factors whichmay affect CO concentration:

Figure B8: Backdrafting - Air flows over boat and behind transom.

1. Intentional or unintentional excessive trim anglecausing high bow angle. See Figure B9.

2. Excessive or unequally distributed weight.

Section BPage 8


™

Figure B12: Operating at Slow Speed with Following Wind

6. Be aware that cockpit and deck drains can be asource of CO ingress into boats, especially boatswith cockpit or decks enclosed with canvas or per-manent boat structures.

L. Accumulation of Exhaust Gases-Swim Platform

When the propulsion engine(s) or generator is running,CO is produced and may remain in the vicinity of theexhaust outlet (including underwater exhaust outlets suchas sterndrives and outboards):

1. Do not occupy aft lounging area(s) or swim platform.

2. Do not swim under or around swim platform.

3. Do not swim in the vicinity of the exhaust outlet.

Refer to Figure B13.

Figure B13: Exhaust Gas Accumulation at Swim Platform

M. Dangerous Activity - “Teak Surfing”/“Dragging”

Do not sit on, occupy or hang on any stern appendages(e.g., swim platforms, boarding ladders, etc.) while un-derway. Do not body surf, commonly known as “teaksurfing” or “dragging”, etc. in the wake of the boat. Donot tow persons in close proximity to the stern of theboat. See Figure B14. This activity can also increasethe possibility of injury due to contact with a rotating pro-peller.

Figure B14: Exhaust Gas Accumulation-Dangerous Activity

N. Cabin Appliances

Boats having fuel burning appliances in accommodationareas should be provided with adequate ventilation andthe appliance should be maintained to function properly.

O. Air Conditioning

Lack of system maintenance may cause CO to be broughtinto the air-conditioned spaces by the air conditioner (ifapplicable). Please refer to the air conditionermanufacturer’s literature for additional information.

P. Ventilation of Accommodation (Occupied) Spaces

Accommodation spaces need to be ventilated to introducefresh air into the spaces. Ventilation methods (e.g. win-dows, hatches, doors, and blowers) used to accomplishthis may, under certain conditions, bring hazardous levelsof CO into the occupied spaces. Care should be taken tobe aware of all prevailing conditions when using these ven-tilating methods.

Q. Running of Engines in Idle

Engines running in idle exhaust carbon monoxide thatcan accumulate near the hull of the boat. Do not standor swim near the engine exhaust or outdrive when en-gines are idling or generator is running.

R. Altitude and Sea Conditions

Operation at altitudes greater than 5,000 feet contributesto inefficient engine performance and may require adjust-ments to the ignition systems, fuel systems, or changingthe propeller’s size or gear ratio.

1. Failure to make adjustments to ignition systems and/or fuel systems for altitude conditions may cause anincrease in CO production.

2. Reduced power resulting from increased altitude mayrequire adjustments to propeller size.

Section BPage 9


™

4. General

a. Worn piston rings and valves

b. Engine temperature - Cold running engines in-crease CO production. Engine cooling watersystem design and selection of thermostat(s)are primary considerations affecting engine op-erating temperature. Generally, an engine pro-duces less CO if it operates at a relatively hightemperature within manufacturer’s specifica-tions.

c. Exhaust Back-Pressure - Certain alterations tothe exhaust system may increase engine ex-haust back pressure and CO production.

d. Restricted engine room or compartment venti-lation

U. Maintenance - External Conditions

External conditions that contribute to inefficient engineperformance can include:

1. Fouled hull bottom

2. Damaged and fouled running gear (i.e., shaft, strutpropeller, rudder and trim tabs)

3. Incorrect selection of propeller size

V. Maintenance - Exhaust System Integrity

Gas tight integrity of exhaust systems must be main-tained to insure that leakage of CO within the boat doesnot occur. Disassembly may be required to carry out athorough inspection. Repair or replace componentsas indicated. Inspect the following:

1. Gaskets at cylinder head connection

2. Casting and pipe fittings in the dry section

3. All joints

4. Hoses

5. Clamps

6. Mufflers and their drain plugs

3. Heavy sea or out of trim conditions tend to load en-gines resulting in reduced performance and therebyincreasing their CO production.

S. Portable Generator Sets

Never use a portable generator on a boat.

Gasoline powered portable generators are available inthe marine market place and are not an option availablethrough Four Winns. Portable generators will produceCO. These sets discharge their exhaust products in lo-cations which can cause accumulation of carbon mon-oxide in the accommodation space. Do not use gaso-line powered portable generators on Four Winns®boats.

T. Maintenance - Engine Performance

Efficient engine performance is vital to minimizing COproduction. The following items are those considered tohave the greatest effect on increased CO production:

1. Fuel Systems - Fuel that is contaminated, stale orincorrect octane number

2. Carburetors/Injectors

a. Dirty or clogged flame arrester

b. Malfunctioning automatic choke plate or faultyadjustment of manual choke plate

c. Worn float needle valve and seat

d. High float level

e. Incorrect idle mixture adjustment

f. Dirty or worn injectors

3. Ignition System

a. Fouled or worn spark plug.

b. Worn points or incorrect gap on points

c. Shorted or opened circuit high tension spark plugcables

d. Incorrect ignition timing.

Section BPage 10


™

2. Seal bulkhead voids and openings at wiring andpiping runs in return air ducting, plenums, and airhandling equipment enclosures, especially thoseadjacent to machinery compartment bulkheads.

3. Check that water traps and condensate drains arepresent. These may be in the form of a doubleloop in the drain line or prefabricated p-traps. Anydrain that discharges below the waterline when theboat is underway is sealed, by virtue of its design,against CO intrusion.

Z. Maintenance - Liquid Drains

Sink, shower and condensate drains can be a sourceof CO ingress. Ensure that water traps are presentand contain fluid. These traps may be in the form of adouble loop in the drain line or prefabricated p-traps.Any drain that terminates below the waterline is, by vir-tue of its design, sealed against CO intrusion. Somedrains that are below the waterline when boat is under-way will be above the waterline when the boat is at rest.The location of drains, relative to the waterline, can beaffected by the dynamics of boat motion (i.e., under-way or at rest).

AA. CO Detection System

Four Winns provides CO monitor(s) on Sundowner™models. Check system(s) regularly and maintain in ac-cordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.

CO monitors should be professionally installedand calibrated. Failure to do so may result inthe improper function of the CO detector.

Never disarm a CO detector. If a CO detectoralarms, immediately ventilate the area andcheck passengers for symptoms of CO intoxi-cation. See your Four Winns dealer for assis-tance in diagnosing the cause for the alarm.

NOTICEFor information on CO Detection Systems, seeAmerican Boat and Yacht Council (ABYCManual) Section A-24, “Carbon Monoxide De-tectors”.

7. Thru-hull fittings

8. Hangers and other supports

W. Maintenance - Ventilation Systems

Boats are equipped with ventilation systems to elimi-nate gasoline vapors. Blowers and fans may also beprovided for ventilation and to mitigate the migration ofCO into occupied compartments. Attention should bepaid to the following:

1. Keeping ventilation intakes clear of debris

2. Replacing damaged hardware

3. Maintaining the integrity of the ducting material andits connections

4. Ensuring that position of ducting intake is not ob-structed or restricted, collapsed, kinked, or crushed

5. Eliminating sags in ducting that can form a watertrap

6. Checking hangers and other supports

7. Ensuring blower/fan is operational

8. Ensuring that airflow is present at discharge

9. Inspecting wiring to equipment

X. Maintenance - Bulkhead and Deck Integrity

1. Seal all visible openings (e.g., cracks, crevices,holes, including openings around wiring and pipingruns) in bulkheads and decks that separate ma-chinery compartments from occupied compart-ments. These openings can permit migration ofCO vapors.

2. Check gaskets and sealing surfaces on hatches,doors, and access panels.

Y. Maintenance - Air Conditioning Systems

These systems can be a source of CO ingress andmigration of CO vapors.

1. Keep grilles and filters clean.

Section BPage 11


™

Even with the best of boat design and construction plusutmost care in inspection, operation, and maintenanceof boat systems, hazardous levels of CO may still bepresent in accommodation spaces and exterior areasunder certain conditions. Vigilant observation of pas-sengers for CO sickness symptoms should be supple-mented by a marine CO detection device in the accom-modation space.

NOTICEA CO detector is not a gas/fuel vapor detector.Gas/fuel vapor detectors do not monitor thebuildup of carbon monoxide in an enclosedarea. For further information on the design,construction, and testing of boats in consider-ation of carbon monoxide, see ABYC TH-23.

NOTICEDetection devices should meet the requirementsof ABYC A-24 “Carbon Monoxide Detection Sys-tems on Boats”.

B - 3 SAFE BOATING PRACTICES

NOTICEYOU are responsible for your own safety, thesafety of your passengers, and the safety offellow boaters.

A. Drugs and Alcohol

Alcohol consumption and boating do notmix! Operating under the influence endan-gers the lives of your passengers and otherboaters. Federal laws prohibit operating aboat under the influence of alcohol ordrugs.

Do not use drugs or drink alcohol while operating a boat.Like driving a car, driving a boat requires sober, atten-tive care. Operating a boat while intoxicated or underthe influence of drugs is not only dangerous, but it isalso a Federal offense carrying a significant penalty.These laws are vigorously enforced. The use of drugsand alcohol, singly or in combination, decreases reac-tion time, impedes judgement, impairs vision, and in-hibits your ability to operate a boat.

B. Safe Operation

Safe operation means that you do not misuse your boatnor do you allow your passengers to do so. Safe op-eration means using good judgement at all times. Itincludes, without limitation, the following actions:

• Observe all safety signs and warnings both inside the boat and in the immediate boating area.

• Become familiar with, and adhere to, the “Rules of the Road”.

• Maintain boat speed at or below the legal limits. Avoid excessive speed or speeds not appropriate for operating conditions.

• Be sure at least one other passenger is familiar with the operation and the safety aspects of the boat in case of an emergency.

• Load the boat within the limits listed on the capacity plate. Balance loads bow and stern and port to starboard.

• Do not use the boat in bad weather or sea conditions beyond the skill or experience of the operator or the comfortable capability of the boat or passengers.

• Make sure the passengers and gear do not obstruct the operator’s view or impede his ability to move.

• Do not exceed the maximum engine power rating stated on the certification plate located inside the boat.

C. Passenger Safety

Before getting underway, show all passengers whereemergency and safety equipment is stowed, and ex-plain how to use it. Everyone aboard should wear rub-ber-soled shoes which resist slipping on wet surfaces.While underway, passengers should remain seated in-side the deck rails and gates. Do not allow passengersto drag their feet or hands in the water. Always usehandholds and other safety hardware to prevent falls.All nonswimmers, poor swimmers and small childrenshould wear PFDs at all times.

Section BPage 12


™

F. Operation By Minors

Minors should always be supervised by an adult when-ever operating a boat. Many states have laws re-garding the minimum age and licensing requirementsof minors. Be sure to check local laws or contact thestate boating authorities for information.

G. “Rules of the Road”

As a responsible boater, you must comply with the“Rules of the Road,” the marine traffic laws enforcedby the U.S. Coast Guard. Navigating a boat is muchthe same as driving an automobile. Operating eitherone responsibly means complying with a set of rulesintended to prevent accidents. Just as you assumeother car drivers know what they are doing, other boat-ers assume you know what you are doing. Informa-tion regarding navigational rules and the “Rules ofthe Road” are discussed in further detail in C-1 & C-2 of the next section.

H. Voluntary Inspections

State boating officials in many states or the U.S. CoastGuard Auxiliaries offer courtesy inspections to checkout your craft. They will check for compliance withsafety standards and required safety equipment. Youmay voluntarily consent to one of these inspections,and you are allowed to make corrections without pros-ecution. Check with the appropriate state agency orthe Coast Guard Auxiliary for details.

I. Safe Boating Courses

The local U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary and the U.S.Power Squadrons offer comprehensive safe boatingclasses several times a year. You may contact theBoat/U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-BOAT (2628) or,in Virginia, 1-800-245-BOAT (2628) for a coursescheduled in your area. Also contact the U.S. CoastGuard Auxiliary or Power Squadron Flotilla for the timeand place of their next scheduled class.

D. Propeller

Personal Injury!Do not allow anyone near a propeller, even whenthe engine is off. Propeller blades can be sharpand continue to turn even after the engine is shutoff. Do not allow anyone near the propeller whenthe throttle is in neutral position. Accidently en-gaging the shift can result in a serious injury ordeath. (See actual ladder warning labels andhelm boarding ladder warning label below.)

Never approach or use ladder when motor is run-ning. Severe injury or death will result from con-tact with rotating propeller.

Ladder Warning Label

Shut off motor when near swimmers. Severeinjury or death will result from contact with rotat-ing propeller.

Helm Boarding Ladder Warning Label

When pulling skiers do not turn on the engineuntil you are at least a boat length away from theperson in the water. When approaching adowned skier, turn off the engine at least oneboat length away before reaching the skier in thewater.

E. First Aid

As a boater, you should be familiar with the basic first aidprocedures that may be needed while you are out farfrom help. Fish hook accidents or minor cuts and abra-sions may be the most serious mishaps on board a boatbut you should also learn the proper procedures and beready to deal with the truly serious problems like mouth-to-mouth resuscitation, excessive bleeding, hypothermia,and burns. First aid literature and courses are availablethrough most Red Cross chapters.

Section BPage 13


™

7. Always participate in water sports in safe areas. Stayaway from other boats, beaches, restricted areas,swimmers and heavily traveled waterways.

8. Swim only in areas designated as safe for swim-ming. These are usually marked with a swim areabuoy (see Figure B15). Do not swim alone or atnight.

Figure B15: Swim Area Buoy

Rotating Propeller!Rotating propeller can cut or sever causing seri-ous injury or death. Shut engine off and removeignition key when anyone is swimming nearby.(See Section B-3D.)

9. Do not allow anyone near the propeller(s), evenwhen the engine is off. Propeller blades are sharpand cancontinue to turn even after the engine isoff. Stay at least 150 feet away from areas markedby diver down float. See Figure B16.

Figure B16: Diver Down Float

10. Do not drive the boat directly behind a water skier.At 25 miles per hour, the boat will overtake a fallenskier who was 200 feet in front in about 5 seconds.

B. Water Skiing

The popular sport of water skiing has brought a specialset of safety precautions to observe in boating. The fol-lowing guides help prevent accidents while water skiing.

1. Water ski only in safe areas, away from other boatsand swimmers, out of channels, and in water freeof underwater obstructions.

B - 4 WATER SPORTS

Personal Injury!Four Winns® boats are not designed for andshould not be used for pulling parasails, kites,gliders or any device which can become air-borne. Use boat only for appropriate watersports. (See Preface for actual warning la-bel.)

Water skiing, kneeboarding, wakeboarding or riding atowed, inflatable apparatus are some of the more popu-lar water sports. Taking part in any water sport re-quires increased safety awareness by the participantand the boat operator. If you have never pulled some-one behind your boat before, it is a good idea to spendsome hours as an observer, working with and learningfrom an experienced driver. It is also important to beaware of the skill and experience of the person beingpulled. Always have a second person on board toobserve the person in the water so the driver can con-centrate on operating the boat.

A. Water Sport Guidelines

Everyone participating in a water sport should observethese guidelines:

1. Allow only capable swimmers to take part in anywater sport.

2. Always wear a personal floatation device (PFD)approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. Wearing aproperly designed PFD helps a stunned or un-conscious person stay afloat.

3. Be considerate of others you share the waterwith.

4. Give immediate attention to a person who hasfallen. He or she is vulnerable in the water aloneand may not be seen by other boaters.

5. Approach a person in the water from the lee side(opposite the direction of the wind). Turn offthe motor at least a boat length from the per-son.

6. Turn engine off and anchor before swimming.

Section BPage 14


™

2. Allow no one who can not swim to water ski. Ski-ers must wear a USCG approved floatation device.A Type III water-ski vest is an approved and practi-cal PFD.

3. Have a second person aboard to observe the skierand inform the driver about the skier’s hand sig-nals (Figure B17). The driver must give full atten-tion to operating the boat and the waters ahead.

4. Give immediate attention to a fallen skier. Be care-ful not to swamp the boat while taking the skier onboard.

5. Always participate in water sports in safe areas.Stay away from other boats, beaches, swimmers,and heavily traveled waterways.

6. Be considerate of others you share the water with.

7. Give immediate attention to a person who has fallen.He or she is vulnerable in the water alone and maynot be seen by other boaters.

8. Approach a person in the water from the lee side(opposite the direction of the wind). Stop the motorat least a boat length from the person.

9. Turn off engine and anchor your boat before swim-ming.

Rotating Propeller!Rotating propeller can cut or sever causing seri-ous injury or death. Switch engine off before ski-ers enter the water and before taking skiersaboard. Do not leave engine running in neu-tral. Accidently engaging shift can seriously in-jure skier.

10. Do not water ski between sunset and sunrise. It isillegal in most states.

For more information about water skiing, please contactthe American Water Ski Association, 799 Overlook Drive,Winter Haven, FL. 33884 or call 1-800-533-2972.

Section BPage 15


™

Figure B17: Skiing Signals

Section CPage 1


™

C - 1 GENERAL

Basic rules of seamanship, general information aboutnavigational aids, and sources for additional reading andboater education are presented in this portion of yourowner’s manual.

A. Boating Regulations

The U.S. Coast Guard is the authority of the waterways.State boating regulations are enforced by local authori-ties. Your boat is subject to the marine traffic laws knownas “Rules of the Road,” which are enforced by the U.S.Coast Guard. You are subject to marine traffic laws and“Rules of the Road” for both federal and state water-ways; you must stop if signaled to do so by enforce-ment officers, and permit them to board if asked. The“Rules of the Road” can be obtained from the local U.S.Coast Guard Unit or the United States Coast GuardHeadquarters by calling (202) 512-1800 or faxing yourrequest to (202) 512-2250, and asking for the publica-tion titled “Navigational Rules, International-Inland.

Many pamphlets prepared by the Coast Guard are avail-able. They explain signal lights, buoys, safety, interna-tional and inland regulations and other information whichgoes beyond the scope of this manual. “Aids to Naviga-tion” (U.S. Coast Guard pamphlet #123) explains thesignificance of various lights and buoys. Because ofproposed alterations to buoys and markers, contact theU.S. Coast Guard to stay informed of changes. Otherpamphlets, including the “Boating Safety TrainingManual” and “Federal Requirements For RecreationalBoats,” are also available from the U.S. Coast GuardHeadquarters.

NOTICEThe spoken word “MAYDAY” is the internationalsignal for distress. “MAYDAY” should NEVERbe used unless there is grave or imminent dan-ger, and you are in need of immediate assis-tance.

Figure C1: Meeting Head-On

B. Rules of Seamanship

1. Right-of-way

In general, boats with less maneuverability have right-of-way over a more agile craft. You must stay out ofthe way of the following vessels:

dnammocrednutonlessevA.dnuorgaro

onevahslessevesehT.ytilibarevuenam

stinidetcirtserlessevA.ytilibarevuenam

gnimrofreperalessevesehTriehtstimilhcihwkrow

sahcusytilibarevuenamgniyal,gnigderd,gniyevrus

gnicivres,elbacroepipgnomasrekramlanoitagivan

.srehto

.gnihsifnidegagnelessevA gnihsifstaobedulcniesehTtontub;stenrolwart,senilhtiw

.senilgnillort

staobliaS yaw-fo-thgirehtevahstaobliaSfi,revewoh;staobrewoprevorelleporpagnisusitaobliasa

siti,drawrofevomotnevetaobrewopaderedisnoc

.puerasliasstifi

2. Meeting Head-On

When two boats meet head-on neither boat has right-of-way. Both boats should decrease speed, sound oneshort blast and pass; port to port. For starboard to star-board passing, each vessel should sound two short hornblasts and pass starboard to starboard. See Figure C1.

BASIC SEAMANSHIP

HonkHonk

HonkHonk

Honk

Honk

Honk

Honk

Section CPage 2


™

3. Crossing Situations

In a crossing situation, the boat on the right from the 12-4 o’clock position has the right-of-way. It must holdcourse and speed. The boat without the right-of-waymust keep clear and pass to the stern. See Figure C2.

Figure C2: Crossing Situation

4. Overtaking

The boat overtaking the one ahead must yield the right-of-way to the boat being passed. The overtaking boatmust make necessary adjustments to keep out of itspath. The boat being passed should hold its course andspeed. See Figure C3.

Figure C3: Overtaking

5. The General Prudential Rule

The general prudential rule regarding right-of-way is thatif a collision appears unavoidable, neither boat has right-of-way. As prescribed in the “Rules of the Road”, bothboats must act to avoid collision.

6. Night Running

Boats operating between sunset and sunrise (hours varyby state), or in conditions of reduced visibility, must usenavigational lights. Nighttime operation, especially dur-ing bad weather or fog, can be dangerous. All “Rules ofthe Road” apply at night, but it is best to slow down andstay clear of all boats regardless of who has right-of-way.

To see more easily at night, avoid bright lights whenpossible. Also, it is helpful to have a passenger keepwatch for other boats, water hazards, and navigationalaids.

To determine the size, speed and direction of other ves-sels at night, you should use running lights. A greenlight indicates the starboard side, and the red light indi-cates the port side. Generally, if you see a green light,you have the right-of-way; if you see a red light, give wayto the other vessel. See Figure C4.

Figure C4: Night Running

7. Whistle Signal

Out on the water, whistle signals are commonly used.Although using a whistle signal is not necessary everytime a boat is nearby, operators must signal their inten-tions when necessary to avoid potentially confusing or

Inland Rules

“I want to pass you on yourport side.

2 short blasts (1 sec.)

“Proceed”


International Rules

“I am altering my course to port.”


International Rules inNarrow Channels

“I intend to pass you on your portside.”

2 prolonged blasts (4-6 sec.)2 short blasts (1 sec.)

“Proceed.”

1 prolonged, 1 short1 prolonged, 1 short

Inland Rules

“I want to pass you on yourstarboard side.

1 short blast (1 sec.)

“Proceed”


International Rules

“I am altering my course tostarboard.”


International Rulesin Narrow Channels

“I intend to pass you on yourstarboard side.”

2 prolonged blasts (4-6 sec.)1 short blast (1 sec.)

“Proceed.”

1 prolonged, 1 short1 prolonged, 1 short blast

Give-way (Burdened)Vessel Overtaking

Stand-on (Privileged)Vessel Being Overtaken

Danger Zone112.5o

Section CPage 3


™

Buoys are red or green floating ATONS. If lighted, theyhave either red or green lights. Unlighted green buoys,called cans, look like cylinders. Unlighted red nun buoyshave a cone shaped top with their points cut off. Donot pass too close to a buoy. You may foul the propellerin its chain.

NOTICEBuoys are anchored floating objects and maynot always be in exactly the same position.

Daymarks are red or green boards with numbers. Theyare on posts or groups of pilings tied together and calleddolphins. Daymarks and their supports are daybeacons.Daybeacons may or may not have lights. If a red orgreen daybeacon has a light, it is the same color as themarker-red or green. Red daymarks are triangular andhave even numbers. Green daymarks are square andhave odd numbers.

Red, Right, Returning is a basic rule to assist you inusing lateral markers. When you are returning fromseaward , keep red markers on the starboard (right) sidewhen you pass them. Keep green markers to the portside.

Returning from seaward is very clear if you have been onthe ocean. You are returning to port. By agreement,going upstream on a navigational river is returning fromseaward. The outlet ends of the Great Lakes are alsothe seaward ends. Traveling from a large body of waterto a smaller one is considered returning from seaward.

C. Safe Water Markers

Safe water markers have vertical red and white stripesand mark the center of navigable channels and fairways.Safe water markers included both lighted and unlightedbuoys and daymarks. If a marker is lighted, the light iswhite and flashes the letter “A” is Morse Code.

Preferred Channel markers have horizontal red and greenbands. If lighted, the color of the light is the same asthe top of the band. They show the preferred channel foryou to use at a junction point. Be sure to notice thecolor of the top of the band, and treat it as any othermarker you would of that color. If the band is red andyou are returning from seaward, keep the marker to theright.

Most lights on markers flash on and off. Others such aslights on aids with no lateral significance are fixed. Theystay on all night. ATON lights flash in regular patterns.

hazardous situations. Use whistle blasts early enoughto be noticed and understood by other boaters.

It is customary for the privileged boat to signal first andthe yielding boat to return the same signal to acknowl-edge she understands and will comply. Use the dangersignal (five or more short and rapid blasts) if intent is notclear. A short blast is one (1) or two (2) seconds long. Along blast is four (4) to six (6) seconds long. The Navi-gational Aids Chart at the end of this section lists themeanings of the various whistle signals.

C - 2 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS

Aids to navigation (ATONS) help you to travel safely onthe water. They help you get from one place to anotherand are most helpful if you have a nautical chart. Anavigational aids chart is at the end of this section.

NEVER tie your vessel to an ATON. It is illegalbecause it blocks the ATON from view of otherboaters. Decreased visibility can contribute toa serious accident which may result in propertydamage, personal injury, or death.

There are two ATON systems. The system used onfederal waters is known as the International Associationof Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B). The CoastGuard maintains this system. The second system isthe Uniform State Waterway Marking System (USWMS).This system is maintained by state authorities.

A. International Association of Lighthouse Authorities System B (IALA-B)

IALA-B uses four types of ATONS. This section dis-cusses the two most common markers: lateral markersand safe water markers. Other federal markers includespecial markers and isolated danger markers. The Navi-gational Aids Chart at the end of this section showsthese aids.

B. Lateral Markers

Lateral markers indicate the sides of navigable chan-nels. They consist of lighted can or nun buoys anddaymarks. Each has a number and is either red or green.The numbers on the green markers are odd. Red mark-ers have even numbers.

Section CPage 4


™

G. Anchoring

The weight of the anchor and diameter of anchor lineshould be governed by the size and weight of your boat.Keep anchor secure while underway to prevent damageor injury due to sudden shifting in the boat’s attitude.

Use two or more anchors if anchoring overnight or forextended periods. If not using two anchors, make cer-tain there is sufficient clearance for your boat to swingin a full circle to prevent damage in case of shifting winds.

Make certain you have enough anchor line (or scope) forthe depth of water. Your anchor line should be 6 to 7times the depth of water anchored in. For example, ifyou are in 20 feet of water, use 120 to 140 feet of anchorline.

Secure anchor line to bow eye or deck cleat.Never tie anchor line to a rail, rail fitting or otherhardware not designed to support this stress.

To drop anchor:

Approach your selected anchoring site from downwindand come to a dead stop over the spot where you wantto drop anchor. Lower the anchor manually or by usingthe windlass if applicable.

Maneuver the boat slowly backwards until length of an-chor line is 6 or 7 times the depth of the water.

Fasten the anchor line around the bow eye or deck cleat.Anchor flukes should dig in and catch. Watch for an-chor drag by checking shoreline landmarks at the timethe anchor is dropped and one-half hour later. If the boathas drifted away from these reference marks, the an-chor is dragging and must be reset.

To weigh anchor:

Start the engine running before pulling in anchor.

Slowly maneuver the boat forward to reduce tension onthe line and make retrieval of the anchor line easier.

Raise the anchor manually or by using the windlass ifapplicable. Make sure the chain stop is engaged if wind-lass is used. Properly stow anchor and anchor line.

For example, they may flash every three seconds, or ingroups such as two flashes and a pause. There are anumber of flashing patterns, which help you identify thelight at night. To identify a light, note its color and pat-tern or timing of flashes, and compare it to your chart tofind its location.

D. The Uniform State Waterway Marking System

This section discusses three kinds of markers in thissystem: Regulatory, Informational, and Lateral.

Regulatory markers in this system are either signs orbuoys. Signs are square with orange borders. Regula-tory buoys are white and shaped like cylinders. Theyhave horizontal orange bands near their tops and justabove the water’s surface. An orange circle on a markermeans a controlled area. A message such as ”No Wake,Idle Speed, No Skiing, or 5 M.P.H.” may appear on amarker. An orange diamond means danger. If a dia-mond has an orange cross inside it, do not enter thearea. The reason you should stay out, such as “SwimArea” may be printed in black on the marker.

Informational Markers are white signs with orange bor-ders. They give information such as direction, distance,and location.

Lateral markers in the USWMS system are either num-bered red or black buoys. Black buoys may have greenreflectors or lights. They are the equivalent of greenbuoys in the IALA-B system. Red buoys may have redreflectors or lights. They are the same as red buoys inthe IALA-B system. Red or black buoys are usuallyfound in pairs - pass between them.

E. A Special Sign

In Florida, you may see a special sign: “Caution, Mana-tee Area”. When you see this sign, slow down to idlespeed. Manatees, an endangered species, are pas-sive, large, slow-moving mammals. Many Manatees areseriously injured or killed each year by boat propellers.

F. Noise

Always be aware of local laws on noise limits. Noisemeans engine noise, radio noise or even yelling bypeople on your boat. Good seamanship demands thatyou operate your boat quietly so as not to infringe onthe rights of others. Do not use thru-hull exhaust unlessyou are well offshore.

Section CPage 5


™

Chapman, Charles F. and Maloney, E.S. Chapman’sPiloting, Seamanship and Small Boat Handling. (illus.).62 p. (ISBN 0-87851-814-2, Pub. by Hearst Bks.); de-luxe ed. (ISBN 0-87851-815-0). Morrow.

National Fire Protection Association. Fire ProtectionStandard for Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft.(ISBN 0-317-07388-5, NFPA 302). National Fire Protec-tion Association.

Brotherton, Miner. Twelve- Volt Bible. (ISBN 0-915160-81-1). Seven Seas.

C - 4 CONTACTS

There are many good boating publications that have in-formation about your area and what other boats are do-ing, such as clubs and other activities. Education pro-grams are sponsored by publications and organizationssuch as the U.S. Power Squadron, U.S. Coast GuardAuxiliary and the American Red Cross. See your dealerabout special courses available in the area. For de-tailed information contact:

American Red CrossLocal address (see local telephone directory)

Boat U.S. Foundation for Boating Safety Hotline1-800-336-BOAT1-800-245-BOAT (in Virginia)

U.S. Coast Guard Info Line1-800-368-5647

NMMA Sources of Waterways Information - NationalMarine Manufacturers Association has five (5) bookletswhich list sources for safety, cruising, and local water-way information. Each covers a different region of theU.S. (North Central, South Central, Northeastern, South-eastern and Western). For single copies, write Sourcesof Waterways information, NMMA, 401 N. Michigan Av-enue, Chicago, Illinois 60611. Ask for the booklet foryour region.

Skippers CourseGPO Superintendent of DocumentsWashington, DC 20012202-512-1800202-512-2250 (fax)

United States Coast Guard AuxiliaryLocal Flotilla or contact appropriate Coast GuardDistrict Headquarters

Always be sure to raise and secure the an-chor prior to operating your boat. Failure toraise and secure anchor before getting under-way could result in severe injury or damage toboat from rebounding anchor.

Always utilize the chain stop provided with thewindlass/bow roller combination. The chain stopprevents the anchor from accidently releasingwhile the boat is moving thus preventing dam-age to the boat or possible injury or death toindividual(s) aboard the boat.

If the anchor becomes stuck, attach the vertical line tothe mooring cleat. Wave action on the bow may lift flukesfrom the bottom and free the anchor. If the anchor is stillstuck, feed out a few feet of line and attach it to the bowcleat. Maneuver the boat around the anchor, keepingthe line firm. Determine the angle that will work to pullthe anchor free.

Anchors are available in different shapes, sizes andweights to fit different boats, uses, and conditions. YourFour Winns dealer can tell you which anchor will workbest for your boat.

C - 3 RECOMMENDED READING

We recommend that you read the boating literature pub-lished by your state boating agency and the U.S. CoastGuard. Other suggested reading includes the following:

Damford, Don. Anchoring. (ISBN 0-915160-64-1). SevenSeas.

United States Coast Guard Auxiliary. Boating Skills andSeamanship. LC74-164688.(illus.). (ISBN 0-930028-00-7). U.S. Coast Guard.

Bottomley, Tom. Boatman’s Handbook, (illus.). 316 p.(ISBN 0-688-03925-1, Hearst Marine Book). Morrow.

Whiting, John and Bottomley, Tom. Chapman’s Log andOwner’s Manual. 192 p.(ISBN 0-686-96737-2). HearstMarine Book.

Section CPage 6


™

United States Coast Guard Headquarters2100 2nd St., SWWashington, D.C. 20593-0001202-267-1060

United States Power SquadronP.O. Box 30423Raleigh, NC 27617

C - 5 OWNER’S LOGS AND RECORDS

At the end of this owner’s manual are several forms whichyou will find very helpful.

The Float Plan provides a record of your destination,departure and return times, boat description, passengerlist, and other information about the trip you haveplanned. At the bottom of the form is space for listingemergency telephone numbers in case your return isdelayed past the expected time. It also has space forindicating information about the person filing this report.Leave the completed form ashore with a responsibleperson. We recommend you make several copies ofthis form each boating season to assure an ample sup-ply.

The Fuel Log is a handy way to record information cov-ering engine hours, fuel consumption, miles traveled, aswell as RPM (revolutions per minute), averageM.P.H. (miles per hour) and GPH (gallons per hour).

The Service/Maintenance Log provides a record ofmaintenance work completed, the date of completion,and the engine hour reading. This log also helps youidentify the frequency of routine maintenance work, suchas engine oil changes. If you should decide to sell yourboat, it demonstrates to perspective buyers that youhave done a good job taking care of it.

The Service Information Sheet allows you to recordall the pertinent information regarding your Four Winns®boat. This sheet will be extremely helpful when orderingadditional/optional parts for your boat or when havingservice work done.

C - 6 NAVIGATIONAL AIDS CHART

The illustrated Navigational Aids Charts contain infor-mation concerning whistle signals, storm warnings,bridge signals, and buoy descriptions. See Figure C5on the following page.

Section CPage 7


™

Figure C5: Navigational Aids Chart

Section DPage 1


™

D - 1 FOUR WINNS WARRANTY POLICY

The Four Winns Winning Edge™ Owner Protection Plan,provides the new Four Winns purchaser with one of themost comprehensive corporate commitments in themarine industry today. The Four Winns Owner Protec-tion Plan defines the warranty coverage on all unitsmanufactured by Four Winns. It thoroughly describesthe warranty policies and those procedures to be fol-lowed to obtain warranty coverage. Review the FourWinns Owner Protection Plan and limited warranty state-ments carefully.

All engines utilized in the Four Winns® product arewarranted by the engine manufacturer. Your Four Winnsdealer is authorized to repair your engines and will workclosely with the engine manufacturer to resolve any prob-lems you have.

D - 2 DECK/HULL STRUCTURE WARRANTY

Each unit manufactured by Four Winns is encompassedby a separate warranty providing specific coverage onthe deck/hull structure. The Four Winns Owner Protec-tion Plan thoroughly describes this coverage.

D - 3 WARRANTY REGISTRATION

A Four Winns Warranty Registration Card is attachedto the Four Winns Owner Protection Plan statement.Your Four Winns dealer is responsible for completingand mailing the warranty card at the time of purchase.The receipt of the warranty card is the sole basis forestablishing proof of ownership of the boat and corre-sponding warranty validation.

By signing the warranty registration card you, the newowner, indicate an understanding of the terms and con-ditions of the Limited Warranty. The warranty registra-tion card should be properly completed by the dealer,signed by the new owner, and returned to us within fif-teen (15) days after the original purchase in order tovalidate the warranty. This is a dealership’s responsibil-ity. Be sure to keep the Owner’s Registration Card foryour records.

All boat manufacturers are required by The Federal BoatSafety Act of 1971 to notify first time owners in the eventany defect is discovered “which creates a substantialrisk of personal injury to the public.” In order for us tonotify you if necessary, be sure to verify the accuracy ofthe embossed Winning Edge™ card upon receipt. Youshould receive your Winning Edge™ card within approxi-mately 30 days from the day of your boat purchase. Ifyou have not received your Winning Edge™ card withinthis time frame please contact your Four Winns sellingdealer for resolution. If upon receipt of the card youdiscover a discrepancy, please notify Four Winns L.L.C.at 231-775-1343. A corrected Winning Edge™ card willthen be sent to you.

Other equipment manufacturers also require that theirproducts be registered with the respective companies.Warranty registration cards are provided in the owner’sinformation packet.

D - 4 TRANSFER OF WARRANTY

Four Winns confidence in the product and our warrantycommitments can extend after the original purchaser maychoose to move on to a new boat. The remainder of theFour Winns warranty coverage is transferable to the sec-ond owner of the boat for a fee. The warranty may betransferred only once. Registration of the second owneris required and the amount of the transfer fee is indi-cated on the warranty statement of the Warranty Regis-tration Card. Transfer of the remainder of the warrantymust occur within five (5) years of the original retail sale.The transfer fee must be paid within fifteen (15) days ofpurchase of the used boat by check, money order orcashier’s check payable to Four Winns. Proof of pur-chase date is required. We will notify the appropriateengine manufacturer of the boat warranty transfer. TheFour Winns Owner Protection Plan thoroughly describesthe action required to transfer warranty coverage.

D - 5 PRE-OWNED UNIT REGISTRATION

Section D-4 Transfer of Warranty discusses the need toproperly register the purchase of a pre-owned boat withFour Winns in order to transfer applicable warranty cov-erage.

WARRANTY AND SERVICE

Section DPage 2


™

Purchasers of all Pre-Owned Four Winns® models, re-gardless of the decision to transfer warranty coverage,are encouraged to register ownership with Four Winns.To register ownership of a “Pre-Owned Four Winns®boat,” provide Four Winns with your name, address,daytime phone number, e-mail address, purchase date,and hull serial number of the boat purchased. The hullserial number plate is permanently affixed to the star-board side of the transom.

Registration of a Pre-Owned Four Winns® boat doesnot extend or in any way affect or modify the specificterms of the Four Winns Owner Protection Plan or Lim-ited Warranties.

We provide this service to the purchasers of Pre-OwnedFour Winns® boats in the interest of better boating. FourWinns welcomes every purchaser of a Four Winns® boat,new or used, to our family.

D - 6 INSURANCE COVERAGE

One of your responsibilities as a new boat owner is toacquire proper insurance protection. Insurance shouldinclude comprehensive and general liability coverageappropriate to your financial needs. Please contact yourlocal agent for assistance on insurance coverage.

D - 7 SERIAL NUMBER RECORD

The manufacturer, model, and serial number of majorcomponents are recorded during the assembly of eachFour Winns® boat. A copy of this form is included inthe owner’s packet. Using this form, you may want tohave your dealer help you complete the service informa-tion form at the back of this manual. A copy of the serialnumber record should be made and kept by the dealerin his records. This can assist the dealer in processingwarranty claims, or obtaining necessary information. Theoriginal copy of the serial number record should be keptin the owner packet. The service information form shouldremain in the owners manual for easy reference.

D - 8 PRE-DELIVERY SERVICE

Four Winns makes every effort to deliver your boat in“turn key” condition to the dealer. The process of trans-porting and handling the boat necessitates certain in-spections and adjustments prior to delivery to you. Also,various aspects of operation must be checked and ad-justed immediately prior to final delivery and use.

The selling Four Winns dealer must perform this thor-ough review of the boat and its numerous systems dur-ing the commissioning or “dealer pre-delivery service” ofthe craft.

A Four Winns Pre-Delivery Inspection Form is part ofthe Warranty Registration Card. It lists the many itemsencompassed by the pre-delivery service previously de-scribed. The dealer is to check off the items as they arecompleted, and complete the form as indicated provid-ing specific performance related information appropri-ately.

Your Four Winns dealer will sign the Pre-Delivery In-spection Form of the Warranty Registration Card uponcompletion of the work. You will also be asked to signthe Pre-Delivery Inspection Form upon accepting deliv-ery of the boat. You are to retain the two copies marked“Boat Owner”. Your dealer is to retain the copy marked“Dealer copy” for his records. The Manufacturer’s copyis to be mailed to the Four Winns Customer ServiceDepartment.

D - 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS

Four Winns dealers are equipped with a Four Winnsparts manual that details the components of each modeland their appropriate part numbers. Many Four Winnsdealers inventory common replacement components.

In addition, Four Winns maintains specific records onthe components used in the manufacture of each unitand makes a concerted effort to maintain componentsspecifically to fill replacement part needs.

The Four Winns dealer from whom you purchased yourboat is in the best position to meet your needs. If thedealer does not have the needed item, the dealer hasthe capability, through direct contact with the Four WinnsCustomer Service Department, to obtain it quickly. FourWinns will only sell replacement parts to establishedFour Winns dealers. If you relocate and cannot find aFour Winns dealer close to you, contact the Four WinnsCustomer Service Department for information on thenearest dealer in your area.

Section DPage 3


™

D - 10 OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES

1. Sign the warranty registration card verifying your ad-dress, model and hull serial number. The dealer is re-sponsible for mailing the warranty registration card tous.

2. Inspect the boat at the time of delivery to verify thatall systems and components are operating safely andacceptably. Read all manuals and instructions.

3. Operate all equipment in compliance with themanufacturer’s instructions.

4. Review the pre-delivery checklist for the boat andengine with your dealer when you take delivery.

5. Schedule your 20-hour boat and engine checkup withyour dealer.

6. Know how to safely operate your boat and the rulesof the road before you use your boat.

IMPORTANT: Make sure that your dealer checks theengine alignment during your boat’s 20-hour checkup.The engine alignment check should be performed inaccordance with recommended procedures as statedby the engine manufacturer in your engine owner’smanual. Failure to do so could result in drive train dam-age which is not covered under the warranty.

7. We recommend that you review your engine ownersmanual and warranty certificate for break-in advice, ini-tial inspection and service requirements.

8. Perform or provide for the scheduled maintenancechecks outlined in this manual and all related serviceguides and manuals.

9. You are responsible for any modifications made tothe boat or its equipment that could affect the safe op-eration of the boat.

Along with boating, comes responsibility. Responsibil-ity for safety, boating laws, and the environment. Pleasethink about the future of our waterways, oceans andmarine life while you’re out enjoying them and take allnecessary measures to help protect what natural habi-tats we have left. Keeping our waterways and marinehabitats free from debris, and showing consideration forthe creatures who thrive in these environments are someways you can help assure the pleasure of boating foryears to come.

The operator is also responsible for complying with thefollowing procedures and operational requirements:

• State registration• Insurance• Warranty registration• Warranty terms and conditions• Rules of the road• Break-in procedure• Proper maintenance of the boat and its systems• Safety equipment• Safety training of passengers and crews• Knowledge of boat systems• Seaworthiness/operational inspection• Safe operating practices• Avoiding use of drugs/alcohol• Environmental regulations• Accident reporting

D - 11 CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

All our boats meet or exceed the construction standardsset by the U.S. Coast Guard and the American Boatand Yacht Council (ABYC) concerning:

• Navigational lights• Factory installed fuel systems• Engine and fuel tank compartment ventilation• Flotation• Steering systems• Backfire flame arresters

We recommend that you see your dealer if you wish tomodify factory-installed equipment or add new equip-ment. Your dealer is qualified to make such modifica-tions or additions without placing the safety or designintegrity of your boat at risk and without invalidating thewarranty.

D - 12 WINN GEAR™

Show your colors! Four Winns offers a complete line ofsports clothing designed to complement your new boat.Your Four Winns dealer has a complete catalog andpricing. Our Winn Gear™ line is also on display on ourwebsite at www.fourwinns.com.

Section EPage 1


™

E- 1 GENERAL

DO NOT attempt to service any engine withoutbeing totally familiar with the safe and properservice procedures. Do not attempt to main-tain or adjust an engine while it is running.Certain moving parts are exposed and failingto shut off the engine can result in seriousinjury or death.

Four Winns does not manufacture engines. Becauseof the technical nature of the engines, all manufacturersof these items require that warranty and service prob-lems be taken directly to an authorized dealer for reso-lution. The Four Winns dealer from whom you purchasedyour boat will handle all warranty and service matterswith the engine manufacturer for you.

In compliance with the Federal Boat Safety Act of 1971,all engine manufacturers require their products to beregistered. A registration card is furnished with eachnew engine. When selling a Four Winns® boat, thedealer, along with the purchaser, should complete theinformation requested on these cards and return themto the respective engine manufacturers. Engine regis-tration cards are provided with the engine and will usu-ally be found with the owner’s information packet.

Each manufacturer of the various marine power compo-nents provides an owners information manual with theirproduct. This publication is included with this manual.It is important that you read the manual(s) carefully andbecome completely familiar with proper care and op-eration of the engine system. Be sure to read the sec-tion on winterization. Replacement costs associatedwith frozen engine components are quite substantial.

Also review the other sections in this manual, espe-cially Sections I on Fuel Systems, and Section F onControl Systems.

E - 2 ENGINE EXHAUST

The carbon monoxide in exhaust fumes can be hazard-ous. It is important for you and your passengers to beaware of the potential safety hazard created by exhaustfumes. Familiarize yourself with the symptoms of indi-viduals overcome by carbon monoxide, and most impor-tantly, ways you can protect yourself and your guests.

DO NOT inhale exhaust fumes! Exhaust con-tains carbon monoxide which is colorless andodorless. Carbon monoxide is a dangerous gasthat is potentially lethal.

Persons overcome by carbon monoxide mayexhibit the following symptoms:

a. Watering and itchy eyesb. Flushed appearancec. Throbbing templesd. Inattentivenesse. Inability to think coherentlyf. Ringing in the earsg. Tightness across the chesth. Headachei. Drowsinessj. Incoherencek. Nauseal. Dizzinessm. Fatiguen. Vomitingo. Collapsep. Convulsions

IF YOU THINK EXHAUST FUMES ARE ENTERINGYOUR BOAT, DETERMINE THE CAUSE AND HAVEIT CORRECTED IMMEDIATELY!

The following suggestions can help prevent exhaust fumesfrom entering the boat:

1. DO NOT allow the boat to remain stationary withthe engine running for an extended period of time. Donot stand or swim near the exhaust output or outdrivewhen the engine is idling.

ENGINES AND INSTRUMENTATION

Page 2Sundowner™ Owner’s Manual Section E

™

B. Pitch

Pitch is a measure of helix angle, or angle of attack, ofthe rotating blade. Pitch is easily understood if one imag-ines the propeller rotating through a semisolid such asbutter or jello. The distance the propeller will travel in onerevolution is called “Pitch.” Increasing or decreasing pitchwill also have a direct bearing on engine rpm’s becauseof the greater bite taken by the blade with each rotation.See Figure E1.

Figure E1: Propeller Pitch & Diameter

C. Prop Slip

When traveling through water a propeller is unable to geta complete bite because of the fluidity of water. “PropSlip” is usually expressed as a percent of the computedtheoretical speed. Fifteen to twenty-five percent prop slipis common for a sport-type boat operating at cruisingspeed.

Changing either diameter or pitch will have an effect onengine speed and prop slip, and in turn, directly affect theperformance of a boat. The propeller(s) included with each

2. Use extreme caution while operating the engine inconfined areas such as enclosed slips or congestedpiers. Operation under such conditions could easilylead to exhaust gasses (carbon monoxide) enteringeven though you may have all the hatches, windows,doors and portholes closed.

3. Persons sleeping can be easily overcome by carbonmonoxide because they are unaware of its presence.Sleeping while the engine is running is not recom-mended. If persons are sleeping aboard while under-way, those awake should monitor for carbon mon-oxide accumulation in the cabin; especially the sleep-ing areas.

NEVER operate the propulsion engine while ev-eryone on-board is sleeping. Fatal carbon mon-oxide poisoning can occur.

For additional information, refer to Section B-2 CarbonMonoxide.

E - 3 ENGINES

Consult the Engine Owners Manual included in theowner’s packet for additional operation and maintenanceinformation.

E - 4 PROPELLERS

Knowledge of the propeller is most easily gained throughbetter understanding of the terminology used to refer tothe aspects of propeller size and performance.

NOTICENever run with a damaged propeller. You candamage the engine or drive unit. Keep a sparepropeller on board.

A. Diameter

Diameter is twice the distance from the center of the propshaft to the extreme tip of a propeller blade. Increasing ordecreasing propeller size will have a direct bearing on therpm’s (revolutions per minute) an engine will develop. Thisis due to the greater amount of propeller blade surface incontact with the water. See Figure E1.

Section EPage 3


™

Four Winns® boat provide the best general performancebased on data obtained from on-the-water testing of thatmodel. Variations in load, operating conditions, envi-ronment, the individual engine and hull performance maynecessitate the purchase and use of another propeller(s).

Under your normal load conditions the engine(s) shouldturn within the maximum rpm range when at full throttle.If the engine(s) exceeds the recommended rpm, an in-crease in pitch and/or diameter is required. If the en-gine rpm is too low, a decrease in pitch and/or diameteris required.

An engine that is not developing full power and the loadcarried in a boat will directly affect performance of theengine. Always be sure the engine is properly tunedand load conditions are those normally experienced,before changing propellers.

For additional information on factors affecting perfor-mance, please consult your Four Winns dealer.

E - 5 RUNNING ANGLE & POWERTRIM/TILT

Hull planing surfaces have the least amount of drag at athree to five degree angle with the water. This is thepreferred running angle when boating. The running anglehas a significant impact on top speed and handling.See Figure E2. Heavy load or certain water conditionsmay make it difficult to achieve the optimum runningangle. The running angle can be controlled through theuse of the power trim.

A. Power Trim

Trim angle is how far in or out, the drive is positioned inrelation to the bottom of the boat. The trim angle of thedrive has a distinct affect on the running angle of theboat.

The power trim system permits control of the trim angleof the drive relative to the boat, at the touch of a button.It allows the drive to be raised for shallow water opera-tion. Power trim also allows the operator to adjust thedrive while underway to provide the ideal running anglefor a given load and water condition. Additional infor-mation can be found in the engine operator’s manualincluded in the owner’s packet.

30

TO50

Boat Properly Trimmed

Boat Too High - Trim Bow “Down”

Boat Too Low - Trim Bow “Up”

Figure E2: Running Angle

B. Power Tilt

Power tilt allows the operator to raise and lower the drivefor trailering, launching, and beaching. Additional infor-mation on power tilt can be found in the engine operator’smanual included in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEDO NOT operate the motor with the water in-takes out of the water. Severe damage to theengine systems can result. Consult the engineoperator’s manual for specific information.

E - 6 TRIM TABS

Electric/hydraulic trim tabs are available on certainSundowner™ models. Trim tabs help provide maximumcontrol of the hull in all water and load conditions. Usedproperly, trim tabs can:

a. Compensate for wind and load listing (level the boatside to side).

b. Induce faster planing and help achieve optimum run-ning angle (see Section E-5 - Running Angle & PowerTrim/Tilt).


™

After stabilization of speed and direction, press the up-per half of the appropriate trim tab switch to achieve alevel side to side running attitude. Be sure to press thecorrect trim tab switch to obtain the desired result.

After pressing a trim tab switch, always wait and allowtime for the change in trim tab position to take effect. DONOT continue to press the trim tab switch while awaitingtrim tab reaction. By the time the effect is noted, the trimtab will move too far and thus overcompensate.

B. Induce Planing & Controlling Trim Angle

Trim tabs can also be used to facilitate faster planing andallow better control of the running angle.

Before accelerating and trying to gain plane, press bothupper trim tab switches. This will cause both trim tabs tomove downward and force the bow down when running.This can also be used when running the boat with a heavyload aboard.

Moving the trim tabs downward will increase the lift andthe boat will achieve plane faster, or stay on plane at alower engine and boat speed.

After gaining plane and establishing cruising speed, press-ing both lower trim tab switches will cause both trim tabsto move upward and will allow the bow to rise. This shouldbe used to adjust the running attitude of the boat to de-crease the drag at cruising speed or above, or when run-ning in a following sea.

When running at an engine speed that results in the boatfalling off plane or causes the boat to plane inefficiently,lowering both tabs slightly (bow down) will improve therunning angle and improve operating efficiency.

Optimum efficiency is obtained when operating at a 3 to5 degree running angle. Utilizing too much “Bow Down”trim tab can reduce operating efficiency and causesubstantial steering and handling difficulties. Be extremelycareful when running in a following sea. The effect of trimtabs is amplified under such conditions. Steering andhandling difficulties can result from improper trim tab us-age, especially in a following sea. If unsure of proper trimtab positioning, raise the trim tabs to the full-up position.

The proper use of electric/hydraulic trim tabs requires abasic understanding of trim tab operation and some prac-tice in calm water. Be sure to read the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet.

The trim tab control uses two (2) momentary-type rockerswitches. The trim tab switches control the attitude orposition of the boat. The trim tab switches are labeled byposition such as “Bow Up” and “Bow Down”. They arealso labeled for “Port” and “Stbd”. When pressed, thelabel indicates what happens to the bow of the boat.

Before leaving the dock and utilizing the trim tabs, ensurethe trim tabs are in the full up position. Press both lowerhalves of the trim tab switches and hold (for approximately10 seconds) until the tabs are full up.

A. Control Listing

Wind, loading and many other factors can result in theboat tilting or leaning towards one side while running. Thisis called listing and can be negated using trim tabs.

Pressing the lower port trim tab switch will move the star-board trim tab upward. This will result in the port bow ofthe boat being allowed to rise.

Pressing the lower starboard trim tab switch will causethe port trim tab to move upward and will result in thestarboard bow being allowed to rise.

Pressing the upper port trim tab switch will cause thestarboard trim tab to move downward and will force theport bow downward.

Pressing the upper starboard trim tab switch will causethe port trim tab to move downward and will force thestarboard bow downward.

Always establish your intended heading and attain de-sired cruising speed before trying to adjust running atti-tude (using the trim tabs).

Always press the trim tab switches in short one(1) second bursts. If pressed too long, you canovercompensate, and potentially lose control. DONOT try to correct the situation by pressing theother upper trim tab switch. Instead, raise thetab slightly by pressing the appropriate lower halfof the trim tab switch.

Section EPage 5


™

Figure E4: Helm Station - Twin Engine

A. Tachometer

The tachometer indicates the speed of the engine in revo-lutions per minute (rpm). This speed is not the boat speedor necessarily the speed of the propeller. The tachometermay not register zero with the ignition key in the OFFposition. Note: Some Sundowner™ models come witha tachometer/hour meter combination gauge which al-lows for hour meter viewing at the helm. Please refer toSection E-7K - Engine Hour Meter for information regard-ing the engine hour meter.

NOTICENever exceed the maximum recommendedoperating rpm of your engine. Maintaining maxi-mum, or close to maximum rpm for extendedperiods can reduce the life of the engine.

Some engines are equipped with devices that limit enginerpm in accordance with the oil pressure, or engine tem-perature. Refer to the engine manual included in the owner’packet for additional information.

The tachometer must be set for different engines installed.This is typically done at the factory. The tachometergauge for the Sundowners™ is shown along with thetable detailing the tachometer settings. See Figure E5.

When running at high engine speeds, be surethe trim tabs are in the full up position. Trim tabaction should be only enough to compensatefor any listing. Trim tab adjustments at highspeeds are extremely critical. Be prepared toslow down should handling difficulties arise.

When running in a displacement (very slow speed) mode,better efficiency will be obtained with the trim tabs in thefull-up position.

C. Trim Tab Maintenance

Check the fluid level of the trim tab reservoir often. Al-ways keep the fluid level between the designated markson the trim tab pump-reservoir. Refer to the manufactur-ers information for specifications on the type of fluid tobe used and other operation and maintenance infor-mation.

E - 7 INSTRUMENTATION

The helm station on Sundowners™ models are equippedwith a complete set of individual engine instrumentgauges. These instrument gauges allow the boat op-erator to constantly monitor the operational condition ofthe engine. Close observation of these instrument gaugescould save the engine from damage. See Figures E3 &E4 for examples of helm layouts.

Figure E3: Helm Station


™

B. Speedometer

The speedometer is a water pressure sensitive unit. Ithas a pick-up (pitot tube) assembly mounted on the tran-som and a small plastic hose (speedo tube) that con-nects it to the speedometer gauge on the dash. SeeFigure E6. The pitot tube extends below the hull. Waterstrikes the tube inlet and creates positive pressure. Thefaster the boat speed, the greater the pressure, and thehigher the speed indication on the speedometer.

Figure E6: Sundowner™ Speedo Sender

Figure E5: Sundowner™ Tachometer - Rear View

If the pick-up becomes clogged, the speedometer willnot register. Clean the opening with a piece of wire ordisconnect the tubing and blow out the pick-up with com-pressed air.

When winterizing the boat, the speedometer tubing mustbe drained of water. Disconnect the speedometer hoseat the pick-up assembly and at the gauge and blowthrough the tubing to remove the water.

NOTICESpeedometers are not precision instruments.The indications are relative and should never beused for navigational purposes or similar criticalsituations.

DO NOT rely on the speedometer when tryingto achieve a “NO WAKE” condition in a harboror other enclosed waterway. ALWAYS reducethrottle! Speedometers are not effective at mea-suring low operational speeds. You are respon-sible for damage caused by the wake of yourboat.

C. Temperature Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge)

The temperature gauge included in the 4-in-1 gaugesmonitor the cooling system of the engine. A sudden in-crease in the temperature could be a signal of a blockedcooling passage or a water pump malfunction.

NOTICEOperation of an overheated engine can result inengine seizure. If an unusually high tempera-ture reading occurs, shut the engine off immedi-ately.

D. Oil Pressure Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge)

The oil pressure gauge indicates the pressure in the en-gine lubrication system. A significant drop in oil pres-sure is a possible indication of an oil pump or other leak-age problem.

If the engine has been equipped with an audible enginealarm, the alarm should sound if the oil pressure dropsbelow the normal operating range of the engine. Pleasesee your engine owner’s manual for specific engine in-formation.

Section EPage 7


™

NOTICEOperation of an engine with abnormally low oilpressure can lead to engine damage and pos-sible seizure. Have the engine serviced immedi-ately upon a reduced oil pressure indication.

E. Voltmeter (4-in-1 Gauge)

The voltmeter monitors battery condition and thus alter-nator performance. See Section H for additional informa-tion regarding electrical systems.

F. Fuel Gauge (4-in-1 Gauge)

The fuel gauge displays the level of fuel that is present inthe fuel tank. The fuel gauge will operate when the igni-tion switch supplying power to the fuel gauge is in theRUN position.

Due to the mechanical nature of the fuel sender, varia-tions in readings during various speeds of operation mayoccur. This system is merely a relative indication of theavailable fuel supply and not a calibrated instrument.Refer to Section I-1E - Fuel Senders for additional infor-mation.

NOTICEUse only clean fuel of the type and grade recom-mended by the engine manufacturer. The use ofincorrect or contaminated fuel can cause enginemalfunction and serious damage. Refer to Sec-tion I Fuel Systems for additional information.

G. Power Trim Gauge

Boats equipped with stern drives also have a “power trimgauge.” This gauge provides a visual indication of theinward-outward (trim angle) position of the outdrive. Thereis not a trailer travel mode on the gauge.

H. Depth Sounder

The depth sounder is standard equipment on your allSundowner™ models. It consists of two main compo-nents, the transducer and the depth sounder. The trans-ducer is mounted to the hull and the depth sounder isinstalled in the dash. The transducer and depth soundercommunicate by means of a cable, and are powered byyour boat’s 12-volt DC battery. The transducer and depthsounder use the basic principle of sonar to indicate thewater’s depth. Please read the manufacturer’s litera-ture included with the owner’s packet for information re-garding operation and maintenance.

Do not rely on depth sounder to avoid submergedobjects. Depth sounders provide a relative indica-tion of water depth only.

NOTICEDO NOT depend solely upon the depth sounderfor water depth. It is important to have navigation-al charts of the waters in which you are operating.

I. Four Position Ignition Switch

Sundowner™ models use an ignition switch with four po-sitions: OFF, RUN, ACCESSORIES, and START. Justlike the three position switch, the START position is springloaded and the key should be held in this position until theengine starts. The key will return to the RUN positiononce released. Always turn the key to the OFF positionwhen the engine is not running. This will prevent discharg-ing of the battery(s). The ACCESSORIES position allowsthe operator to run the stereo without activating the othership’s systems. Additional information on ignition switchoperation is covered in Section A Operation, of this manual.

J. Emergency Stop Switch

This safety device automatically stops the engine if thelanyard is attached to the operator and the operator fallsfrom his work station. Refer to the engine manual fordetailed information about using this switch.

The emergency stop switch (Figure E7) incorporates ashutoff switch, switch clip, lanyard, and lanyard clip. Thelanyard clip must be securely attached to the operator’sPFD, clothing, arm, or leg. Be sure to attach the lanyardto a place where it is free of obstructions and to some-thing that will move with the operator if he or she leavesthe helm station. If the engine shuts down because thisswitch was activated, the clip may have to be reinstalledon the interrupter switch before the engine can be started.

Keep emergency stop switch lanyard free fromobstructions that could interfere with its opera-tion. Do not modify or remove emergency stopswitch or bypass its safety features. The properuse of the emergency stop switch will prevent arunaway boat situation which can cause severepersonal injury or death.


™

The hour meter is connected to the ignition switch. Thehour meter will be energized when the ignition switch isin the RUN position. Be sure the ignition switch is inthe OFF position when the engine is not operating orthe hour meter will record additional time. Turning theignition key to the ACCESSORY position will not acti-vate the hour meter.

L. Alarm Systems

Engine alarm systems are available on certain engineoptions for the Sundowner™ models. The alarm is audi-ble and is actuated by various engine sensors. Thesensors monitor such things low oil pressure, high wa-ter temperature levels and high exhaust manifold tem-peratures. Consult your engine owner’s manual forinformation regarding the specific systems monitored bythe alarm if so equipped.

M. VHF Radio - (Optional)

Also available for certain specific Sundowner™ modelsis an optional VHF radio. The VHF radio option con-sists of a VHF radio, console mounting kit, an antenna,and antenna mount. Please consult the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet for operationand maintenance of this communication system.

NOTICEFour Winns continually strives to improve its prod-ucts. Unit specifications, including standard andoptional equipment are constantly being modi-fied. Equipment availability is also subject tochange without notice. The most current andaccurate information available at the time of pub-lication is included in this manual. Some varia-tion in equipment, description, location, and de-tails can result.

N. Compass

A compass is available on many Four Winns® models.The compass can provide directional information whenoperating offshore, in unfamiliar waters, or in adverseweather conditions.

Figure E7: Emergency Stop Switch

The emergency stop switch can only be effective when ingood working condition. Observe the following:

1. Lanyard must always be free of entanglements thatcould hinder its operation.

2. Once a month, check the switch for proper opera-tion. With engine running, pull lanyard. If the enginedoes not stop, see your Four Winns dealer.

3. Once a month, inspect both the clip and lanyard forcuts, breaks or wear. Replace worn or damaged parts.

In an emergency situation, any occupant of the boat canrestart the engine. Just press in and hold the emergencystop switch button, then follow normal starting procedures.When the button is released, the engine will stop.

Avoid knocking or pulling the clip or lanyard fromthe switch during regular boating operation. Occu-pants may be thrown forward or possible enginedamage may occur by the sudden loss of en-gine power.

K. Engine Hour Meter

Engine hour meters are available on Sundowner™ mod-els and provide a numeric record of elapsed engine op-erating time. This information is important in determin-ing scheduled maintenance intervals, ships log data,cruise information, etc. If so equipped, the hour meterwill be located in either the engine compartment or atthe helm with the tachometer/hour meter combinationgauge.

Section EPage 9


™

The compass must be properly calibrated after all per-sonal equipment is installed including all electronics (ra-dio, depth sounder, etc.). DO NOT rely on the compassreadings until initial adjustment (compensation) has beenperformed. The boat has a factory installed compass,the manufacturer’s instructions are provided in the owner’spacket. Most areas have local companies that special-ize in compass adjustment. If unsure of the proper com-pensation techniques, consider having the adjustmentdone professionally to ensure accuracy and confidencein the compass.

NOTICEDuring use, keep all extraneous metal objectsaway from the compass. The close proximity ofmetal objects (e.g., beverage cans) can causecompass deviation.

O. Instrument Maintenance

Electrical protection for instruments and ignition circuitryis provided by fuses. The fuse block is located under-neath the starboard dash on certain Sundowner™ mod-els or on the starboard side, below the throttle control,near the floor on other models.

Periodically, spray the ignition switch with a contactcleaner. The ignition switch and all instruments, con-trols, etc. should be protected from the weather whennot in use. Four Winns offers appropriate weather cov-ers for each model. Excessive exposure can lead togauge and ignition switch difficulties.

DO NOT use a product such as WD-40 as acontact cleaner. Be sure to read the label be-fore using any product

Electronic gauges are affected by static electricity thatbuilds-up on the glass face. Periodic washing on thegauge face with warm water and mild liquid detergentwill help eliminate the static electricity problem and im-prove gauge accuracy.

Section FPage 1


™

F - 1 GENERAL

Control systems permit operation of the engine’s throttleand shift mechanisms. They consist of three major com-ponents; the shift control, throttle control, and the throttleand shift cables. Additional information on shift controloperations can be found in Section A-9.

Your Sundowner™ is equipped with either a single leverconcealed side mount control or a gaffrig style shift andthrottle controls. See Figure F1 & F2. These allow youto select forward or reverse gear, regulate engine speed,and ensures shifting is done at low engine speeds.

Figure F1: Gaffrig Shift and Throttle

A “start-in-neutral-only” feature which prevents starting ingear is included on both styles of controls. Refer to F-3Neutral Safety Switch in this section.

Also, the side mount control and gaffrig shift control hasa neutral lock button to prevent accidental shifting. Itmust be depressed to permit shifting from neutral to for-ward or reverse.

Built into the side mount control is a trim control switchwhich you can use to adjust the position of the out drive.This trim control switch is mounted in the gaffrig’s throttlecontrol. A twin engine application would have two trimcontrol switches. Pressing the switch in the UP posi-tion moves the outdrive out and away from the transom.Pressing the switch in the DOWN position moves theoutdrive in closer to the transom. The switch returns toits center neutral position when released. For additionalinformation see Section E-5.

CONTROL SYSTEMS

Throttle Control

Trim Switches

Shift Control

Figure F2: Side Mount Control Operation

Detent Switch

Neutral is in the center or straight up position on the sidemount control. Placing the gaffrig shift control to thecenter or straight up position also places the engine(s)in neutral. Rotating the shift control forward shifts theengine into forward. Rotating the shift control aft shiftsthe engine(s) into reverse. Moving the lever further for-ward or aft increases engine speed on the side mountcontrol while an individual throttle control lever is usedon the Sundowner™ models with gaffrig style controls .

NOTICEWhen shifting, ensure engine speed is below800 RPM to avoid damaging the shifting mecha-nism.

NOTICEAllow the engine to warm up before engagingthe shift control. Monitor all instruments whileengine is idling during warm-up.

Specific information on controls and their operation canbe found in the section on “Starting and Operation” in theengine manufacturer’s manual included in the owner’spacket.

F - 2 SIDE MOUNT CONTROL OPERATION

A. Carbureted Engines

The shift mechanism on the controls can be disengagedto allow for easier starting and engine warm-up. See Fig-ure F2. To disengage:

1. Place control handle in neutral position (B).

2. Press both neutral lock button (A) and shift disen-gage button (C).

3. Move control handle forward to increase throttle.

Section FPage 2


™

The neutral lock and shift mechanism will automaticallyengage when the control handle is returned to the neutralposition.

4. Shift Mechanism Engaged (D).

5. Shift Mechanism Disengaged (E).

6. Reverse Shift Range (F).

7. Reverse Throttle Range (G).

8. Forward Shift Range (H).

9. Forward Throttle Range (I).

Refer to the engine manual, included in the owner’spacket, for additional information on control operation.

B. Fuel Injected Engines (EFI)

On fuel injected engines, starting the engine is mucheasier and faster. It is not necessary to use the throttlewhile in neutral to cold-start the engine. Simply turn thekey and allow the engine to warm up.

For additional information, refer to the section on “Start-ing and Operation” in the engine manufacturer’s manualincluded in the owner’s information packet.

F - 3 NEUTRAL SAFETY SWITCH

Control systems usually incorporate neutral safety switch-es within their design. This device prevents the enginefrom being started while the shift lever is in any positionother than the neutral position. If the engine will not start,slight movement of the shift lever may be necessary tolocate the neutral position and disengage the safety cut-out switch. Control or cable adjustments are required tocorrect this condition should it persist. See yourFour Winns dealer for necessary control and cable ad-justments.

F - 4 CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Periodic inspections of the control, cables, and all con-nections should be made. Signs of looseness, rust, cor-rosion, wear, cable jacket cracks or other deteriorationrequire immediate system servicing. Replace all dam-aged components.

Generally, periodic lubrication of all moving parts and con-nections with a light, waterproof grease is in order. Cablescan be lubricated by positioning them to their fullest ex-tension and applying light grease to the inner cable nearthe jacket. Working the cables back and forth will distrib-ute the grease in the inner cable. Reapply the grease ifnecessary.

Lubrication should be performed as often as necessaryto keep the system operating smoothly. Cable manufac-turers such as Teleflex® and Morse® often offer specialtools to make cable lubrication easier.

Cable and control adjustments may become necessary.Adjustment screws in the control, on the cables and inthe linkage are provided.

DO NOT attempt control adjustments unless youare familiar with control systems service proce-dures. Control misadjustment can cause lossof control.

Other lubrication, adjustment and maintenance instruc-tions are provided by the control manufacturer and areincluded in the owner’s information packet.

Section GPage 1


™

STEERING SYSTEMS

The tilt mechanism is spring loaded. Due to thevariation in steering wheel offerings, the wheelmay spring up rapidly when depressing the re-lease lever. ALWAYS KEEP ONE HAND ONTHE WHEEL DURING TILT ADJUSTMENT ORINJURY MAY OCCUR.

C. Power Steering

Power steering is also standard. It is comprised of anengine mounted pump, hoses and steering cylinder.Power steering works in conjunction with the helm andsteering cable to move the transom mount tiller arm andvertical drive more smoothly.

This is a “power assist” system and can greatly reducesteering effort required. It is not, however, a full powersteering system as is used in automobiles. Some steer-ing tension remains in the system.

On models with power steering, restricting movement ofthe steering cable will limit or stop the steering system’shydraulic assist.

NOTICEDO NOT interfere with or restrict steering cablemovement through the last 90o of bend at theengine. DO NOT use cable retainers, clampsor tie straps. Using one or all of these couldrestrict the cable movement near the engine.DO NOT tie wiring harnesses or other controlcables to the steering cable. Make sure the deckcoaming pads and bulkheads allow for steeringcable movement in all positions of trim.

If the power steering becomes inoperative, steering willbe harder and more effort will be needed to steer theboat. Check for a broken or loose belt on the powersteering pump. Also, low fluid levels in the power steer-ing pump reservoir will cause hard steering. If theseitems are not the source of the problem, check for equip-ment or other items lying on or up against the steeringcable at the back of the boat. The cable must be freeand clear to slide back and forth. Any item blocking freemovement of the cable will result in harder steering andpossible damage to the steering cable.

G - 1 GENERAL

Four Winns® boats are equipped with rotary type steer-ing systems. In addition, tilt and power steering are stan-dard features on the Sundowner™ models.

A. Rotary Steering

In the rotary system, a rotary drum assembly is mountedunder the dash behind the steering wheel with a onepiece cable running through the boat into the enginecompartment. At the transom, the cable turns and isconnected to the engine. Additional information on steer-ing operation can be found in Section A-9.

B. Tilt Steering

The Sundowner™ models come equipped with tilt steer-ing. To operate, depress the release lever (adjustingtab) with your thumb to tilt the steering wheel. Be sureto hold the top of the wheel to assist in positioning. Re-lease the lever once the steering wheel is in the posi-tion desired. See Figure G1. Refer to the steeringmanufacturer’s literature, included in the owner’s packet,for additional information.

Figure G1: Tilt Steering Option

The tilt mechanism should not be adjusted whenthe boat is moving. Sudden boat movementmay cause loss of balance resulting in loss ofcontrol and/or injury.

Section GPage 2


™

Propeller torque can also cause the boat to wander (notfollow a straight line) when operated at low speeds. Thiscondition is normal and can be corrected only by increas-ing engine rpm. Wind, water currents and play in steer-ing components can cause equivalent effects.

Steering effort can vary significantly with engineacceleration, steering angle, trim angle, and seacondition. Be prepared for additional steeringloads at all times.

G - 3 STEERING SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

A. General Maintenance

A periodic inspection of all steering cables, linkage andhelm assemblies should be made. Signs of corrosion,cracking, loosening of fastenings, excessive wear, ordeterioration should be immediately corrected. Failureto do so could lead to steering system failure and corre-sponding loss of control.

NOTICECheck all bolts, nuts and fasteners for tightness.

B. Rotary System Maintenance

The helm and cable assembly should be so adjustedthat the steering wheel is centered with the drive or out-board engine in the straight ahead position. There shouldbe an equal number of turns to port and starboard fromthe straight ahead position. If adjustment becomesnecessary, see your Four Winns® dealer.

Check all metal parts at the cable output end for corro-sion. Remove any old grease from the cable ram andmotor swivel connections using a mild solvent such asWD-40. Spray the cleaned areas with a moisture-dis-placing lubricant and apply a light coat of good qualitymarine grease. Do this with the ram fully extended. SeeFigure G2.

If the power steering system cannot be corrected onboard, proceed at a reduced speed. The boat will besteerable, but with increased effort. Return the boat toyour Four Winns dealer as soon as possible to correctthe power steering system.

If equipped with power steering, check the fluidlevel in the reservoir periodically. Low powersteering fluid levels may increase steering diffi-culty.

After the first two hours of running time, checkthe entire steering system for loose bolts, nutsand fasteners which could adversely affect steer-ing control.

NOTICEWhen storing equipment in the engine compart-ment, be sure to avoid contact with the steeringcable. Cables may become kinked or damagedand may increase steering effort.

NOTICEDO NOT force the steering unit to either ex-treme. This can place undue strain on the unitand can lead to hydraulic line or seal failure.

It is important that the power steering fluid be maintainedat the proper level. Do not over fill the power steeringpump reservoir. Please consult the section in the en-gine manual regarding steering system and mainte-nance. The engine manual is included in the owner’spacket. Also included in you owner’s packet is the steer-ing manufacturer’s literature.

G - 2 PROPELLER TORQUE

The propeller rotation of a single engine installation willexert a directional force on the steering system. Thiscan cause the steering to be harder in one direction thanthe other, and is called propeller torque. If this occurs,adjust the drive or outboard’s trim tab (when applicable).Refer to the engine manual, included in the owner’spacket, for information on adjusting the trim tab.

Section GPage 3


™

C. Winter Storage

If the boat is placed in winter storage or used infrequently,clean the cable ram as instructed earlier. Cycle the steer-ing several times when applying lubricant. If at any timethe steering system becomes stiff, has an excessiveamount of freeplay or shows any change in its operatingcharacteristics, contact your Four Winns dealer to havethe system inspected.

Figure G2: Steering Cable

Section HPage 1


™

H - 1 GENERAL

All electrical equipment on Four Winns® boats operateon 12 volt DC electrical power.

Fire or Explosion Hazard!Electrical system parts are designed by andmanufactured to comply with the U.S. CoastGuard requirements to minimize risks of fireor explosion. Never substitute automotiveparts for marine parts. Automotive parts donot provide the necessary ignition spark pro-tection.

To prevent equipment or electrical wiring dam-age, DO NOT tamper with any electrical con-nection, panel or harness, or attempt installa-tion of any electrical equipment unless thor-oughly familiar with the systems and are experi-enced in making such installations.

For detailed information on the electrical system wiring,electrical schematics are located in the back of thismanual.

H - 2 BATTERY SYSTEM

A. Single Battery System

On most models, a single battery is provided as stan-dard equipment (12 volt DC) per Section H-1 above. Thedash components are protected by a fuse panel eitherlocated below the helm or starboard of the helm, belowthe throttle shift control. Refer to Figure H1 and to thewiring schematics located in the back of this manual.

When installing the battery, proceed as follows:

1. Connect the red (positive) cable running from theengine starter solenoid to the positive (+) battery ter-minal.

2. Connect the black (negative) battery cable runningfrom the engine block to the negative (-) battery ter-minal.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

BLACKBATTERYCABLE

ENGINE

STARTERSOLENOID

BATTERY

RED BATTERY CABLE

When disconnecting the cables from the bat-tery, make sure all switches are off and discon-nect the black negative cable first to preventspark.

NOTICEDO NOT disconnect the battery while the en-gine is running. Alternator damage could re-sult.

Monitor the battery’s condition regularly with the voltme-ter in the dash panel. For additional information, refer toSection H-6 - Electrical System Maintenance.

Figure H1: Single Engine-Single Battery Installation

B. Dual Battery System

A battery selector switch is provided on single engine ortwin engine dual battery installations. This allows DCpower to be used from either one or both batteries. Re-fer to Figure H2.

Sundowner™ Owner’s Manual Section HPage 2

™

to the “OFF” position when the boat is removed from thewater.

NOTICEDO NOT turn the battery selector switch to the“OFF” position while the engine is running. Al-ternator and wiring damage could result.

“1” - Turning the switch to position “1” will use battery #1to power the engine and 12 volt equipment. Battery #2will be isolated and remain in reserve. Only battery #1will be charged by the alternator.

“2” - Turning the switch to position “2” will use battery #2to power the engine and 12 volt equipment. Battery #1is isolated and remains in reserve. Only battery #2 willbe charged by the alternator.

“BOTH” - With the battery selector switch in the “BOTH”position, the batteries are connected in parallel. Bothbatteries will be used by the engine and all 12 volt equip-ment. Both batteries will be charged by the alternator.However, the batteries will charge at a slower rate com-pared to setting the switch in the other positions.

The use of one battery at a time is recommended. Posi-tion the battery selector switch to either the #1 or #2position.

Under normal conditions, avoid using the “BOTH” posi-tion. Use the “BOTH” position only when a single bat-tery is not capable of starting the engine.

Four Winns recommends alternating between batteriesduring boating. Depending upon boating use, this mayincrease battery longevity. Use battery #1 for the firstday of a cruise and switch to battery #2 on the secondday.

Position the battery selector switch to the battery thathas sufficient power to start the engine (normally posi-tion “1”). After the engine is running, turn the batteryselector switch to the battery that has the lowest charge.This will allow the alternator to charge the low battery.Utilizing the battery selector switch in this manner (in-stead of using the “BOTH” position) will supply a greatercharge to the battery.

FOR EXAMPLE: If battery #1 is fully charged and bat-tery #2 is in need of a charge, use battery #1 to start theengine. After the engine is running and warmed-up, turnthe battery selector switch to the #2 position. This willpermit the alternator to charge the low, #2 battery.

7A

AUTUBILGESWITCH

RED BATTERY CABLE

BLACK BATTERY CABLE

BLACKBATTERYCABLE

ENGINE

STARTERSOLENOID

REDBATTERYCABLE R

ED B

ATTE

RY C

AB

LE

BATT

ERY

BATT

ERY

When installing dual batteries, proceed as follows:

1. Connect each of the red battery cables leading fromthe battery selector switch to the positive (+) termi-nal on each of the two batteries.

Figure H2: Single Engine-Dual Battery Installation

NOTICEBe sure both cables are installed on the positive(+) battery terminals.

2. Connect the black battery cable to the port negative(-) battery terminal (see Section H-2). Connect theother black battery cable to the starboard negative(-) battery terminal.

When disconnecting the cables from the bat-tery, make sure all switches are off and discon-nect the black negative cable(s) first to preventspark.

C. Battery Switch Operation - (Specific Models Only)

Dual batteries with a selector switch is optional on cer-tain specific Sundowner™ models only. Power to theengine and all 12 volt electrical equipment with the ex-ception of the automatic bilge pump is controlled by thebattery selector switch. See Figure H2.

Sundowner™ battery selector switch positions:

“OFF” - With the battery selector switch in the “OFF”position, all 12 volt power to the boat is shut off com-pletely except to the automatic bilge pump. A separatefuse is provided on the battery switch panel for the auto-matic bilge pump. Always turn the battery selector switch

Section HPage 3


™

D. Battery Switch Operation with “Emergency StartOnly” Position

The battery selector switch with “Emergency Start” po-sition is standard on certain specific Sundowner™ mod-els. A description of the various positions for the bat-tery switch is as follows:

“OFF” - With the battery selector switches in the “OFF”position and the “SHIPS SYSTEMS” circuit breaker inthe “OFF” position, all 12 volt power to the boat is shutoff except to the automatic bilge pumps, stereo and wind-lass (if applicable). Always turn the battery selectorswitch to the “OFF” position when the boat is unattend-ed for an extended period.

NOTICETwelve volt power to the cabin panel is suppliedby the “SHIPS SYSTEMS” circuit breaker on thebattery selector panel. This must be turned onto operate any 12 volt accessories on the cabinpanel. The bilge pumps and stereo receivepower from the ships system battery and remainon at all time regardless of battery selector orship systems switch position.

NOTICEDO NOT turn the battery selector switch to the“OFF” position while its corresponding engineis running. Alternator and wiring damage couldresult.

“ON” - Turning the switch to position “ON” will use theengine battery to power the engine and 12 volt enginerelated equipment. The ships system battery will notbe used for any engine related equipment, but will powerall other 12V equipment on the boat (when “SHIP SYS-TEM” circuit breaker is on). The isolator will allow thealternator to fully charge the two batteries, but not al-low the operator to drain down the engine start battery.“ON” is the recommended switch position for normalboat operation. This position allows maximum use of12V equipment on the boat and leaves a full charge inthe engine battery(s) for starting.

“EMERGENCY START ONLY” - With the battery selec-tor switch in the “EMERGENCY START ONLY” posi-tion, the engine and ships systems battery are connectedin parallel. Both batteries will be used by the engine andall 12 volt equipment. Both batteries will be charged bythe alternator through the isolator.

E. Battery Charger

A battery charger is available on certain Sundowner™models and is located in the engine compartment. Thebatteries will be charged by the battery charger whenthe boat is connected to dockside power and the chargercircuit breaker is in the “ON” position.

Additional information on the battery charger can be foundin Section H-5B 110 Volt AC Equipment in this manualand refer to the manufacturer’s literature included withthe owner’s packet.

H - 3 12 VOLT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Helm Equipment

The ignition, DC outlet, and dash panel switches are pro-tected by a separate fuse panel located either below thedash at the helm station, or on the starboard side, be-low the throttle shift control, near the floor. Descrip-tions of individual switches are described in the follow-ing:

To avoid equipment damage or electrical fires,use only replacement fuses that are of equalrating to the original fuse. Refer to the electricalschematic included with this manual for propersizes.

Horn - To sound the horn, push the HORN button.

12 Volt DC Receptacle - Permits the use of additional12 volt equipment such as a cell phone. Using the ap-propriate adaptor, the equipment draws power from theboat’s battery.

Aft Bilge Pump - The BILGE PUMP switch at the dash isused to manually activate the bilge pump in the enginecompartment. The bilge pump is used to remove waterfrom the bilge (bottom of the hull) area of the boat bypumping that water overboard.

On the Sundowner™ models, the aft bilge pump isequipped with an automatic bilge switch and will operatewhenever bilge water rises above the pump stop level.This will cause the internal float to move upward andactivate the pump.


™

Trim Tabs - If the boat is equipped with electric/hydraulictrim tabs, the trim tabs are controlled by the TRIM TABswitches. Refer to Section E-6 Trim Tabs for moreinformation.

Refrigerator (certain specific Sundowner™ models only)- The circuit breaker on the AC panel protects the refrig-erator. The refrigerator will automatically operate on the12 volt system or on the 110 volt system when usingthe dockside power. Using the 12 volt system can de-plete the battery quickly, and excessive drain on the bat-tery may cause irreparable battery damage. Dual bat-tery installation is required for this feature. Refer to Sec-tion H-2D - Battery Switch Operation with “EmergencyStart Only” Position and the owner’s packet for the re-frigerator operating instructions.

Accessories - Additional 12 volt equipment may be addedto the boat using an accessory switch. Certain acces-sories may be wired directly to the fuse block below thedash. For more information, refer to Section H-3B - Instal-lation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment.

Cabin Lights - Cabin lights are equipped with remoteswitches and are standard on all cabin models.

Cockpit Lights - The CKPT LTS switch is used to acti-vate the cockpit (courtesy) lights.

Docking Lights - The DOCKING LTS switch is used toactivate the docking lights.

Engine Hatch - The ENGINE HATCH switch is used toraise and lower the engine lid by activating a linear screwjack(s). Pressing the upper portion of the switch marked“UP” allows the engine lid to be raised. Pressing thelower portion of switch marked “DOWN” lowers theengine lid.

Windlass (If applicable) - The WINDLASS switches ac-tivates the windlass. Refer to the Section M-8 in thismanual and the manufacturer’s literature for additionalinformation.

Refreshment Center Sink - The cockpit sink water pumpis activated by the FRESH WATER switch located onthe refreshment center or on the starboard helm con-sole.

Transom Washdown - A water pump is installed in theengine compartment for the transom washdown system.It is activated by the FRESH WATER switch located onthe refreshment center or on the starboard helm con-sole.

On Sundowner™ models with battery selector switches,the automatic bilge pump will be active when the batteryselector switch is in the “OFF” position. The automaticbilge pump circuitry is connected to a circuit breaker onthe battery switch panel. Refer to Sections H-2C & H-2D for additional information on battery switch opera-tion.

When leaving your boat unattended for an extended pe-riod, check the charge on the battery(s) periodically. Alsocheck the water level in the bilge and make sure thefloat switch is functional.

If the automatic bilge pump must be disabled, discon-nect the wiring plug near the bilge pump.

Bilge Blower- The BLOWER switch is used to activatethe bilge blower. The bilge blower is used to remove anygas vapors that may have accumulated in the bilge orengine areas.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting ininjury or death.

1. Before starting the engine, check the enginecompartment bilge for gasoline or vapors.

2. Operate blower for four (4) minutes, and verifyblower operation. Run blower when vesselis operating below cruising speed.

To verify blower is operating place your handover the vents. DO NOT rely on the sound ofthe blower. Be sure a substantial amount of airis being exhausted by the bilge blower. Checkthe bilge blower system often, preferably beforeeach cruise.

Navigation & Anchor Lights - Moving the NAV/ANC LTSswitch towards the NAV position activates the bow lightsand the all-around light or both portions of the mast light.Move the switch to the ANC position to activate the all-around light or both the fore and aft portion of the mastlight. The center switch position is OFF.

Wipers - The WIPER switch activates the windshieldwiper. This feature is available on most Sundowner™models. The wiper is mounted on the starboard(driver’s) side.

Section HPage 5


™

B. Installation of Additional 12 Volt Equipment

On the fuse panel, non-factory installed 12 volt acces-sory equipment can be connected to the “ACC” termi-nal. Accessory equipment can also be wired directly toa newly installed “ACC” switch on the dash.

Be sure to provide proper fuse protection for all12 volt equipment that is installed. Accessorycurrent should be limited to 15 amps if the con-nection is made to the fuse block. If an “ACC”switch is used, again the current should be lim-ited to 15 amps. Gauge(s) and/or 12 volt equip-ment may operate improperly and cause possi-ble internal damage at higher levels.

C. Interior Equipment

Four Winns offers a CD stereo as standard equipmenton the all of the Sundowner™ models. The stereo mayinclude a remote display at the helm. If desired, anoptional stereo remote may be installed at the swimplatform. Generally, the stereo is mounted inside thecabin, on the aft bulkhead wall, near the cabin step orat the galley (if applicable). The stereo’s microproces-sor is coated to help protect it from the elements. Thestereo’s faceplate is water resistant and the quick re-lease door has a watertight seal. For stereo operation,please refer to the manufacturer’s manual included inthe owner’s information packet.

On certain model Sundowners, an optional 6-disc CDchanger is available and is located immediately nextto the stereo. For instructions on both the stereo andoptional 6-disc CD changer, refer to the manufacturer’soperation manual included in the owner’s informationpacket.

Additionally, certain Sundowner™ models comeequipped with a satellite stereo receiver. Please seeyour Four Winns dealer for information and activation.

H - 4 110(220) VOLT ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Certain Sundowner™ models are equipped with 30amp, 110 volt, 60 Hertz (or 15 amp, 220 volt, 50 Hertz)AC electrical wiring. When the boat is connected to ashore power outlet, the AC system supplies electricalpower to the following items if so equipped: batterycharger, refrigerator, microwave and outlet(s). Thedockside system uses three-wire, color-coded circuitry.The black or hot wire is the ungrounded current carryingconductor. The white or neutral wire is the groundedcurrent carrying conductor. The green wire, referred toas the “equipment ground,” is a grounded conductor, andunder normal conditions is not a current carrying wire.The neutral wires are connected together at a buss bar.The equipment grounds are similarly connected togetherat another buss bar. Each hot wire is connected to, andprotected by, a circuit breaker in the AC cabin panel.The AC cabin panel is located inside the cabin eitheron the aft bulkhead or on the galley bulkhead. SeeFigure H3.

Stereo

AC CabinPanel

OptionalMicrowave orUpper Storage

Drawer Storage

Countertop

Figure H3: AC Cabin Panel Locations

AC CabinPanel

COMonitor

6-DiscCD Changer


™

DO NOT use a two-wire adaptor to connect to athree-wire system. These adapters do not pro-vide adequate grounding.

Shore power connection procedure is as follows:

1. Turn off the boat’s main breaker switch before con-necting or disconnecting the shore power cable.

2. Connect shore power cable at the boat first, thenconnect it to dockside shore power outlet.

NOTICEAlways connect the cord to the power inlet recep-tacle of the boat before making connections tothe shore power source.

3. Check for reversed polarity before turning on themain breaker. If the reversed polarity light is acti-vated, immediately disconnect the shore power cord.See Section H-6C Reverse Polarity Indicator.

4. To disconnect shore power, turn off the main breakerswitch on the AC electrical panel and disconnect thepower cord from the shore power dockside recep-tacle first. Then, disconnect the cord from the boat.

NOTICEAlways disconnect the shore power cord fromthe dockside first before disconnecting from theboat.

B. 110 Volt AC Equipment

All 12 volt equipment is isolated from the 110 volt ACsystem (except the refrigerator which is dual voltage).Appropriately labeled circuit breakers protect all AC sys-tems on the boat. The receptacles can be used for 110volt (220 volts on 50 Hertz models) household appliances.Refer to the following list for information on appliancesand other equipment.

Battery Charger - On models with battery charger, thebattery charger is controlled by a circuit breaker on theAC electrical panel and is labeled CHARGER/REFRIG-ERATOR. The circuit breaker must be on the “ON”position in order for the charger to charge the batterieswhen connected to shore power.

Certain Sundowner™ models equipped with a docksidesystem have a main circuit breaker which protects theoverall distribution network. The MAIN dockside inlet isusually located on the transom. The MAIN circuitbreaker protects both the hot and neutral input leads.This breaker is sensitive. The resulting power surgewhich occurs when connecting the shore power cord maycause the MAIN breaker to trip. To avoid this powerspike, turn off the MAIN breaker before plugging in theshore power cord. Securely connect the power inlet ofthe boat and the shore power receptacle. Once the shorepower is securely connected, turn the MAIN breakerback on. If the connection is broken and later re-secured,the circuit breaker may trip. Connections must be se-cure for uninterrupted dockside service.

H - 5 DOCKSIDE OPERATION

If any abnormalities appear during dockside op-eration, DISCONNECT the system immediatelyto prevent electric shock hazards! Have theboat’s electrical system and the shore sidereceptacles checked as soon as possible.

A. Shore Power Connections

To prevent electric shock hazards, use only equ-ipment with approved three wire electrical plugconnections. Be sure each item being used hasbeen tested and is free of electrical shorts andground faults.

Fifty foot, ten gauge, three wire, shore power cords areprovided with dockside wiring. The shore power cordson 60 Hertz systems have 30 amp twistlock-type con-nectors. They have a power ”ON” indicator light to easein connecting and troubleshooting. This connector com-plies with the American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC)standards.

Some marinas are not equipped with approved twistlock-type receptacles. An adaptor is available from FourWinns which converts the twistlock shore plug to a threewire grounded household type plug. Use only an ap-proved adaptor when an adaptor is necessary.

Section HPage 7


™

Refrigerator - The CHARGER/REFRIGERATOR circuitbreaker must be on to operate on 110 voltage. If thisbreaker is off, the refrigerator will automatically operateon the 12 volt system. This can deplete the battery.Excessive drain on the battery may cause irreparablebattery damage. The refrigerator will automatically op-erate on 110 volts when provided (with the circuit breakerin the ON position). Please refer to manufacturer’soperating instructions included with the owner’s packet.

Microwave - On certain Sundowner™ model with thisoption the boat must be connected to dockside powerand the MICROWAVE breaker must be switched to the“ON” position to supply power to the microwave.

Receptacles - The OUTLETS circuit breaker must beswitched to the “ON” position to supply power for thecorresponding receptacles in the AC system. (For thosemodels with the receptacles built into the AC panel,power is supplied to the receptacles when shore poweris provided.)

Most receptacle circuits are capable of handling 15 am-peres. Refer to Table III for a list of equipment and theelectrical currents usually required to operate theseitems. For 220 volt, 50 Hertz models, divide all of thecurrent ratings below by 2. Usually, the power require-ment is specified on the electrical item. This is only anapproximation of the electric current usage normallyexperienced.

Table III: Electrical Equipment EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL LOADS

Air Conditioners See motor load plate

Battery Chargers Up to 800 watts (7.3 amps)

Blankets (Electric) 50 to 200 watts (2 amps)

Coffee Makers 550 to 700 watts (6.3 amps)

Electrical Drills See motor load plate

Fans 25 to 75 watts (0.7 amps)

Fry Pan 1350 watts (12.3 amps)

Heater 1500 watts (13.7 amps)

Lights Wattage as marked

Television 1500 watts (10.5 amps)

Vacuum Cleaners See motor load plate

C. Reverse Polarity Indicator

Improper grounds or reversed polarity at shore powerare a source of serious electrical hazard. The reversepolarity light will indicate if a problem exists at the 110AC electrical system shore connection.

If a problem exists, the Reverse Polarity Indicator Lightwill come on when the shore power cable is attached tothe inlet. DO NOT activate the shore power breakerswitch in the cabin when the Reverse Polarity light is on.

ALWAYS check the Reverse Polarity IndicatorLight in the AC distribution panel immediatelyupon connecting the shore power cord beforeturning on the AC SHORE POWER circuit bre-aker. If the light is on, a problem with a reversedelectrical connection exists. Disconnect theshore power cord immediately. Notify the mari-na and have the dock’s shore power connec-tion inspected.

Under proper operating conditions, the Reverse Polar-ity Indicator Light will not be on. A green light is pro-vided for the shore power and will be ON when docksidepower is being used.

NOTICESome marina shore power systems may be im-properly grounded to retard electrolysis (seeSection H-7 Stray Current Corrosion). Beforeusing any 110 volt equipment, make sure thereverse polarity light does not activate when con-necting the cord to the inlet.

D. Ground Fault Current Interrupters (GFCI)

The Ground Fault Current Interrupter (GFCI) is a de-vice which protects against hazardous electrical shockfrom improper ground. An appliance electrical cord withworn insulation or damp equipment may have stray cur-rent which will run through electrical grounds. Stray cur-rent as above will result in an electrical shock.

One GFCI receptacle will protect all of the receptacleson the circuit. A GFCI may be used as a receptacle aswell as an interrupter.


™

To test:

Push the black test button and the red reset button shouldpop out from the inner surface. The receptacle and thecircuit are now off.

Push the red reset button in until it clicks to reset it. If itdoes not reset, there is either a short in the circuit or theequipment being used, or a ground fault in the equip-ment. Unplug all appliances and reset the GFCI. Oneat a time, plug the equipment back in and turn it on. Theitem that causes the GFCI to trip is the problem itemand should not be used.

H - 6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

A. Battery Maintenance

Be sure to keep the batteries charged. Also, keep thebatteries clean, especially the terminals and connectionlugs. The battery cables must be fastened securely whilein use.

Check the battery fluid level often, especially when acharger/converter is being used. Recharge a batteryindicating a low voltage. Determine the reason for thedischarge. Alternating battery usage with dual batteriesis important. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s manualfor additional information on care and maintenance ofbatteries.

Batteries produce hydrogen and oxygen gaseswhen being charged. These explosive gasesescape through the vent/fill caps and may forman explosive atmosphere around the battery ifthe ventilation is poor. This gas may remainaround the battery for several hours after charg-ing. Sparks or flames can ignite the gas andcause an explosion.

Fire or Explosion Hazard!Only qualified personnel should install batter-ies and perform electrical system maintenance.Do not expose batteries to open flame orsparks. Do not smoke near batteries.

Poison!Sulfuric acid in batteries can cause severeburns. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or cloth-ing. Wear goggles, rubber gloves and protec-tive apron when working with batteries. In caseof skin contact, flush with water at least 15 min-utes. If swallowed, drink large quantities ofwater or milk. Follow with Milk of Magnesia,beaten egg or vegetable oil. Get medical at-tention immediately.

Disconnect the battery before working on elec-trical or ignition system to prevent electricalshock and accidental ignition.

B. Electrical Wiring Maintenance

Periodically, inspect all wiring for nicks, chaffing, embrittle-ment, improper support, etc. Spraying the electrical con-nections with an electrical connection cleaner will reducecorrosion and improve electrical continuity.

DO NOT allow corrosion to build up on connec-tions. This can cause equipment to operate im-properly.

The American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC) has pub-lished a standard for the color coding of boat wiring.Four Winns voluntarily complies with these standardsso the owner of the new boat can install new equip-ment or troubleshoot the electrical system. The follow-ing table summarizes the color code system

Section HPage 9


™

H - 7 STRAY CURRENT CORROSION

A. General

Electrically induced underwater corrosion occasionallyaffects boats and their related components. This is re-ferred to as “Stray Current Corrosion” and appears assurface pitting or deterioration. Stray current corrosionis the decomposition of chemical compounds by electriccurrent.

Stray current corrosion can be caused by the polarity ofthe dockside wiring system of the boat being reversedfrom the power source (reversed polarity) or surround-ing boats, an improperly wired battery installation, otherboats that are in close proximity that have electrical powerleakages, or any other source close to the boat that haselectrical power leakage into the water. Stern drive unitsare especially vulnerable to stray current corrosion.

Periodically inspect the drive components and thru-hullfittings to determine if stray current corrosion damageexists. If corrosion damage is found, determine and cor-rect the cause of stray current to prevent further dam-age. Consult an experienced marine electrician or con-tact your Four Winns dealer for assistance.

The use of some shore power battery chargers, whilethe boat is in the water and the battery is connected tothe system, can cause stray current corrosion. Have anexperienced marine electrician review any batterycharger installation to ensure a stray current corrosionproblem will not develop. An improper battery connec-tion is a common cause of stray current corrosion.

NOTICEUse only “Coast Guard” approved battery charg-ers. Consult your Four Winns dealer for his rec-ommendations.

Corrosion is usually more prevalent in polluted or saltwater than in clean water. It is also more likely to occurwhen dockage is in an area with steel piers, large metalboats, or where shore power is in use.

Note: Some of these colors can serve more than onetype of circuit.

Wiring Color Code

roloCeriW noitangiseDeriW

deRotogtahtyrettabfoedis)+(evitisopnoseriW

.detcetorp-nonsieriwsihT.retrats

elpruP/deRepirtS

ehtmorfsnurtahteriwdetcetorppma05.mlehehttalenapesufehtotenigne

htiwwolleYepirtSdeR

.dionelosretratsothctiwsretratsmorferiW

wolleYroesufamorfrewolbeglibotdaelrewoP

.hctiws

yarGkraDotrednesretemohcatmorferiwrosneS

.retemohcat

deR/nworB .hctiwsmorfpmupeglibotsdaeL

egnarO/nworB .pmupeglibotuaotsdaeL

elpruPeriW.liocdnahctiwsnoitingineewteberiWnoitubirtsidhguorhthctiwsnoitingimorf

.stnemurtsnilacirtceleotlenap

egnarO seirosseccA

eulBkraD .sthgiltnemurtsniothctiwsmorferiW

eulBthgiLredneserusserplioenignemorferiwrosneS

.eguagerusserplioot

naTotredneserutarepmetretawmorferiwrosneS

.eguagerutarepmetretaw

kniPleufotredneslevelknatleufmorferiwrosneS

.eguag

etihW/elpruP noitisopmirT

neerG/etihW nwodmirT

eulB/etihW pumirT

deR/etihW rewopmirT

kcalB dnuorG

neerG/yarG thgilwoB

eulB/yarG thgilnretS


™

B. Galvanic Corrosion

Galvanic corrosion results from a potential electrical dif-ference existing between dissimilar metals immersed ina conductive solution (e.g., salt or brackish water). Ifthese metals touch or are otherwise electrically con-nected, this potential difference produces an electronflow between them. The attack on the more active metalis usually increased and the attack on the less activemetal is decreased, as compared to when these metalsare not touching.

C. Corrosion Prevention

Anti-corrosion anodes are attached to the bottom of thegimbal housing to prevent corrosion to your stern driveand underwater parts. These anodes will be slowlyeroded away by galvanic action and require periodic in-spection. Please refer to the section on “Anti-CorrosionAnodes” in your engine manufacturer’s manual for ad-ditional information. The engine manual is included inthe owner’s packet.

Section IPage 1


™

mation.

The fuel fill fitting allows for venting below the fill cap.While the tank is being filled, the air displaced by the fuelescapes through the fuel fill/vent. This reduces theamount of fuel spillage. Always open the lid slowly toallow air to escape. See Figure I1.

Figure I1: Fuel Fill

The gasket seal on the fuel fill cap assists in sealingwhen closed. A missing or damaged gasket can allowwater on the surrounding surfaces to run into the tank.Periodically inspect the gasket and the fuel deck platefor damage.

DO NOT confuse GAS deck fill plate with WA-TER or WASTE deck plates. Deck fill platesare labeled according to the intended use.

Spilled fuel is a fire hazard. DO NOT overfill oroverflow the tank, or allow fuel spills into the hullor bilge. If spillage occurs, clean up immedi-ately and dispose of soiled rags/towels in a pro-per container.

NOTICEWhen fueling at a marina, DO NOT overfill. Fuelmay spill into the water.

I - 1 GASOLINE FUEL SYSTEMS

Gasoline fuel systems used in Four Winns® boats aredesigned to meet or exceed the requirements of the U.S.Coast Guard, the National Marine Manufacturers Asso-ciation, and the American Boat and Yacht Council in ef-fect at the time of manufacture.

Tanks on Four Winns® boats are located forward of theaft bilge compartment below the floor. Please see theSundowner™ specifications included in your owner’spacket for fuel tank capacities or visit our website atwww.fourwinns.com.

NOTICEUse only clean fuel of the type and grade recom-mended by the engine manufacturer. Enginedamage resulting from the use of a lower oc-tane gasoline is considered misuse of the en-gine and will void the engine warranty. Refer tothe section on Gasoline Requirements in theengine manual for information on octane specifi-cations.

A. System Testing

All gasoline fuel systems have been factory inspectedand pressure tested in accordance with regulations ineffect at the time of manufacture. Additionally, each fueltank must pass rigid tests and inspections performed bythe fuel tank manufacturer.

Prior to taking delivery, it is important that a full inspec-tion be made of the entire fuel system by the sellingdealer. An entry on the Four Winns® Pre-Delivery In-spection Form portion of the Warranty Registration Cardwill attest to the dealer’s performance of this service.

B. Fuel Fills

Fuel fill deck plates are located either on the aft deck orside decks, and are marked “GAS”. To open, insert thedeck plate key into the holes on the cap and rotate coun-terclockwise. A bead chain connects the cap to bodyto help prevent loss overboard. Be sure to utilize theproper type and grade of fuel as recommended by theengine manufacturer. See Section I-3 for additional infor-

FUEL SYSTEMS

Splash Shield sends overflowfrom vent back to tank

Check Valve preventsspills from fuel surge.

Baffles allow air ventilationbut trap water

Section IPage 2


™

E. Fuel Senders

The fuel sender consists of a float which travels up anddown a stationary tube which measures the fuel in thetank. The float measures the level of the fuel in the tankand sends a signal to the fuel gauge. See Figure I3.

Figure I3: Fuel Sender Operation

Due to the mechanical nature of the fuel sender, varia-tions in readings during various speeds of operation mayoccur. This system is merely a relative indication of theavailable fuel supply and not a calibrated instrument.With this type of sending unit a more accurate mea-surement of fuel level is obtained with the boat in alevel position.

The gauge readings will also vary with the trim angle ofthe boat. When sitting at a dock and the boat is nearlylevel, the fuel gauge will register accurately. Refer toFigure I3. When boating, the trim angle of the boatchanges and affects the gauge readings. Under theseconditions, the fuel sender will register “full” for the firstfew hours of running time until the fuel level drops belowthe 3/4 or 1/2 mark. This is caused by the angle of thefuel in the tank as shown in Figure I4.

Figure I4: Effects of Trim Angle

It is very important to keep track of hours and fuel con-sumption to obtain an average gallon per hour consump-tion figure. Refer to the fuel log located at the back ofthis manual. This will prevent any problems with run-ning out of fuel on the water.

After fueling, replace the fill cap, and wash the areasaround the fuel fill plate. Residual fuel left on the deckand hull sides can be dangerous, and will yellow the fiber-glass. It will also damage the tape stripes and logos.

C. Anti-Syphon Valves

The fuel withdrawal line is equipped with an anti-syphonvalve where the line attaches to the fuel tank. This valveprevents gasoline from syphoning out of the fuel tankshould a line rupture. See Figure I2 for anti-syphon lo-cation.

Figure I2: Fuel Tank Fittings

The fuel withdrawals are positioned in the fueltanks to achieve optimum fuel usage, and fuelline routing. At certain speeds and hull trimangles, the fuel supply at the withdrawal tanklocation can increase or decrease accordingly.Be extremely careful when attempting to oper-ate the boat on a minimum amount of fuel.Though some fuel may be in the tank, the rela-tive trim angle of the boat may cause the fuel toflow away from the withdrawal.

NOTICEAccess plates or lids are provided in the floorfor easier access to the fuel pick-up, anti-syphonvalve and sender.

D. Fuel Gauge

The fuel gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the tank.See Section E-7F - Fuel Gauge for additional informa-tion on fuel gauge use.

Section IPage 3


™

Dealers are equipped with some general figures on con-sumption which can be used as a guide until specificinformation on your boat is determined. Because of boat-ing conditions, speed, weight and other factors commonto your situation, fuel consumption will vary between yourboat and consumption figures developed by Four Winns.

When the fuel gauge begins to register below the “full”mark, the gauge readings will drop much faster until itreads” empty”. When this occurs, the trim angle hasaffected the sender reading. When the gauge registers“empty”, the sender has bottomed out and there may be3 to 4 gallons of fuel in the tank. See Figure I5.

Figure I5: Trim Angle Effect with Low Fuel

F. Fuel Filters

Fuel filters are installed on each engine. Filters shouldchanged frequently to assure an adequate supply of fuelto the engine. Refer to the engine manual for additionalinformation. The engine manual is included in theowner’s information packet.

NOTICECanister-type filters should be changed annu-ally.

G. Use and Maintenance

DO NOT let the odor of gasoline go unchecked.If the odor of gasoline is noted, DO NOT STARTENGINE. If engine is running, SHUT OFF EN-GINE, ELECTRICAL AND HEAT GEN-ERATING EQUIPMENT. Investigate and cor-rect the situation immediately! Have all passen-gers put on personal flotation devices and keepfire extinguishers at hand until the situation isresolved.

Avoid serious injury or death from fire or ex-plosion resulting from leaking fuel. Inspect sys-tems for leaks at least once a year.

To help guard against damage, avoid the stor-age or handling of gear near the fuel lines, fit-tings and tanks.

I - 2 FUEL STANDARDS

Be cautious when using gasoline that contains alcohol.Refer to the section on gasoline requirements in yourengine manual for additional information.

To conform to Federal Air Quality Standards,the petroleum industry reduced the amount oftetraethyl lead in gasoline. Alcohol is beingblended with gasoline to help restore the oc-tane rating lost when the lead was removed.While blending alcohol with gasoline increasesthe octane level of the fuel, it can also createcertain safety and performance related problemsfor boaters.

A. Problems With Alcohol In Gasoline

Below is a list of problems which may be experiencedwhen using blended gasoline.

1. Premature deterioration of fuel system componentsmay occur. Alcohol will attack rubber fuel hoses,fuel tanks, fuel filters, fuel pumps and rubber gas-kets. This deterioration will lead to fuel system leak-age.

2. Phase separation of fuel will cause contamination.Water which accumulates in the tank through con-tamination or condensation will be absorbed by thealcohol. This water-heavy alcohol will settle at thebottom of the tank. This phase separation will leadto fuel tank corrosion. This may also result in a leanmixture to the carburetor and cause engine stallingor possible engine damage.

The use of alcohol additives in gasoline has becomemore widespread. Regulations on public notification ofthe existence of additives is currently controlled by theEnvironmental Protection Agency (EPA). Some statesdo require that gasoline pumps display information onadditives (especially alcohol). If alcohol content is notposted, ask and avoid using fuel containing alcohol ifpossible.

Section IPage 4


™

b. Be sure the proper type and grade of fuel asrecommended by your Engine Owners Manualis used.

c. Determine how much additional fuel is requiredto avoid overflow.

4. During fueling:

Keep the fill nozzle in contact with the fuel openingat all times to guard against possible static spark.See Figure I6.

Spilled fuel is a fire or explosion hazard. DONOT overflow the tank or allow fuel spills intothe hull or bilges. Avoid overboard spills. Visu-ally monitor the fuel vent located on either thetransom or side of the hull. When the tank isfull, fuel will flow from the fuel vent.

Figure I6: Grounding Fuel Hose

5. After fueling:

a. Replace all fill caps securely.

b. Wipe up any spilled fuel.

B. Recommendations

Assume blended gasoline is being used and follow theserecommendations below.

1. Inspect fuel hoses often. A deteriorated hose con-taining alcohol blended gasoline will normally be softand swollen. A deteriorating hose containing no fuelwill normally be hard and brittle. In both cases thehose should be replaced.

2. Ventilate the engine compartment before starting theengine(s). Operate the engine compartment blowerfor four (4) minutes. Then, prior to starting theengine(s), check the bilge area for the scent of gaso-line fumes; DO NOT start the engine(s) if the odor ofgasoline is detected.

3. Frequently inspect the fuel system fittings. Inspectthe fuel tank, pump and filter for signs of leaks orcorrosion. Visually inspect for deteriorating metal fit-tings at the fuel hose connections.

Avoid serious injury or death from fire or explo-sion resulting from leaking fuel. Inspect sys-tem for leaks at least once a year.

If areas are found within the fuel system that appear ques-tionable, have a qualified marine technician inspect thesystem. A thorough fuel system examination should bemade by an experienced marine technician at least oncea year.

I - 3 FUELING INSTRUCTIONS

1. Avoid fueling at night except in emergencies.

2. When moored at fueling pier:

a. Do not smoke, strike matches, or throw switches.

b. Stop all engines, motors, fans, and devices thatcould produce sparks.

c. Put out all lights.

3. Before starting to fuel:

a. Ensure that boat is moored securely.

(Nozzle in contact with fuel opening)

(Nozzle not in contact with fuel opening)

Section IPage 5


™

c. Determine that there is no odor of gasoline inthe engine compartment or below decks beforestarting machinery, turning on lights or lightingstove. Operate the bilge blower system for atleast four (4) minutes before engine start-up.

d. Be prepared to cast off moorings as soon asengine is started.

Section JPage 1


™™

NOTICEDO NOT overfill the water tank. Tank damagemay result. Water capacity and tank location mayvary due to other equipment that may be instal-led on the boat.

For information concerning fresh water tank capacities,please refer to the specification sheet or visit our websiteat www.fourwinns.com.

The materials from which the components of the watersystem are made may give the water supply a peculiartaste, especially when new. This condition is normal andcan be reduced somewhat through the use of a waterfilter; such as that produced by PuriTec™. The tasteshould completely dissipate in time.

J - 2 DISINFECTING THE WATER SYSTEM

The fresh (potable) water system should be dis-infected prior to initial use.

The water system should be disinfected before first useand at the beginning of each season. The following infor-mation is a general guide to disinfecting the fresh watersystem.

1. Flush the boat’s water system thoroughly with freshwater. Make sure all non-toxic antifreeze is removedfrom the system.

2. The water system should be drained completely.

3. To disinfect the water system, use one gallon of wa-ter and 1/4 cup of Clorox® or Purex® householdbleach (5% sodium hypochlorite solution). This isrecommended for each 15 gallons of tank capacity.

4. Allow to stand for three (3) hours. If time is a factor,greater concentrations of chlorine solution will beneeded to disinfect the water system.

5. Drain the system.

WASTE AND WATER SYSTEMS

Water Tank Water Fill Water Pump

Figure J1: Typical Fresh Water Tank Location

J - 1 GENERAL

Most Sundowner™ models are equipped with a fresh wa-ter supply system. This system consists of a water sup-ply tank, water distribution lines and a distribution pump.Refer to Figure J15 at the end of this section for generalwater system diagram. The water fill deck plate for thefresh water system is located on the deck. Always fill thetank slowly.

The location of the water fill for most Sundowner™ mod-els is typically on the port side, at the stern, on top ofthe deck. Others specific models have the fresh waterfill and tank located on the starboard side, at the stern.Note: In some special cases, installation of an optionfor example, could result in the water fill location beingplaced in another location. See Figure J1.

The water deck plate is appropriately labeledWATER. DO NOT fill the system with anythingother than water. Should the system becomecontaminated with fuel or other toxic solution,complete system or component replacementmay be necessary.

The water tank is equipped with an overboard vent. Main-tain a close visual watch on the overboard vent while fill-ing the water tank. Always fill the tank slowly. When thetank is almost full, water will spurt out of the vent.

NOTICEWhen filling the tank, never seal the hose to thedeck plate. The tank would become pressur-ized and could rupture.

Section JPage 2


™

6. Flush the system thoroughly with fresh water.

7. Fill the system with fresh water.

To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor which mightremain in the system, prepare a solution of one quartvinegar to five gallons water and allow this solution toagitate in the tank for several days during boating. Thendrain tank and refill with fresh water.

The cockpit sinks are equipped with traps, and the waterwill drain slowly. If the system is not operating properly,have it checked by your authorized Four Winns dealer.

J - 3 FRESH WATER SYSTEMS

A. Head Sink

Certain Sundowner™ models have a sink placed in theenclosed head compartment. Water will be drawn whenthe switch is operated. See Figure J2. The switch tooperate the fresh water system is located on the star-board helm and is marked FRESH WATER. After thetank has been filled, operate the pump switch until watercomes out of the faucet. After all the air has been purgedfrom the system and a steady flow of water is comingfrom the faucet, turn off the pump.

Figure J2: Head Sink (Specific Models Only)

NOTICEIf the line is routed improperly, kinked or is dislo-cated, the water pump may not operate prop-erly. Inspect and correct the hose routing (ifnecessary). If a problem still exists, contact yourFour Winns dealer for assistance.

NOTICEDO NOT operate the pump with an empty tank.Damage to the water pump may result. Be surethe pump switch is off when not in use.

B. Cockpit Refreshment Center

The Sundowner™ models come equipped with a refresh-ment center located inside the cockpit. The refresh-ment center includes common features such as a trashreceptacle, sink with pressurized water system andCorian® counter top. Other features, on certain speci-fied models only, include 110 volt ground fault currentinterrupter receptacle, refrigerator, drink holders and dualbatteries. The switch to operate the fresh water systemis located on the refreshment center or starboard helmand is marked FRESH WATER. The same fresh waterpump is utilized by both the head sink (if applicable),cockpit sink, and transom washdown. See Figure J3.

Section JPage 3


™™

Figure J3: Typical Sundowner™ Refreshment Centers

C. Transom Washdown

The transom washdown is available on Sundowner™models. The washdown unit is typically located on thestarboard side of the transom. The water supply systemcan be used for showering or washdown purposes at thetransom. The switch to operate the water pump is locat-ed on the refreshment center or starboard helm and ismarked FRESH WATER. See Figure J4.

Figure J4: Transom Shower

The fresh water tank which supplies water to the tran-som washdown is usually located in the rear engine com-partment on the port side of the boat. Other specificmodels have the fresh water tank located on the star-board side. The fresh water fill deck plate is usuallylocated on the same side as the tank. The fresh waterdeck fills are clearly mark “WATER”.

A separate toggle switch to operate the pump is locatedat the starboard helm or refreshment center and is wireddirectly to the battery. An in-line fuse is included to pro-tect the water pump. The pump is located in the rear

engine compartment usually near the vicinity of the freshwater tank.

Models equipped with the transom washdown option willuse the same fresh water pump used for the cockpitsink. With the “FRESH WATER” switch “ON”, push thespray nozzle button to purge any air that may be in thesystem. When a steady flow of water is coming from thewashdown nozzle the air has been purged. Release thespray nozzle when finished. As the pressure builds, thepump will automatically shut off at 35 psi.

When properly primed and activated, the pressurized watersystem can be used in the same manner as the watersystem in a home. An automatic pressure sensor in thewater pump keeps the system pressurized. Simply op-erate the spray nozzle and water will be delivered. If thesystem has been recently filled, or has not been used foran extended period of time, air bubbles may accumulateat the pump. If this should happen, re-priming may benecessary.

J - 4 HEADS

A. Enclosed Heads

On certain Sundowner™ models, a fully enclosed fiber-glass head is a standard feature. This roomy head of-fers an opening port light, removable carpet, and Vacu-flush® toilet. Also found in this head is a sink with pres-surized water, overhead lighting, 110 volt receptacle, stor-age locker, bathroom tissue holder.

Other Sundowner™ models utilize a porta potti locatedin the cabin. The models with a porta potti either incor-porate a slider or use a cushion/cover for concealment.The slider allows you to slide the porta potti out of theway when not in use. Note: Removal of the cabin stepis necessary if the porta potti is mounted on a slider.See Figure J5. Refer to Section J-4B and themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packetregarding the use, care and maintenance of the portapotti.

Section JPage 4


™

With the waste tank (lower section) sitting flat, open valveby pulling handle out (Figure J7-A).

Add deodorant through the valve opening (Figure J7-B).Use Thetford Holding Tank Deodorant (sample included)in built-in storage compartment (Figure J7-C).

Add water to cover tank bottom. Close valve and replacedeodorant (Figure J7-D).

Figure J7 (A - D): Porta Potti Preparation

Recombine the unit. Align hinge with front interlockingtabs. To secure unit, press downward…it should clickinto place.

Fill fresh water tank by removing the water fill cap andfilling the tank with fresh water (Figure J8). (NEVER addholding tank chemical to the fresh water tankassembly.) Replace and tighten the cap securely.

Figure J8: Filling Fresh Water Tank

NOTICEBefore each use: With seat cover closed,open and close the holding tank valve (FigureJ9) to vent any pressure that may have built upas a result of heat or altitude. This preventsupward splashing of bowl contents when toiletis flushed.

An optional enclosed or “hard” head is offer on certainSundowner™ models which have as a standard feature,a soft head. Bulkheads and doors replace the privacycurtain thus the name “hard head”. A porta potti is stillused in this head configuration.

B. Porta Potti

Preparation:

Separate unit by sliding the locking lever to the left“unlocked” position and hold (Figure J6-A). Separate theunits (Figure J6-B).

Figure J6 (A & B): Separate Porta Potti

Figure J5: Porta Potti with Slider

Section JPage 5


™™

6. Rinse waste holding tank and recharge as describedunder Preparation portion of this section.

7. Reassemble unit and fasten to floor or deck.

C. Vacu-flush® Sanitation System - (Specific Models Only)

The Vacu-flush® sanitation system eliminates the un-pleasant sulfide odors which plague saltwater systems.Flush water is no longer drawn through the through-hullfittings, seacock, and vented loop. It also extends thelife of the system components by eliminating salt waterand impurities from accumulating in the system over time.

The Vacu-flush® toilet operates in a different way fromother marine toilets. Vacu-flush® systems use a smallamount of water (a little more than a pint) per flush inaddition to a simple vacuum. The toilet is connected tothe fresh water system. Fresh water is the key to anodor free bathroom compartment. Vacu-flush® toiletsare equipped with an intergrade vacuum breaker whichprevents the possible contamination of the potable/freshwater supply. See Figures J12 & J13. Also refer to themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEThe Vacu-Flush switch located in the head mustbe ON in order for the toilet to flush & recharge.

To operate:

1. To add water to the toilet before using, raise flushlever until desired water level is reached. Generally,more water is required only when flushing solids.See Figure J12.

2. To flush toilet, press flush lever sharply down to thefloor until contents clear bowl. A sharp popping noiseis normal when the vacuum seal is broken and theflushing action begins. Be sure to hold lever downfor 3 seconds. If flush lever is accidentally releasedbefore waste clears bowl, do not attempt to flushtoilet again until vacuum pump stops running. A smallamount of water should remain in the bowl after flush-ing.

3. Do not dispose of sanitary napkins or other non-dissolving items in toilet, such as facial tissue orpaper towels. These items can cause plugging ofthe system. Refer to the “Deodorants and SpecialTissue” section in the manufacturer’s manual formore information.

Figure J9: Porta Potti - Bellows Flush Operation

Bellows Flush Operation:

1. Pull out holding tank valve handle (Figure J9).

2. Push down on bellows to rinse the bowl.

3. Push valve handle all the way in to insure an odor-tightseal.

Emptying of Portable Models:

1. Empty when waste holding tank level appears full.DO NOT ALLOW THE TANK TO BECOMEOVERFILLED.

2. Make sure waste valve handle is in the closedposition.

3. Remove fresh water tank from waste holding tank(Figure J10).

Figure J10: Removing Fresh Water Tank

4. Remove waste holding tank from hold down brackets.

5. Carry the waste holding tank to any permanent toiletfacility. Rotate the pour-out spout to the desiredposition. Remove the cap. Depress the air reliefvalve with your thumb while emptying (Figure J11).

Figure J11: Emptying Waste Holding Tank

Section JPage 6


™

Figure J13: Vacu-flush™ Vacuum Generator

D. Head Pump Out

The waste holding tank should be emptied when wasteholding tank level gauge indicator on the porta potti(models with pumpout option only) has changed fromgreen to red (Figure J14) or when the waste level indi-cator for the Vacu-flush system reads almost full. DONOT ALLOW THE TANK TO BECOME OVERFILLED.

Figure J14: Porta Potti

If equipped with the head pump out, the waste can beremoved from the tank at a pumping station. A deck platefitting labeled WASTE, is provided for this purpose. Mostmarina fueling facilities provide service for waste pumpout. For waste holding capacities, please refer to thespecification sheet, manufacturer’s literature or ourwebsite.

1. Add Water

2. Flush For 3 Seconds

3. Do Not

Lift Press

Figure J12: Vacu-flush™ Operations

To pump out the holding tank:

1. Connect the dockside pump out connection to theWASTE plate located on the deck.

NOTICEUsually the dockside pump out connection willscrew into the waste deck plate or has a rubbersleeve that inserts into the plate and must beheld in position during the pump out operation.

2. Have the pumping station operator activate the pump-ing equipment. The waste will be drawn from theholding tank and into the pumping stations disposaltank.

3. Remove the pump out connection from the deck plate.Add 1 gallon of clean water to the holding tank throughthe waste deck fitting using a dockside water hose.

4. Repeat steps 1 & 2 above to pump out the waterused in step 3 to flush the holding tank.

5. Add waste holding tank treatment chemical availablefrom the dockside pumping station operator to thehead. Flush at least twice.

Be careful when handling and storing treatmentchemicals. Not only are they toxic, but they willalso stain and damage surrounding surface.

It will be necessary to remove the top holding tank of theportable head to fill with water. Refer to the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet regarding theuse, care and maintenance of the porta potti.

J - 5 GRAY WATER SYSTEM - OPTIONAL

The gray water system is optional on certain Sundowner™models only. The water from the galley sink and headsink drains into the gray water holding tank. The wastelevel indicator is located in the head compartment. Apumpout fitting labeled WASTE but designated for graywater is provided on the starboard side of the deck. Thegray water tank is located in the engine compartment,center aft. See the specification sheet or our websitefor capacity.

Section JPage 7


™™

NOTICECertain geographical areas have restrictions ongrey water being pumped or drained overboard.Be sure to check all local, state and federal lawsin the boating area.

J - 6 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Be sure the batteries in the boat are properly charged.Operating the pressure pump from a battery with a lowcharge will result in pump cycling. This could lead topremature pump failure.

The decomposition of waste produces a color-less, odorless gas, methane, that is lighter thanair, combustible, and extremely lethal. Alwaysprovide sufficient ventilation when effecting repairsto the waste system and allow no odor from thewaste system to go unresolved.

A. Clean Vents and Screens

Periodically, inspect the water tank vents and thru-hullvent fittings for any dirt, wax, etc. Carefully remove anyobstruction with a pipe cleaner or similar device. Besure not to puncture any screens. The stainless steelvent cap is not removable.

NOTICEFailure to keep the water tank vent fitting cleanwill cause excessive pressure buildup within thetank during filling. This can cause water tankdamage.

B. Winterizing the Water System

Winter lay-up service procedures should include a thor-ough draining of the water system. Disconnect all ac-cessible fittings. Blow out all lines. Be sure the watertank, waste tank, pumps and lines are completely dry.Freezing water can cause severe damage to all watersystem components.

NOTICEIt may be necessary to disconnect the hose be-low the faucet to remove excess water in thelines to prevent freeze damage.

NOTICEAlways winterize the fresh water system prior towinterization of the hull drainage (bilge pump)system.

Draining the system as mentioned can be very tediousand an incomplete job can result in expensive repairs.The use of nontoxic antifreeze (such as R.V. antifreeze)designed for fresh water systems considerably reducesthe work necessary and is a more positive means ofwinterizing the system. Follow the directions includedwith the antifreeze solution.

To winterize:

1. Turn on the water pump/faucet and drain the watertank. The water tanks on some models can bedrained by removing the withdrawal hose from thetank and allowing water to drain into the bilge.

NOTICEDO NOT run the water pump without water in thesystem. Pump damage can result. Be watchfuland turn the pump off as soon as the tank be-comes empty.

2. Add 1/2 gallon of R.V. non-toxic antifreeze to thewater tank.

3. Turn ON the pump until undiluted antifreeze is seen.

Use only nontoxic antifreeze solutions such asR.V. antifreeze. DO NOT use ethylene glycolsolutions; the type that is used in engine cool-ant systems. These are toxic.

NOTICEBe sure to wipe up any antifreeze that has beenspilled on the fiberglass surfaces to prevent pos-sible discoloration or damage to the gel coat.

Depending upon options and model, additional informa-tion by the equipment manufacturers is included in theowner’s packet. Also, refer to Section R for Maintenance.

Section JPage 8


™

Figure J15: General Water System Diagram

WATER SYSTEM

Section KPage 1


™

K - 1 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VENTILATION

All Four Winns® stern drive models are equipped withengine compartment ventilation. This system is designedto meet or exceed the requirements (in effect at the timeof manufacture) of the U.S. Coast Guard, the NationalMarine Manufacturers Association, and the American Boatand Yacht Council.

A. Gravity Ventilation System

This system includes air intake and exhaust components.The exhaust ducting reaches to the lower bilge area. Thisprovides adequate air movement while underway and dur-ing bilge blower operation.

B. Forced Air Ventilation

All Four Winns® models except outboards are equippedwith an electric bilge blower. The bilge blower providesthe ventilation required prior to starting the engines andwhile at idle. See Section H - Electrical Systems forblower operation instructions.

Gasoline vapors can explode resulting in injuryor death. Before starting the engine, check theengine compartment bilge for gasoline or vapors,and operate blower for four (4) minutes, and verifyblower operation. Run blower when vessel isoperating below cruising speed. ALWAYS oper-ate the bilge blower while the engines are at idle.

C. Engine Ventilation System Maintenance

Periodic inspection and cleaning of the ventilation ductsis necessary to ensure adequate air circulation. A buildupof leaves, twigs, or other debris can severely reduce ven-tilation. Be sure bilge water does not accumulate to alevel that would obstruct the ventilation ducts.

Blower operation can be tested by placing a hand overthe vents. DO NOT rely on the sound of the blower. Besure a substantial amount of air is being exhausted bythe bilge blower. Check the bilge blower system often,preferably before each cruise.

Should blower noise and vibration be excessive, loosen-ing the bilge blower mounting screws and then tighteningevenly usually reduces noise considerably.

K - 2 CABIN VENTILATION

Deck hatches on Four Winns® Sundowner models aredesigned to open and provide adequate ventilation in thecabin berth area.

Failure to properly ventilate the boat while theengine is operating may permit carbon monox-ide to accumulate inside of the cabin. Refer toSection E-2 Engine Exhaust and Section B-2Carbon Monoxide for additional information.

A screen for the forward deck hatch is available for allapplicable Sundowner™ models. The screen is remov-able and must be stored properly when not in use.

NOTICEBe sure the deck hatch is secured while under-way. Damage to the hatch may result. Storethe screen in a safe place to prevent damage.

Deck hatches are made of plexiglass and can be cleanedwith mild dishwashing soap and water. Ensure that aclean cloth is used to prevent scratching the plexiglass.For additional cleaning instructions please see SectionQ - Woodwork and Composites.

K - 3 HULL DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

A. Transom Drain

A transom drain with plug is provided in the engine com-partment to allow water drainage. When the boat is outof the water, the boat and trailer should be positioned soany bilge water accumulation during dry storage will flowtowards the transom.

VENTILATION & DRAINAGE SYSTEMS

Section KPage 2


™

Be sure the drain plug is securely in place priorto launching the boat. Upon shipment of the boat,the drain plug is usually taped to the steeringwheel.

B. Bilge Pumps

Bilge pumps are provided in the bottom of the hull to re-move miscellaneous water accumulations that might oc-cur during normal boating or weather conditions. Thebilge pump is controlled by the bilge pump switch on thedash panel. See Section H-3 for a detailed description ofthe bilge pump switches.

Bilge pumps equipped with automatic switches are stan-dard on all Sundowner™ models. As the water levelrises, the automatic float switch will activate the pump.

When leaving the boat unattended for long periods of timeor during excessive rain storms, it is a good idea to checkon the boat for excessive water accumulation. Be sureboth the bilge pump and automatic float switch are oper-ating properly. The operating time of the bilge pump willbe limited to the battery capacity.

NOTICEWhile at rest, any bilge water accumulation mayflow forward. Therefore, operate the bilge pumpshortly after getting underway and while the boatis at a substantial running angle. DO NOT allowbilge water to accumulate. Damage to the en-gine or other components may result.

Periodically, clean the bilge pump strainers. DO NOTallow dirt and debris to clog the bilge pump intakes. Checkoperation of the bilge pump float switch often to ensuremovement of the switch is not restricted by debris, por-tions of the hull, etc.

Wipe up any oil accumulation in the bilge prior to activa-tion of the bilge pump. Pumping oil overboard will pollutethe water, and is subject to fine.

After winterization of the fresh water systems, be surethe bilge area, bilge pump and associated hoses are thor-oughly dry. Damage to the hull, bilge pump and otherequipment could occur if water is allowed to freeze in thebilge.

C. Liner Drains

Fiberglass liners are typically standard on theSundowner™ models. Liner drains are provided on thesemodels with fiberglass liners. Fiberglass liners can becleaned easily by hosing the floor. The water will draininto the bilge and be pumped overboard by the bilge pump.

D. Bilge Compartment Drainage

Certain bulkhead areas of Four Winns® boats are sealedin accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations effec-tive at the date of manufacture. Drainage is provided andwater can be removed with the bilge pump.

Section LPage 1


™

Figure L1: Refreshment Centers

L - 3 REMOVABLE COOLER

A 36-quart “carry-on” cooler is included with eachSundowner™ model. The removable cooler stows be-neath the U-wrap or C-wrap lounge hinged seat in thecockpit. See Figure L2.

Figure L2: 36-Quart “Carry-On” Cooler

L - 1 BUTANE STOVE

Care must be exercised while around stoves andother appliances. Keep children away from burn-ers.

The butane stove is optional on Sundowner™ models.The stove is a one burner, butane unit. Refer to themanufacturer’s manual for additional information.

To prevent skin burns, be careful while lightingand operating your stove. Be sure the stove isoff and cools completely before storing.

L - 2 COCKPIT REFRESHMENT CENTER

The Sundowner™ models come equipped with a refresh-ment center located in the cockpit either on the port orstarboard side depending upon which model you have.The refreshment center includes a trash receptacle, sinkwith pressurized water system, Corian™ counter topand drink holders. Additional features on certainSundowners™ may include 110 volt ground fault currentinterrupter receptacle, refrigerator, and dual batteries.Features listed may be subject to change without no-tice. See Figure L1.

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT

Corian™Countertop

Swivel FaucetSink

TrashReceptacle

Drink Holder

Refreshment CenterCorian™

CountertopFaucetSink

RefrigeratorTrash

ReceptacleRefrigerator

Vent

Drink Holder

GFCIReceptacle Rai l

Section LPage 2


™

L - 4 HEADS

On certain Sundowner™ models, a fully enclosed fiber-glass head is a standard feature. Other Sundowner™models utilize a porta potti located in the cabin. Themodels with a porta potti either incorporate a slider oruse a cushion/cover for concealment. Note: Removal ofthe cabin step is necessary if the porta potti is mountedon a slider. See Figures L3 and L4. Refer to Section J-4 and the manufacturer’s literature included in the owner’spacket regarding the use, care and maintenance of thetoilet/porta potti.

Figure L3: Sundowner™ Enclosed Head

Figure L4: Porta Potti with Slider

L - 5 GALLEY - (Specific Models Only)

Located in the cabin of certain Sundowners is the gal-ley. The galley consists of a countertop, upper galleystorage shelf or optional microwave shelf, a built-in stor-age drawer, and built-in stereo box. Also mounted tothe galley bulkhead is the AC cabin panel. See FigureL5.

Figure L5: Galley

L - 6 STEREO

Four Winns offers a CD stereo as standard equipmenton the all of the Sundowner™ models. The stereo in-cludes a remote display at the helm. If desired, an op-tional stereo remote may be installed at the swim plat-form. Generally, the stereo is mounted inside the cabin,on the aft bulkhead wall, near the cabin step or at thegalley if applicable). The stereo’s microprocessor iscoated to help protect it from the elements. The stereo’sfaceplate is water resistant and the quick release doorhas a watertight seal. For stereo operation, please refer

Section LPage 3


™

to the manufacturer’s manual included in the owner’s in-formation packet.

The speakers are installed within the side bulkheads orseat bases.

For additional information on stereos, refer to Section H-3C of this manual and the manufacturer’s literature in-cluded in the owner’s packet.

L - 7 BURLWOOD HELM ENHANCEMENTS

A standard feature on the Sundowner™ models is theburlwood wood grain accent. This consists of finishedsynthetic burlwood mahogany for the instrument, switchand ignition panel. For care and upkeep information,refer to Section Q-4 - Burlwood Mahogany in this manual.

L - 8 ANCHOR LOCKER STORAGE

All Sundowner™ models have a built-in anchor locker.It is located at the bow of the boat. Simply lift the an-chor lid at the pull handle to gain access to the anchorlocker. A notch in the lid allows the anchor line to passthrough while the anchor lid is closed. See Figure L6.The anchor locker has an overboard drain to remove anywater that might otherwise accumulate. The compart-ment should be inspected after each use and kept cleanof dirt and debris to prevent plugging of the drain hole.For information on anchors, refer to Section M-6.

Figure L6: Anchor Locker

L - 9 SKI STORAGE LOCKER

A standard feature on the Sundowner™ models is a skistorage locker. Depending on which model you have,the storage locker may either be located in the floor atthe transom walk-thru or in the cockpit, between thebucket seats. The locker allows for storage of skis,knee boards, tow ropes, personal floatation devices, etc.The ski storage lid is hinged and includes a gas assistshock for ease of use. The lid should remain in place inchoppy water. Some of these storage locker may alsobe used as coolers. See Figures L7 and L8.

Figure L7: In-Floor Ski Locker (Walk-Thru)

Figure L8: In-Floor Ski Locker

Additionally, some Sundowner™ models have a tran-som deck ski locker. See Figure L9. The hinged tran-som ski locker provides additional ski storage and makesthe swim platform an excellent staging area for skiers.

Hinges Pull HandleFlush Mount

Notch for Line

Figure L9: Transom Deck Ski Locker

Section LPage 4


™

Forward Cabin

Starboard Cabin

Figure L12: Cabin Storage Lids - Examples(Size, Quantity & Location may vary per model)

L - 12 AFT FILL-IN CUSHIONS (U-WRAP OR C-WRAP SEATING)

Optional aft fill-in cushions are available for mostSundowners with a U-wrap or C-wrap seating configura-tions. Aft fill-in cushions can turn your stern loungerinto a sundeck or berthing space. These aft fill-in cush-ions can be easily removed or installed in a matter ofminutes.

Port Cabin

L - 10 TRANSOM PLATFORM LOCKER(S)

The Sundowner™ models have storage locker(s) locatedat the transom. Access may be gained easily from ei-ther the swim platform or from the passenger loungeseating area. To open, simply pull the flush mountedpull handles. See Figures L10 and L11.

Figure L10: Transom Storage Locker - Single

Figure L11: Transom Storage Locker - Dual

L - 11 CABIN V-BERTH STORAGE

Most Sundowner™ models have beneath V-berth cush-ion storage compartments. See Figure L12. On certainSundowner™ models a hanging storage closet is builtinto the galley. Shelves behind the V-berth backrestalso provide even more storage space for theSundowners.

Section LPage 5


™

The companionway doors are made of white plexiglassand can be cleaned with mild, nonabrasive soap or de-tergent and water. Ensure that a clean cloth is used toprevent scratching the plexiglass. See Section Q-7 -Acrylic Plastic - (Plexiglass) for detailed cleaning in-structions.

L - 14 COMPANIONWAY SLIDER DOOR

Certain other Sundowner™ models have a sliding com-panionway door for access into the cabin. The door islockable for security. Steps have been built into thecompanionway door to gain access to the bow areathrough the walk-thru window. See Figure L14. Whenopening the companionway door, note that it slides neatlyinto the starboard console. A “flip-up” style latch is pro-vided to keep the sliding door open when desired andprevents the door from shutting on its own when boat-ing.

Exhaust fumes from engines contain carbonmonoxide. To prevent fumes from entering cabin,keep door closed when engine or generator isrunning.

L - 13 COMPANIONWAY DOORS

Most Sundowner™ models have lockable, white com-panionway doors for security and privacy. These com-panionway doors are removable. Removing the com-panionway doors allows for more interaction betweenthe boat’s occupants. See Figure L13.

Figure L13: Removable Companionway Door

Figure L14: Companionway Sliding Door

Section MPage 1


™

EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT

To prevent personal injury or damage to the boat,DO NOT tow more than two water skiers withthe transom mounted ski tow ring.

NOTICESkier’s weight, boating conditions, amount of gear,and operator’s experience will affect the numberof skiers which can be pulled.

D. Maintenance

The majority of the hardware installed is made of stain-less steel. Regardless of the type of hardware used,periodic maintenance is necessary.

The manufacturer of our hardware recommends the fol-lowing when washing your boat:

1. Rinse the hardware with fresh water after each expo-sure to saltwater.

2. Periodically wash the hardware with mild soap, warmwater, and a sponge. Then dry it with a soft cloth.

3. Avoid cleaners, abrasives, waxes, and most of all,do not use steel wool.

NOTICEAll fittings must be periodically inspected for loos-ening, wear, and damage. Problems should becorrected immediately!

M - 2 WINDSHIELDS

A windshield is standard equipment. Windshields con-sisting of tempered safety glass and the windshield frameconsists of a painted or polished aluminum. For easyaccessibility to and from the bow, a walk-thru centerwindshield is standard. Stainless steel supports orbraces are used in all of the windshield assemblies. SeeFigure M1.

M - 1 RAILS & DECK HARDWARE

A. Rails

Grab handles have been installed to provide security forpassengers in the cockpit. Limiting passenger move-ment while underway is recommended. All those on boardshould be safely seated whenever possible. Additionalcare must be taken when in rough seas or foul weather.

The rail system and hardware fittings have been selectedand installed to perform specific functions. Fenders ormooring lines should not be secured to the rails or stan-chions. Be certain that a clear lead exists when runningdock lines or an anchor line. A line inadvertently threadedaround a stanchion or over the rail could cause damage.

B. Cleats

The cleats that have been installed are specifically de-signed and are intended to be used as mooring cleats.Their purpose is for securing the vessel to a dock, pier,mooring, or anchor.

Four Winns® boats are not equipped with anyhardware designed for towing purposes. The moor-ing cleats that are installed on the boat are notto be used for towing another vessel or havingthe boat towed. Refer to Section A - Operationfor additional precautions regarding grounding andtowing.

C. Transom Ski Tow Ring

The transom ski tow ring or in some cases a stern railwith ski eye, is mounted on the transom above the ex-tended swim platform. All Sundowner™ models shouldbe able to tow two skiers under normal boating condi-tions. However, Four Winns recommends no more thantwo skiers be pulled behind the boat at any time.

Do not use ski tow fitting for lifting or parasail-ing. Fitting could pull out of deck resulting inserious injury or death.

Section MPage 2


™

Figure M2: Forward Deck Hatch

NOTICEDO NOT close the foredeck hatch with the hatchscreen in place. Damage to the screen can re-sult. Be sure deck hatches are secured whileunderway. Damage to the hatch may result ifnot secured.

M - 4 EXTENDED SWIM PLATFORM - LADDER

Four Winns provides an extended fiberglass swim plat-form on all Sundowner™ models. See Figure M3. Theextended platform is either integrated into the deck orextends the existing swim platform by mounting to thehull to create more space for water sport activities. Theextended swim platform has a skid-resistant surface andincludes a self-draining storage tub. The swim platformis also recessed for the ladder and a hinging ladder lid isprovided. With this design, the ladder is concealed andyou do not lose valuable platform space. In addition, ahand hold has been placed in the ladder lid to assist inboarding.

Figure M3: Extended Swim Platform

Trim Ring

LockingHinge

Deck Hatch

Latch

Port W/SCorner

Figure M1: Windshield

We recommend you close and secure the walk-thru windshield while underway. Damage to thewindshield could result.

Secure windshield with strap when in open po-sition. Securing the walk-thru windshield willhelp prevent the windshield from accidentlyslamming closed due to high wind and/or wakecondition, thus reducing the chance of damageto windshield or injury.

Windshields made of tempered glass can be cleanedwith automotive glass cleaners or dishwashing soap andwater. Ensure that a clean cloth is used to preventscratching the glass.

Aluminum can be cleaned with similar products or withnonabrasive cleaners such as Fantastik™.

NOTICERead the label before using any product. DONOT use abrasive cleaners.

M - 3 DECK HATCH

The foredeck hatches consist of a white plexiglass. Thehatch is supported by one locking hinge and can be se-cured in a partially open position for ventilation. See Fig-ure M2. Hatch screens are provided on the Sundowners.Please follow the cleaning directions for plexiglass de-scribed in Section Q-7 - Acrylic Plastic - (Plexiglass).

Stbd W/SCorner

CenterWalk-ThruW/S Door

W/SStrap

S.S.Supports

Section MPage 3


™

M - 5 TRANSOM WALK-THRU BACKREST DOOR

A transom walk-thru backrest door is removable to alloweasy access from the swim platform to the cockpit andis available on most Sundowner™ models. To securethe backrest walk-thru door to the transom, simply slideit between the two sets of cleats. To prevent a possibleman overboard situation, make sure the swim platformarea is unoccupied and the backrest door is in placebefore each cruise. See Figure M5.

Figure M5: Transom Walk-Thru Backrest Door

Prevent falls overboard. Secure transom walk-thru backrest and stay inside cockpit while un-derway.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform mustnot be occupied and transom walk-thru backrestdoor must be in place while engines are run-ning.

To prevent personal injury, DO NOT sit on thetransom walk-thru backrest door.

M - 6 ANCHOR & ANCHORING

Anchors are available in different shapes, sizes andweights to fit different boats, uses, and conditions. Theweight of the anchor and diameter of anchor line shouldbe governed by the size and weight of your boat. FourWinns recommends a “Danforth style” 8-pound, Attwood®“Penetrating” anchor, with a 3/8” line be used on mostthe Sundowner™ models. The recommended line lengthis 100-150 feet. Larger Sundowner™ models (28 feet orlarger) require the 13-pound Attwood® “Penetrating” an-

Cleats

TransomWalk-thru

Backrest Door

The ladder is “deep” and “angled” mounted which makesit easier to climb. Its starboard location means you’renot approaching a down skier on your “blind side”. SeeFigure M4.

Figure M4: Stern Boarding Ladder

Keep hands and fingers away from ladder hingesto prevent injury.

Never approach or use ladder when the motoris running. Severe injury or death will resultfrom contact with rotating propeller.

Shut off motor when near swimmers. Severeinjury or death will result from contact with ro-tating propeller.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform andtransom entry area must not be occupied whileengine(s) are running and/or boat is underway.

NOTICE Always secure the ladder before boating. Dam-age to the ladder may otherwise result.

Section MPage 4


™

chor, with a 1/2” line. The recommended line length is150-300 feet. This larger Sundowner™ model can beequipped with a windlass option which receives a 14-pound Delta Fast Set™ by Simpson Lawrence® with150 feet of rope and chain. Because of differences instyle, a larger anchor may be needed for different bottomor boating conditions. Your Four Winns dealer can tellyou which anchor will work best for your boat.

Keep anchor secure while underway to prevent damageor injury due to sudden shifting in the boat’s attitude.

Use two or more anchors if anchoring overnight or forextended periods. If not using two anchors, make cer-tain there is sufficient clearance for your boat to swingin a full circle to prevent damage in case of shifting winds.

Make certain you have enough anchor line (or scope) forthe depth of water. Your anchor line should be 6 to 7times the depth of water anchored in. For example, ifyou are in 20 feet of water, use 120 to 140 feet of anchorline.

Secure anchor line to bow eye or deck cleat.Never tie anchor line to a rail, rail fitting or otherhardware not designed to support this stress.

To drop anchor:

Approach your selected anchoring site from downwindand come to a dead stop over the spot where you wantto drop anchor. Lower the anchor.

Maneuver the boat slowly backwards until length of an-chor line is 6 or 7 times the depth of the water.

Fasten the anchor line around the bow eye or deck cleat.Anchor flukes should dig in and catch. Watch for an-chor drag by checking shoreline landmarks at the timethe anchor is dropped and one-half hour later. If the boathas drifted away from these reference marks, the an-chor is dragging and must be reset.

To weigh anchor:

Start the engine running before pulling in anchor.

Slowly maneuver the boat forward to reduce tension onthe line and make retrieval of the anchor line easier.

Raise and secure the anchor.

Always be sure to raise and secure the an-chor prior to operating your boat. Failure toraise and secure anchor before getting under-way could result in severe injury or damage toboat from rebounding anchor.

If the anchor becomes stuck, attach the vertical line tothe mooring cleat. Wave action on the bow may lift flukesfrom the bottom and free the anchor. If the anchor is stillstuck, feed out a few feet of line and attach it to the bowcleat. Maneuver the boat around the anchor, keepingthe line firm. Determine the angle that will work to pullthe anchor free.

Anchors are usually a dealer installed option. Pleasecheck with your Four Winns dealer for recommendations.

M - 7 BOW ROLLER

The bow roller assembly is standard equipment on se-lect Sundowner™ models only. The bow roller extendsbeyond the bow and is integrated with the anchor chute.The function of the bow roller is to allow easier retrieval ofthe anchor. It also protects the hull/deck from surfaceabrasions or gouges while either anchored or when re-trieving the anchor. Refer to Figure M6. Refer tomanufacturer’s literature for operation, care and mainte-nance included in the owner’s packet.

To prevent a possible man overboard situation,NEVER stand on, or try to utilize the bow plat-form area in any way while the boat is underway.

Figure M6: Bow Roller

Section MPage 5


™

M - 8 WINDLASS OPTION - (Specific Models Only)

The windlass is optional on certain Sundowner™ mod-els. A windlass is an electrically controlled winch mech-anism utilized in conjunction with the bow roller for theretrieval of the anchor. The mechanical winch portion ismounted inside the anchor locker. The windlass can becontrolled by either a set of switches mounted on thehelm console or by the foot pedals at the anchor locker.See Figure M7. The windlass option also comes with arope, chain, and anchor. Refer to the manufacturer’sliterature included in the owner’s packet for operatinginstructions. Please contact your Four Winns dealerfor more information.

Figure M7: Windlass

Always utilize the chain stop provided with thewindlass/bow roller combination. The chainstop prevents the anchor from accidently re-leasing while the boat is moving thus prevent-ing damage to the boat or possible injury ordeath to individual(s) aboard the boat. See Fig-ure M8.

Figure M8: Chain Stop

M - 9 DOCKING LIGHTS

Certain specific Sundowner™ models are available withoptional docking lights. Equipped with these lights, dock-ing your boat becomes easier during periods of reducedvisibility. Please see your Four Winns dealer for infor-mation and availability. See Figure M9.

Figure M9: Docking Light

M - 10 THRU-HULL EXHAUST

Available on certain specified Sundowner™ models onlyis an optional thru-hull exhaust system. With a flick ofthe helm mounted control switch the exhaust systemchanges from standard operation to a full throaty rumble.Another flick of the switch returns the exhaust systemback to standard exhaust. See Figure M10. For inquir-ies regarding the thru-hull exhaust option, please con-tact your Four Winns dealer.

Figure M10: Thru-Hull Exhaust

Bow Roller

Windlass

FootPedals

Section MPage 6


™

NOTICEAlways be aware of local laws on noise limits.Noise means engine noise, radio noise or evenyelling by people on your boat. Good seaman-ship demands that you operate your boat qui-etly so as not to infringe on the rights of others.Do not use thru-hull exhaust unless you are welloffshore.

Section NPage 1


™

Figure N2: Cabin Bow Storage Lid

To prevent personal injury, be sure the v-berthfiller cushion(s) and supports are installed se-curely before use.

N - 2 EXTERIOR SEATING

A. Cockpit Tables

An optional cockpit table with a flush mount is availableon the Sundowner™ models. See Figure N3. Rotatingthe table top while lifting will ease the removal of thetable from the leg. Table legs are removable for easystorage by unscrewing or unlocking the leg from theflush mounted floor base. The cockpit table can beconveniently stored in its case when not in use.

Figure N3: Aft Cockpit Table

N - 1 INTERIOR SEATING

A. Dinette Cabin Table

A dinette table is flush mounted for convenience andsafety in the V-berth cabin and is available on certainSundowner™ models only. Rotating the table top whilelifting will ease the removal of the table from the leg. Toremove the table leg, simply unscrew or unlock the legfrom the flush floor mount. The dinette table can bestored in the head when not in use.

With the cockpit table option, another flush floor mountcan be installed in the aft cockpit area. See Section N-2A. The cockpit table may also be used in the the V-berth instead of the dinette table if applicable.

B. V-Berth Fill-In Cushions

Four Winns provides filler cushions for the V-berth areaon the Sundowner™ models. (Note: The V-berth fill-in cushions are also the backrest cushions). Thebackrest cushions use velcro and are easily removedfor use as fill-in cushions. This provides additionalberthing space in the cabin area. The filler cushions aresupported by star board™ (high density plastic) sup-ports. See Figure N1.

Figure N1: Sundowner™ Filler Cushions

Most Sundowner™ models have beneath V-berth cush-ion storage compartments. See Figure N2. On certainSundowner™ models, a hanging storage closet is builtinto the galley. Shelves behind the V-berth backrestalso provide even more storage space for theSundowners™.

UPHOLSTERY

Port BackrestFill-in Cushion

Stbd BackrestFill-in Cushion

Stbd BackrestFill-in Cushion

Port BackrestFill-in Cushion

Section NPage 2


™

B. Aft Fill-In Seating

For boats having a U-shaped seating and C-shapedseating configurations, optional aft fill-in cushions areavailable. You can turn your stern into a sundeck orberthing space. These aft fill-in cushions can be easilyremoved or installed in a matter of minutes. See Fig-ure N4. Please see your Four Winns dealer for details.

Figure N4: Aft Fill-In Cushions

C. Bucket Seats

Adjustable bucket seat(s) are included on most of theseating configurations for Sundowner™ models. SeeFigure N5.

Figure N5: Bucket Seat with Flip-Up Bolster

To adjust, lift up on the seat adjustment lever under theseat. Slide the seat forward or aft to the desired posi-tion. The seat will adjust approximately six (6) inches.See Figure N6.

Lift adjustment lever upto move forward and back.

Flip-Up Bolster

Figure N6: Bucket Seat Slider

The driver’s side bucket seat and the port side bucketseat (if applicable) can swivel and face the stern of theboat. When pulling a water skier, this permits the spot-ter to be in the proper position to observe. Dependingupon which model you have, the bucket seat(s) maybe limited in the amount and direction of swivel pos-sible.

The bucket seat also comes standard with flip-up bol-ster. By simply flipping up the bolster the driver is ableto sit higher in the seat. This is designed to give thedriver greater flexibility, increased visibility, and ridingcomfort.

NOTICEThe bucket seats may or may not rotate com-pletely 180o. The amount and direction ofswivel available depends on the model youhave.

NOTICEWhen rotating the bucket seat, damage to seat,steering wheel (if applicable), and/or coamingpad may result if attempting to rotate in thewrong direction or over-rotating. DO NOT USEFORCE to rotate the chair.

To rotate the bucket seat to face the aft position:

1. Tilt the steering wheel (if applicable) as far forwardas possible.

2. Slide the seat completely forward or rearward (asneeded to clear coaming/side pad or seat cushion)by using the lever located underneath the seat. SeeFigure N6.

3. Locate the lever on the right side of the bucket slidermechanism and lift upward to release the pin fromthe pedestal. This will allow you to rotate the seat.See Figure N7.

Section NPage 3


™

4. Rotate the bucket seat inboard (towards the cen-ter of the boat) until it faces as far aft as possible ordesired. Once in position, push down on lockinglever to lock seat in position. See Figure N8.

After rotating, lock seat in place securely. Sud-den acceleration with seat unlocked couldcause loss of balance and possible injury.

Figure N7: Swivel Position

Figure N8: Locking Position

To return the bucket seat to the bow facing position:

1. Slide the seat completely forward or rearward (asneeded to clear coaming/side pad or seat cushion)by using the lever located underneath the seat. SeeFigure N6.

2. Locate the lever on the right side of the bucket slidermechanism and lift upward to release the pin fromthe pedestal. This will allow you to rotate the seat.See Figure N7.

3. Rotate the bucket seat inboard until it is in the for-ward facing position. Once in position, push downon locking lever to lock seat in position. See Fig-ure N8. In addition, DO NOT USE FORCE to rotatethe chair.

4. Position the seat forward or aft according to theneeds of the individual by using the lever locatedunderneath the seat. See Figure M6.

5. Tilt the steering wheel (if applicable) to the desiredposition using the tilt lever knob on the steering col-umn.

DO NOT sit on the backrest portion of any cock-pit seat. The operator could lose control of boator passengers could be thrown from boat. Also,the seat may be damaged from improper use.

D. Double-Wide Helm Seat

On certain specific Sundowner™ models, a standarddouble-wide helm seat with a flip-up bolster is stan-dard. To adjust the helm seat push out on the lockinglever under the seat, on the right. Slide the seat for-ward or aft to the desired position. The seat will adjustapproximately six (6) inches. This helm seat does notswivel.

E. Engine Hatch with Electric Lift (Screw Jack)

The Sundowner™ models feature a motorhood or en-gine hatch with electric screw jack(s). The screw jack(s)lifts and lowers the engine hatch by pressing the switchlocated on the dash. The screw jack(s) runs off theboat’s battery. The prop rod should always be utilizedto help support the weight to the engine hatch and toprovide added safety while working on the engine(s).See Figure N9.

Figure N9: Electric Engine Hood LiftScrew JackEngine Hatch

Engine Hatch Switch

Pull lever toup positionto rotate seat.

FrictionAdjustmentKnob

Once in desiredposition pushlever downto lock seatin place.

Section NPage 4


™

To raise the engine hatch:

1. Remove the backrest walkthru door and thewalkthru fill-in cushion (if applicable).

2. Press the engine hatch switch or manually raisethe engine hood to its open position.

The engine hatch can be lifted without the screwjack(s). Use care and proper lifting techniquesto prevent possible back injury. Prop rod mustbe properly placed to keep engine hatch in openposition when lifting manually.

3. Place the prop rod into the prop rod holders andlower the hatch so the prop rod supports thehatch. Note: Ensure you lower the screw jack(s)to allow the engine hatch to rest on the rod.

Always use the engine hatch’s prop rod whenworking on the engine. This provides addedsafety while helping to prolong the life of thescrew jack(s) and engine hatch.

NOTICENever operate or trailer your boat with the en-gine hatch in its open position. Doing so couldresult in damage to the engine hatch, hardware,and/or loss of cushions.

To lower the engine hatch:

1. Raise the hatch slightly and remove the proprod from its holder.

2. Press the engine hatch switch or manually lowerthe engine hatch to its closed position. If clos-ing the engine hatch manually, gently lower it tothe deck. Do not allow it to just drop to thedeck.

3. Replace and secure the backrest walkthru doorand the walkthru fill-in cushion (if applicable).

If closing the engine hatch manually, do notallow the engine hatch to “slam” shut. Allowingthe engine hatch to “slam” shut can damagethe fiberglass and/or cause bodily injury.

NOTICECushions, if not properly stored and secured,can blow out of the boat.

F. U-Wrap Lounger Seating

U-wrap (shaped) seating is found in most of theSundowner™ models. A large amount of storage spaceis located under the removable seat cushion. Many ofthe Sundowner™ models have a 36-quart removablecooler located under the hinged seat cushion. See Fig-ures N10, N11 & N12.

Figure N10: U-Wrap Aft Seating

Figure N11: Underseat Storage

BackrestWalk-Thru Door

CenterMotorhood

Fill-In Cushion

Section NPage 5


™

H. Transom Walk-Thru Cushions

All Sundowners™ models have a walk-thru transomdesign. A walk-thru cushion along with the backrest cre-ate additional seating. To install, either insert the malecleats into the recessed slots or fasten the snaps de-pending on the model you have. Ensure the cushion isproperly secured to prevent it from blowing out of theboat at high speeds.

I. Center Cockpit Cushion - (Certain Specified Models Only)

The center cockpit cushion is installed on the enginehatch and provides comfortable seating for your pas-sengers. By simply lifting up and out on the center cockpitcushion, minimum access can be gained to the enginecompartment for quick inspections. See Figure N10.

J. C-Wrap Aft Lounger Seating

Standard on certain models is an aft C-wrap style seat-ing configuration. See Figure N13. Storage and cooleraccess can be gained by lifting up the various cushions.Use of both hands when lifting up on a cushion will makefor an easier operation. Also, quick inspection accessto the engine compartment can be gained by lifting upand out on the center cockpit cushion.

Figure N13: Aft C-Wrap Lounger Seating

K. Port Lounger - Settee

A cozy settee lounger is provided on portside, in front ofthe cockpit refreshment center, of certain Sundowner™models. See Figure N14. The settee not only providesa comfortable and elegant seating arrangement but of-fers additional storage space underneath. To gain ac-cess to the storage below, lift up on the settee cushionand pull out.

Figure N12: 36-Quart Cooler Storage

G. Backrest Walk-Thru Door

A transom walk-thru backrest door is removable to al-low easy access from the swim platform to the cockpit.To secure the backrest walk-thru door to the transom,simply slide it between the two sets of cleats. To pre-vent a possible man overboard situation, make sure thetransom walk-thru backrest door is in place before eachcruise. See Figure N10.

Prevent falls overboard. Secure transom walk-thru backrest and stay inside cockpit while un-derway.

To prevent personal injury, swim platform mustnot be occupied and transom walk-thrubackrest door must be in place while enginesare running.

To prevent personal injury, DO NOT sit on thetransom walk-thru backrest door.

NOTICEWhen towing at highway speeds, be sure thefill-in cushions and backrests are properly se-cured (locked in position). Air currents (cre-ated within the interior when traveling) will liftthe cushions/backrests up and out of the boatunder certain conditions; especially when semi-trucks or other large vehicles pass by.

RemovableCooler

Section NPage 6


™

2. Adhesives/Teak Oil/Gum/Tar:

Tough Duty Cleaner™

3. Water Stains:

a. While fabric is still wet, use a deep cleanervacuum to go over the wet area. This will re-move the stain from the fabric. It is always bestto get the stain before it dries.

b. For water stains that have dried, use a deepcleaner vacuum system. Follow the instructionsthat come with the deep cleaner system. Re-peat if necessary.

c. If this does not work we recommend a profes-sional cleaning service. One such service isService Master®. Please call 1-800-937-3783for the Service Master location nearest you.

4. Tough Stains/Set Water Stains:

a. Spray Westley’s Clear Magic™ on the area, go-ing two (2) inches around the stain or if possible,bring wetness to a break point, such as a bulk-head, etc. Spray water on the same area asdirected on the bottle.

b. Let set approximately five (5) minutes.

c. Rub the area with a clean towel, rotating the towelas the stain is removed. As you rub, go a littlebeyond the wetness with the towel, flaring theedges.

d. Use a deep cleaner type vacuum to remove ex-cess wetness. Allow to dry.

e. Repeat if necessary.

f. If stain still persists, use a professional clean-ing service.

B. Interior Carpets

Four Winns use a high quality interior grade carpeting.Interior carpeting should be cleaned in the same man-ner as the carpeting in your home. Vacuuming and oc-casional rug shampooing are recommended for extendedlife and appearance. Always conduct a color-fast checkon a small area of carpet prior to applying the cleaningsolution/shampoo on the entire carpet.

Figure N14: Port Settee Lounger

N - 3 INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE

A. Cleaning Interior Fabric/Upholstery

The fabric used in the cabin should be treated the sameas fabrics in your home. Periodic vacuuming and gentlecleaning will keep the fabric and upholstery clean andodor free. Spraying the fabric/upholstery with Lysol SprayDisinfectant™ will help retard mildew. For vinyl care seeN-4A.

A recommended “Cleaning Kit” includes:

• Westley’s Clear Magic™(for ordering information call 1-800-416-1600 or 800-321-8577; website address www.westleys.com)

• Fast & Easy Glass Cleaner™(to locate the nearest distributor, call 800-537-8990)

• Tough Duty Cleaner™(to locate the nearest distributor, call 800-537-8990)

• Clean, white towels

• Portable/Compact Deep Cleaner Vacuum

• Air hose (if available)

To remove stains, please refer to the following list forrecommended cleaners.

1. Basic Stains/Ink/Grease/Pencil/Dirt:

Westley’s Clear Magic™

Section NPage 7


™

• Fantastik Spray Cleaner™

• Denatured Alcohol

• Hemisphere Ink Remover® - (for ordering informa-tion call 800-247-9901)

• Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner® - (everyday cleaning &care, call 800-247-9901)

• 303 Aerospace Vinyl Protectant® - (for ordering in-formation call 800-247-9901)

• Tough Duty Cleaner™ - (to locate the nearest dis-tributor, call 800-537-8990)

• Ammonia and hydrogen peroxide

To remove stains, follow the general guidelines listedbelow and/or refer to the Step-by Step Cleaning Instruc-tions table:

General Stain Removal Guidelines

1. Basic Stains/Grease/Pencil/Dirt:

Ivory (mild) Dishwashing Soap™ and water, orFantastik Spray Cleaner™ applied with a medium-soft brush or Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner® using asoft clean cloth, then rinse with a soft clean cloth.

2. Tough Stains/Adhesive/Teak Oil/Rust:

Tough Duty Cleaner™; rinse with soap and water orspray with Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner®, let soak forapproximately ten (10) minutes, then gently scrubwith a soft bristle brush. Thoroughly rinse vinyl anddry.

NOTICETo prevent possible damage to the vinyl, rinsewith soap and water after applying the ToughDuty Cleaner™ or Vinyl Finish Cleaner®. Thenrinse and dry.

3. Ink:

Denatured alcohol or Hemisphere Ink Remover®.

4. Mildew Stains:

To kill bacteria creating the mildew, vigorously brushthe stained area with a 4-to-1 mixture of water andammonia; rinse thoroughly with water and dry.

C. Privacy Curtains

After a season or more of use and exposure, you maywish to remove the curtains. Dry cleaning is recom-mended. Most curtains can be taken down after remov-ing the screw from the end of the curtain track. Thisscrew may not be accessible on some models. Shouldthis be the case, remove the screws securing the end ofthe track. The track is flexible and can be lowered toremove the end screws.

N - 4 EXTERIOR UPHOLSTERY CARE

A. Cleaning Vinyl

NOTICEVinyl upholstery should be cleaned and main-tained in accordance with the manufacturer’srecommendations and instructions.

The vinyl material used on the exterior upholstery shouldbe cleaned regularly with warm water and a mild dishsoap or Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner® using a soft cleancloth, then rinse with a soft clean cloth. For dirt buildup,spray Vinyl Finish Vinyl Cleaner®, let soak for approxi-mately ten (10) minutes, then gently scrub with a softbristle brush. Be sure to thoroughly rinse the vinyl afterwashing with mild dish soap or Vinyl Finish VinylCleaner® to remove all residue. Towel dry the vinyl.Periodic spraying of the seats with Lysol Spray Disinfec-tant™ will help retard mildew.

To further protect the vinyl from early degradation, use303 Aerospace Vinyl Protectant®. Spray on, then wipedry. 303 Vinyl Protectant should be applied every 3-5weeks when boat is in use. Regular cleaning with mildsoap and water or Vinyl Finish Cleaner will not removethe 303.

NOTICEDO NOT apply vinyl protectants such asArmorall®. The manufacturer does not recom-mend this product because it removes the oilspresent in vinyl that keeps vinyl soft.

A recommended “Cleaning Kit” includes:

• Ivory Dishwashing Liquid™ and water

• Clean, white towels

• Soft bristle brush

Section NPage 8


™

NOTICEAll cleaning methods must be followed by a thor-ough rinse with water and drying.

Additional cleaning information is provided by the manu-facturer and is included with this manual.

Four Winns offers a variety of optional weather coversfor protection of the boat and associated equipment.Continued exposure can damage the upholstery andseating. The seating can become thoroughly saturatedwith water if not adequately protected. Refer to SectionO - Weather Covers for more information.

NOTICEThe appearance and longevity of the exteriorupholstery will be affected by water saturation.Protect these items appropriately.

B. Exterior Carpets

The removable exterior grade carpeting may be periodi-cally washed with mild laundry soaps or shampooed,dried and reinstalled. It is 100% UV stabilized Olefin™Polypropylene fiber with rubber backing. See FigureN-15.

NOTICEPrior to using any mild laundry soaps or carpetshampoo, always conduct a color-fast test ona small inconspicuous portion of carpet beforeapplying to entire carpet.

NOTICEDO NOT dry carpeting in an automatic dryer.

Main Lay-In Carpet

Figure N15: Cockpit Lay-in Carpet

5. Tough Mildew Stains:

Apply a mixture of one (1) teaspoon ammonia, one-fourth (1/4) cup of hydrogen peroxide, and three-fourths (3/4) cup of distilled water; rinse with waterand dry.

All cleaning methods must be followed by a thorough rinsewith clean warm water.

Certain household cleaners, powdered abrasives, steel wooland industrial cleaners can cause damage and discolorationand are not recommended. Dry cleaning fluids and lacquersolvents should not be used as they will remove the printedpattern and gloss. Waxes should be used with caution asmany contain dyes or solvents that can permanently damagethe protective coating.

*Suntan lotion, tree pollen, wet leaves and some other prod-ucts can contain dyes that stain permanently. Care shouldbe exercised and boat covers should be utilized.

Step-By-Step Vinyl Cleaning Instructions Table

NOTICEWhen docking or mooring your boat be awareof your surroundings i.e. trees with pollen, wetleaves, berries etc. These and other items cancontain dyes that stain permanently. Utilizeweather covers whenever possibly to protectvinyl from potential stains.

NOTICEALWAYS CLEAN STAINS IMMEDIATELY! DONOT use 409 Cleaner™ or Armorall™ on vinyl.Do not use kerosine, gasoline or acetone asthey will remove the protective marine topcoat.

Section NPage 9


™

Table I: Stain Removal

NIATS ERUDECORPLAVOMER

esaerGevitomotuA A

)desUroweN(liOevitomotuA A

esaerGnocaB A

niatSyrreB A

doolB A

rettuB A

dratsuMropustaC A

muGgniwehC )taepeR(A

)%5(hcaelBenirolhC A

)detleM(etalocohC A

yalC A

aeTroeeffoC A

aloC A

noyarC B

eyD A

ggE A

seceF A

alumroFhsiF A

eciuJtiurF A

hsiloPerutinruF A

yvarG A

maerCecI A

)kcalBtnenamreP(knI B

)tniopllaB,otpircS(knI B

tsuRnorI A

kcitspiL B

esiannoyaM A

kliM A

tniaPxetaL A

tniaPesaBliO B

hsiloP B

tsuR A

gnisserDdalaS A

noitoLromaerCgnivahS A

raT B

enirU A

timoV A

sroloCretaW A

xaW B

eniW A

C. Cleaning and Maintenance

The following information should be useful in helping youkeep your carpet looking well maintained.

Carpet made with Olefin™ fiber possesses built-in stainand soil release for easy, less costly maintenance. Regu-lar vacuuming and occasional shampooing will help itstay attractive and serviceable.

D. Stain Removal Testing

Even the most stubborn stains can be removed fromOlefin fiber following the procedures outlined. Stains wereselected as being representative of spills commonly oc-curring on carpets. Stains were pressed into the carpetto simulate foot pressure following a spill. Stains wereapplied to a two-inch square section and allowed to pen-etrate. Removal was performed after two weeks. Car-pets were tested for stain removal by an independentlaboratory. Stain removal was effective for the all thestains selected. Results are shown in the table.

E. Stain Removal Procedures

Regular maintenance such as vacuuming, hosing orwashing should be performed. Most stains and mildeware easily removed from carpet made with Olefin fiberusing common household cleaners. Refer to Table I.Olefin™ fiber is so resistant to chemical attack thatClorox™ bleach may be used to clean up any mildewthat may result from excessive wetness.

Code for stain removal procedure (See Table 1):

“A” Apply warm water and household detergent in mini-mal amounts to stained area. Sponge or scrapeuntil stain is removed. Rinse with clean water.

“B” Apply warm water and household detergent. Workwell into stained area then flush with warm water.

Most stains should be easily removed however, if thestain persists, the cleaning procedure should be re-peated to insure stain removal. Remember, the soonerthe stain removal process begins, the easier the stainwill be to remove.

NOTICEDo not use dry cleaning solvents on carpet orvinyl. Permanent damage to the fiber will re-sult.

Section NPage 10


™

N - 5 REPLACEMENT UPHOLSTERY

Should upholstery become severely soiled, torn, or insome manner damaged, replacement upholstery cush-ions are available. Larger upholstery items have sepa-rate component parts for easier serviceability.

Depending upon the year and model of the boat, mostupholstery parts can be obtained through your FourWinns servicing dealer within a short period of time.

Section OPage 1


™

NOTICENEVER fold or store a wet weather cover. Thiscan lead to mildew or shrinkage. Roll rather thanfold the enclosure curtains. Sharp folds increasethe chance of cracking the clear vinyl.

NOTICEDO NOT use the weather covers for outdoor win-ter storage. The weight of the snow or heavyrain can cause severe damage to the material ortop structure. Refer to O-3 Winter Storage inthis manual for more information.

When snapping covers to the boat, apply direct down-ward pressure on the snap. When unsnapping, rotatethe snap and cover upward at each snap location.

NOTICERemove snaps one at a time to prevent damage.DO NOT rip off or pull the weather cover as awhole; acrylic material may tear at snaps.

A. Bimini Top

A bimini top is available on most Sundowner™ models.This style is a “freestanding” top and is supported onlyby the bow assembly. Refer to Figure O1.

To install:

1. Unboot and attach the bimini main bows to the deckmounts.

2. Extend the forward portion of the bimini and attachthe forward nylon straps to the strap eyes.

WEATHER COVERS

Brace Rod

SecondaryBow

BiminiMain Bow

Deck Mounts

ForwardStraps

Bimini Top

Figure O1: Bimini Top

Stern BraceRod

Strap Eye

SecondaryBow

(Certain Models Only)

O - 1 GENERAL INFORMATION

Weather covers for the cockpit areas are available on allSundowner™ models. Four Winns® covers are designedand intended to provide protection of the cockpit seatingareas.

Four Winns utilizes acrylic-type material for all its cov-ers. All Sundowner™ canvas except mooring covers con-sist of 100% acrylic material and is color matched to theboat. The mooring covers are made of 10 ounce acrylicand come in dark tan (mica) only.

Never use any form of open flame cooking de-vice while under, in any area fully enclosed, ornear any acrylic weather cover. This material isflammable.

During the manufacture of the weather covers, the small-est possible needle and highest quality UV stabilized,bonded polyester thread is used in the stitching.

The weather cover is water repellant but not water proof.During a hard rain, you may notice a light mist permeat-ing through a weather cover. This is normal. If the seamsleak, they can be sprayed with Scotchguard™ or similarwater repellent or a seam sealing compound can be ap-plied. Keep objects from contacting the inside of thecover. Leakage may occur at point of contact.

Weather covers must be installed taut or will be dam-aged by accumulation of rain water.

NOTICEPeriodically check weather covers for accumu-lation of water. Damage to the bow assembliesmay otherwise result. Make sure cover is tautto avoid puddling of water.

After use, the top canvas should be rolled up into the boot(if supplied) and secured.

Section OPage 2


™

3. Extend the rear portion of the bimini and attach thebrace rods to the secondary bow (if applicable).

4. Attach the stern brace rod to the stern bow (sec-ondary) and then to the stern (angled) deck mount.

5. Adjust the forward straps for tautness.

6. Snap forward windshield connector (clear visor) towindshield. Starting at the walk-thru windshield mayprove to be easiest. Windshield snaps can be ad-justed to match snaps in canvas.

7. Zip forward windshield connector section to the biminitop.

To close and boot (mounted storage) the bimini, reversethe procedure described above. Brace rods, if appli-cable to your model, snap into storage clips for safekeeping while booted.

You may choose to run your Sundowner™ with the biminitop either fully deployed or folded together (closed) andsecured with the boot provided. Either way it is de-signed to remain mounted. No storage is provided forthis top in your boat.

NOTICEUse two people to remove the bimini top (winterstorage). This will help minimize the risk of in-jury and help prevent damage to the upholstery,the bimini top, and/or the boat.

NOTICEAft/Main bimini canvas deployment should onlybe utilized at or below moderate cruising speed(approximately 0-40 mph). Avoid full throttle op-eration of boat while having canvas deployed.Four Winns recommends booting the canvasbefore running at or close to maximum speed.In so doing you will help to maintain the life ofthe canvas and hardware. Also, the wind shouldbe taken into consideration when determiningoperating speed with canvas deployed. Theboat speed plus (+) wind speed should not beexceed 40 mph.

B. Camper Canvas

The camper canvas is an option available on mostSundowner™ models which encloses the cockpit areaand allows for overhead space. The camper utilizes theexisting bimini top and forward connector. Covers roll upto expose the window screens. See Figure O2. Your

Four Winns dealer can assist you with your canvas se-lection as well as the installation.

To install:

1. Install bimini top and forward connector as previouslyinstructed.

2. Zip in the bimini side curtains to the bimini top. Snapcanvas to windshield beginning at forward edge.

3. Zip the camper side curtains to the bimini top andbimini side curtains. Snap the edge portion of thesecurtains to the deck. It may prove easiest to startsnapping the curtains at the forward portion of thecanvas and work your way down along the deck.

4. Unroll the aft camper curtain and zip the curtain tothe camper.

5. Depending on which the model you have either snapthe bottom portion of the aft curtain to the transomand/or attach shock cords to deck.

Figure O2: Sundowner™ Camper Top

For camper storage, reverse the procedure describedabove.

C. Cockpit Cover

The cockpit cover is used to cover the complete cockpitarea and is intended as a short term storage cover. Thecockpit cover is available on most Sundowner™ mod-els. See Figure O3.

Section OPage 3


™

Figure O5: Sundowner™ Mooring Cover

To install:

1. Spread mooring cover over entire boat.

2. Install adjustable pole in the rear cockpit. Be surethe canvas is taut and no pockets (sags) exist.

3. Tie off at the transom.

4. Nylon loops are provided for attaching rope or bungiecords to the trailer or from side to side (under theboat).

O - 2 TRAILERING

High winds encountered during trailering your boat canseverely damage most weather covers. If an extendedtrip at highway speeds is planned, the top and otherweather covers should be in the down position or removedentirely. This will prevent damage and loss.

NOTICEDO NOT tow your boat at highway speeds withweather covers in place. High winds encoun-tered during trailering your boat can severely dam-age most weather covers. Damage to weathercovers incurred as a result of trailering your boatis not covered under warranty.

O - 3 WINTER STORAGE

The boat must be properly protected during winter drydock storage. A winter storage cover is advisable. Manymarine dealers offer shrink-wrap enclosures for outdoorstorage. See a Four Winns dealer for information on theavailability of winter storage covers or other alternativesfor storage.

Figure O3: Sundowner™ Cockpit Cover

To install:

1. Snap the forward edge of the cockpit cover to thebottom edge of the windshield track. Snaps can beadjusted on the windshield track if necessary.

2. Snap the cockpit cover sides to the deck.

3. Secure the rear corners and aft edge of the cockpitcanvas. This is done with the use of snaps andstraps. The straps are placed around the transomrail and tightened. See Figure O4.

4. Place the adjustable poles in position. The adjust-able poles are provided to adjust the canvas for taut-ness and prevent puddling.

To store the cockpit cover we recommend folding thecover in half, lengthwise and then rolling the cover up.

Figure O4: Shock Cords

D. Mooring Cover

Mooring covers, available for most Sundowner™ mod-els, are intended for longer term storage and spread overthe entire boat. If used in areas with snow accumulation,be sure to support the canvas adequately and inspectfrequently for snow loads or damage will occur. Refer toO-3 Winter Storage for additional information. See Fig-ure O5.

Strap Snap

Section OPage 4


™

When storing outdoors, make sure the supporting frame-work keeps the weight of the snow and rain from accumu-lating on the storage cover. Proper ventilation must alsobe provided or dry rot and mildew will occur. See SectionR - General Maintenance for additional winter storage in-formation.

O - 4 USE OF WEATHER COVERS AND CARBONMONOXIDE

When an engine is running, a natural vacuum may existwith the right wind and sea conditions to allow exhaustgases (which includes carbon monoxide) to seep into theboat. When canvas is utilized, this compounds thepossibility of this occurring and inhibits natural ventilation.For more information, refer to Section B-2 - Carbon Mon-oxide in this manual.

The carbon monoxide in exhaust fumes can be hazard-ous. It is important for you and your passengers to beaware of the potential safety hazard created by exhaustfumes. Familiarize yourself with the symptoms of individu-als overcome by carbon monoxide, and most importantly,ways you can protect yourself and your guests. See Fig-ure O6 - Carbon Monoxide Canvas Warning Label andFigure O7 - Carbon Monoxide Warning Label.

Figure O6: Carbon Monoxide Canvas Warning Label

O - 5 MAINTENANCE

Figure O8: Canvas Care & Maintenance Tag

Moisture, dirt, chemicals from industrial fallout, heat, ul-traviolet rays and in some cases, salt water are factorswhich affect the longevity of acrylic covers. See FigureO8.

1. Moisture can cause shrinkage and mildew. Allowthe cover to dry thoroughly before disassembling tops.Keep it clean and well ventilated to prevent mildew.Spraying the weather cover with Lysol Disinfectant™or similar product will help prevent mildew.

2. Dirt creates a starting point for mildew when mois-ture is present. Clean the top with a sponge or softscrub brush and mild detergent when the cover isinstalled. Make sure cover is snug to help preventshrinkage.

Figure 07: Carbon Monoxide Warning Label

Section OPage 5


™

3. Chemicals cause decay if allowed to accumulate forlong periods of time. Keep the cover clean to preventdecay.

4. Heat can cause cracks in vinyl components and stiff-ening of fabric when enclosed in plastic or polyethyl-ene. DO NOT store the weather cover in polyethyl-ene under direct sunlight or high temperature situa-tions.

5. Ultraviolet degradation may occur under prolongedexposure to direct sunlight. Store the top in the bootwhen not in use.

6. Salt water can corrode brass, aluminum, or stain-less steel fittings and fasteners. Keep fittings clean,lubricated, and waxed to prevent corrosion.

Clear vinyl curtains and windows demand extra care toprevent scratching. DO NOT use cloth or chamois skin.Dirt or grit in the cloth will scratch the vinyl window. Hoseclean water onto vinyl to rinse off salt, dirt, or grime.

NOTICEDO NOT use hot water. DO NOT dry in an auto-matic dryer. DO NOT dry clean or steam press.

Leakage after cleaning may be the result of insufficientrinsing. Re-rinse. If leakage continues, apply a coat ofsilicone air drying water repellent, such as Scotchguard™.See your Four Winns dealer for additional information onweather covers.

Section PPage 1


™

Fiberglass cockpit liners and seat base are constructedsimilar to the hull. Balsa core or coremat laminationsare utilized when necessary.

In addition to a thorough visual inspection of each fiber-glass component, samples are measured using specialequipment, for fiberglass reinforcement to resin ratio,laminate configuration, weight and thickness. By theseprocedures Four Winns ensures proper composition.

P - 3 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

Many boats are used for specific purposes or under con-ditions which require the addition of special equipmentto the hull or deck. Special care must be taken duringthe installation of any equipment to a fiberglass com-ponent. A polysulfide or butyl based sealant should beused to seal installations below the water line. Silicone“marine” seal or similar bedding compound should beused elsewhere.

NOTICEDO NOT install any item onto or through thehull without adequately sealing the hull areapenetrated by the installed item or related fas-teners. Improper installations could cause leak-age or allow water absorption and thus causeserious hull damage.

Always predrill fastening holes with a proper sizebit. Predrilling will help prevent the fiberglassfrom splintering and thus causing unsightly dam-age. Also, countersink holes to prevent the gelcoat from chipping.

Any equipment which will be subjected to cyclic loadingor significant force should be through-bolted to a fiber-glass component. A butt block or backing plate shouldbe used to strengthen any area onto which an item willbe mounted.

P - 1 HULL DESIGN INFORMATION

Four Winns® boats are designed using the sound engi-neering and mathematical principles of hydrostatics,hydrodynamics, structure, and strength of materials. Thematerials utilized provide optimum strength at the light-est possible weight. The exact fiberglass laminate sched-ule and construction techniques of each part is deter-mined in accordance with the strength and rigidity re-quired.

All Four Winns Sundowner™ models include our pat-ented Stable-Vee® hull design. Pods on either side ofthe outdrive extend the running surface beyond the tran-som. These pods, plus the unique distribution of dead-rise from transom to bow, allows Four Winns to placemore hull in the water than deep-vee designs of similarlength and beam. This results in better boat handlingwhether on plane, during turns, or at rest.

P - 2 FIBERGLASS CONSTRUCTION

The fiberglass components of Four Winns® boats areof the finest quality materials, workmanship and con-struction techniques available. This ensures the struc-tural integrity to provide years of boating enjoyment withminimal maintenance.

The construction of a Four Winns® hull begins with theapplication of gel coat to the mold. The gel coat is ap-proximately 25 mils thick. A coat of resin and choppedfiberglass is then sprayed into the hull and carefully handrolled until it is securely affixed to the gel coat.

A number of fiberglass layers and woven roving are ap-plied to the above laminate. Each layer is hand laid andhand rolled. The keel and chine areas have fiberglasswoven roving overlapped in these areas to provide addi-tional strength. Some models utilize encapsulatedend-grain balsa core or coremat laminates to achieveadditional rigidity. Others utilize additional laminations ofwoven roving to maintain strength and rigidity.

The hull support stringers are located using special tools,and are fiberglassed into place. This ensures a strong,rigid hull, permanently formed into a solid assembly, freeof distortions.

FIBERGLASS AND HULL INFORMATION

Section PPage 2


™

P - 4 FIBERGLASS CARE & MAINTENANCE

Fiberglass is affected by weathering processes and re-quires maintenance on a periodic basis to help maintainthe beauty and shine. The effects upon the gel coat willbe dependent upon boating conditions, storage, type ofuse, and the care given to the boat during the boatingseason.

Four Winns utilizes fade-fighting gel coat in the exteriorfinish. It is specially formulated to resist fading and yel-lowing, and retain more of its original gloss than bettergrade gel coats. However, it is still important to maintainthe gel coat to protect the finish.

A. General Maintenance

For fresh water use, the boat should be washed once ortwice a month. When using in a salt water environment,considerable more care will be necessary. Be carefulwhen selecting a cleaning agent. Hand dishwashingdetergents are usually gentle and are recommended forcleaning gel coat. Cleaning products such as Ivory™ orDawn™ hand dishwashing liquid can be safely used.Always read the label before using any product.

NOTICEDO NOT use acetone, paint thinner, solvents,or strong alkaline based detergents, nor clea-ners with a “gritty” and abrasive texture. Avoidproducts which contain sodium phosphate.Common examples of these types of householdcleaning agents are: Tide™, Oxydol™, Janit-or-in-a-Drum™, Fantastik™, Clorox™, etc. Al-ways read the label before using an agent.

There are several products available which are specifi-cally designed to clean fiberglass exterior finishes. Manycompanies like Johnson & Johnson®, Turtle Wax®, etc.manufacture cleaning fluids mild enough to clean with-out stripping the wax.

NOTICETreading on a soiled fiberglass surface can se-verely scratch and mar the finish. Keep the fi-berglass as clean as possible.

When cleaning nonskid areas, DO NOT attempt to use awire brush or sandpaper because this will remove thenonskid gel.

Apply wax once or twice a year to maintain gel coatlustre. Read the label before using any product. Makesure product is applicable to fiberglass. Refer to the bro-chure on gel coat care in your owner’s packet. Also,consult a Four Winns dealer for his recommendations.

NOTICEDo not use carnuba based waxes. This typeof wax yellows over time and makes the fiber-glass appear yellow.

Waxing decks, cockpit floors or other areas onwhich one walks is not recommended. Waxingwill produce a very slippery surface, especiallywhen wet. Wax may also buildup in the non-skid surfaces. Be sure all persons wear deckshoes while aboard the boat. Footing will beimproved and feet will be protected from acci-dental cuts and bruises.

A darkening or discoloration of the nonskid surfaces cansometimes occur as a result of wax buildup. Exposureto the sun and elements can turn the wax darker, or oc-casionally can cause it to become flaky or powdery. Toremove, use fine rubbing compound and a low rpm buffer(1200 to 2000 rpm). Apply light pressure and keep thebuffer moving at all times to prevent heat build up. Readthe directions before using any equipment.

B. Weathering Effects on Gel Coat

Weathering occurs from direct sunlight, water, chemi-cals, and dust. Some of the terms below describe thechanges that can occur to the gel coat surface.

Chalking is a result of the gel coat’s top surface beingbroken down into an extremely fine powder. When thishappens, the color whitens. The chalk is present on thesurface only.

Fading is the uniform change in color. This happenswhen the actual pigments have changed color, espe-cially from excessive chalking, or when the gel coat haseither been stained or bleached by something.

Yellowing is gel coat which has a yellow cast and strea-king usually deals with a stain or contact with anothersurface.

Gloss refers to the shine of the surface. This can changefrom sanding action, chalk, residues, or exposure.

Section PPage 3


™

Blistering refers to a condition in which the unprotectedgel coat surface below the waterline has absorbed waterand formed bubbles. See Section P-5 for additional infor-mation.

Follow the instructions below for boats that have weath-ered and chalked.

1. Wash.

2. Wax. If this does not work, then use a fine rubbingcompound. If this does not work use 400 or 600 wetor dry sandpaper, followed by fine rubbing compoundand wax.

When using wax or fine rubbing compounds, make sureto read the label and follow the directions. Some helpfultips are listed below.

1. Avoid working in direct sunlight. This dries out thewax or compound, and can stain the surface.

2. Use clean pads or cloths to apply a thin coating ofwax or rubbing compound to a small area such asthree feet by three feet. Remove any excess, andthen rub the area with a buffing pad, or power buffer.Apply pressure only as necessary to restore the sur-face finish. Applying too much pressure or buffingin one place too long can permanently damage thesurface.

3. After applying compound, always follow with wax-ing.

NOTICEIf using a power buffer, use a low rpm buffer withlight pressure. Keep the pad wet and the buffermoving at all times to prevent heat build up.

NOTICETo prevent gouges, uneven areas, or other dam-age from occurring, DO NOT use a power or beltsander when sanding. For best results, blocksand the gel coat.

C. Stains

Stains can appear anywhere on the exterior of the boatand may be a result of contact with tar, plant sap, leaves,rust from metal fittings, and other materials. Surfacestains may be removed with hand dishwashing soap, mildcleansers, or some household detergents. DO NOT usechlorine or ammonia products. These products can af-fect the color of gel coat. Commercial car washes usestrong cleaners and should be avoided.

To remove stains, refer to the procedures below.

1. Wash area with hand dishwashing soap.

2. Begin with a small area such as three feet by threefeet and apply a mild cleanser.

3. Rinse with clean water.

4. Follow with compound and waxing as outlined inprocedure above.

If the stain is not removed by the hand dishwashing soapor mild cleanser, then the next procedure is to use eitherdenatured or rubbing alcohol. If this does not work, con-sult your Four Winns dealer for professional assistance.

NOTICEDO NOT use acetone, ketone, or other solventsto remove stains. These chemicals are flam-mable and may damage the gel coat.

P - 5 FIBERGLASS REPAIRS

Fiberglass is one of the most durable, strong, and for-giving construction materials afloat. It is resilient andnormal repairs can be made without affecting the strengthor structural integrity of the boat.

Striking docks, other boats, or submerged ob-jects could create a very hazardous situation orseverely damage the fiberglass. In the event anobject is struck below or near the waterline, pro-ceed directly and cautiously to the nearest ser-vice facility and remove the boat from the water.Closely inspect the hull for damage. If the outerfiberglass laminate was penetrated, repairs mustbe made prior to relaunch.

Section PPage 4


™

5. If the nick or gouge is deep and penetrates throughthe gel coat, fill the area with fiberglass patchingpaste. Follow the directions on the can when mix-ing the paste with the catalyst.

6. After the gouge is filled and has dried, sand thepatched area. Begin by using medium-fine gradesandpaper. Progressively use finer grade sandpa-per until the surface is very smooth. If necessary,add filler and then sand the surface again.

7. Apply two or three light coats of matching fiberglassgel coat to the repaired area. Enough gel coatshould be used so that the entire area is covered.

The gel coat must be catalyzed using up to 2% MEKPeroxide which can be purchased at a supplier han-dling fiberglass reinforced products. Contact yourFour Winns dealer for assistance.

8. After ample drying time, sand the area using veryfine wet/dry sandpaper. If the appearance of thearea is still not satisfactory, repeat steps 2 through8 as necessary.

9. If above the waterline, polish the area using a fiber-glass rubbing compound and then wax. If the re-paired area is below the waterline, the area shouldbe primed and painted in accordance with the anti-fouling paint manufacturer’s instructions.

Gel coat, like paint, will change colors with time andexposure to sunlight (ultraviolet). For this reason,“matching” gel coat obtained from Four Winns may notmatch the gel color of a boat that has been exposed.However, this is the closest match commercially avail-able. A fiberglass technician can tint the gel to be usedin the repair to provide a closer color match.

More severe fiberglass damage, especially when struc-tural, requires the expertise of an experienced fiberglassrepair technician. See your Four Winns dealer for as-sistance.

NOTICEImproper repair techniques can lead to furtherfiberglass component damage.

Occasionally, blisters, crazing, scratches, or damage tothe fiberglass can occur. Repairs may be necessary tocorrect the problem.

A. Scratches

Scratches occur during normal use. Below is a step bystep procedure to repair scratches.

1. Clean area with soap and water.

2. Apply a fine rubbing compound and buff.

3. Wax.

If this does not work, clean the area and sand lightly with400 to 600 wet or dry sandpaper and follow with rubbingcompound and wax.

B. Gouges & Cracks

Stress cracks and crazing are the appearance of hairlinecracks in the gel coat surface. When present, these prob-lems usually occur in the gel coat finish or the outer “skincoat” fiberglass laminate. The appearance of thesecracks does not pose a threat to the structural integrity ofthe boat. In most cases, they are cosmetic and can betreated.

Cosmetic surface damage can be repaired as follows:

1. Sand the surrounding area with medium or fine gritsandpaper. Clean all marine growth, dirt, antifoulingpaint, etc. from the immediate area. DO NOT ex-cessively scratch or gouge the surrounding area.

2. Use a hard, pointed tool to open the gel crack. Takecare not to damage the surrounding gel coat.

3. Sand the crack or gouge so the edges are smoothand will allow proper “feathering” of the area.

4. Clean the area thoroughly. Make sure the area is drybefore proceeding.

NOTICEBe sure the structure and the ambient tempera-ture are above 60 degrees F (15 degrees C) andthe relative humidity below 70% immediately be-fore, during, and after the repair.

Section PPage 5


™

C. Osmotic Blistering

Osmotic blistering or “boat pox” is an unfortunate but notuncommon occurrence in fiberglass boats. Fiberglassis water retardant, not waterproof. When a boat is left inthe water for a period of time, the fiberglass will absorbwater. It is a natural process that can not be eliminatedin production methods or material selection and usage.However, there are ways to control and possibly preventblisters (see Section P-6). If you do encounter blisters,be assured that the blisters are merely cosmetic. Theydo not indicate a defect in the boat structure or lamina-tion. Four Winns, along with most boat manufacturers,regard gel blisters as a standard maintenance item.

The repair procedure for gel coat blisters is similar tothe procedures outlined in the previous section on cracksand gouges. There is an exception however, in that thehull must dry out for several days or possibly weeksbefore repairs can proceed.

To determine if the hull has dried sufficiently, tape onesquare foot of household plastic wrap securely to thehull bottom. Make sure all edges are sealed and let itstand for twenty-four hours. If condensation has accu-mulated under the plastic, the hull is still “wet” and mustbe allowed to dry longer before repairing.

When the repair is completed, an application of an ep-oxy barrier coat should be considered. This will helpprevent the possibility of reoccurrence of blisters. YourFour Winns dealer or local ship store will have informa-tion on barrier coat products.

P - 6 ANTIFOULING PAINT

Four Winns recommends antifouling or bottom paint forboats which will be kept in the water for extended peri-ods of time. Antifouling paint reacts with water to retardthe growth of algae, barnacles and other marine growthon the hull. In addition to marine growth, it offers protec-tion against excessive water pollution.

Antifouling paint begins reaction upon contact with wa-ter. After a season’s use or sooner under certain condi-tions, the antifouling paint may appear to be dissolving.This is due to the paint’s chemical emission that in turnretards marine growth. When this occurs, refinishing isin order.

Four Winns recommends reapplication of the antifoulingpaint seasonally. The effectiveness of the paint will bedrastically reduced if used longer. Though Four Winns

has found the antifouling paints used to provide good marinegrowth protection in most water, other paints may be moreeffective in certain water conditions. See a Four Winnsdealer for recommendations on antifouling paint use inyour area.

NOTICEDuring surface preparation, the hull should besanded only enough to remove any foreign mat-ter, and loose paint. DO NOT sand deeply intothe gel coat, fiberglass cosmetic problems couldlater result. After sanding, the surface shouldbe wiped with a rag treated with a cleaner recom-mended by the antifouling paint manufacturer.The surface must be clean and slightly rough toensure paint adhesion.

Prior to application of the antifouling paint, the boat ownermay consider coating the hull bottom with an epoxy coat-ing. Four Winns recommends this procedure as a pre-ventive and effective means of controlling osmotic blis-tering. Most major antifouling paint manufacturers alsosupply a line of epoxy undercoatings. Consult your FourWinns dealer for recommendations on epoxy undercoat-ings.

P - 7 HULL SUPPORT

Proper support of the hull while it is out of the water isimperative. Due to the design complexities, Four Winnsdoes not recommend trailers or storage cradles be home-made. The boat is a valuable piece of equipment. DONOT risk permanent damage to the hull structure in anattempt to save the cost of an adequate support. Improp-er support can lead to serious and permanent hull defor-mation.

Failure to adequately support the hull mayresult in permanent hull structure damageand will invalidate the hull structure war-ranty.

NOTICEWhen attempting to raise the hull, never allowone end of the boat to rise first, while letting theopposite rest momentarily on the outdrives or un-derwater gear. Serious damage to these compo-nents could result. DO NOT place lifting strapson underwater gear. Be sure the strap is againstthe hull surface only.

Section PPage 6


™

A trailer, or storage cradle designed for a larger or smallerboat will not provide proper support for the hull. This couldlead to hull deformation and thus serious performancedeficiencies.

Four Winns® trailers are available for the Sundowner™models. Refer to Section S - Trailers for additional infor-mation.

Section QPage 1


™

Q - 4 BURLWOOD MAHOGANY ENHANCEMENTS

Mahogany enhancements are standard on theSundowner™ models. They consist of a finished syn-thetic burlwood mahogany. This mahogany is found inthe instrument gauge panels, switch panels and ignitionswitch panels of the Sundowner™ series. Additionally,an optional woodgrain steering wheel is available for mostmodels. See Figure Q1.

Figure Q1: Woodgrain Helm Representation

To clean, a damp cloth will usually suffice.

Q - 5 LAMINATED FIBERGLASS

Most Sundowner™ models come with a standard cock-pit table which consist of a laminated fiberglass mate-rial. See Figure Q2. It can be cleaned with milddishwashing soap and water. Always read the label be-fore using any product.

NOTICEDO NOT use abrasive cleaners or solvents oncockpit table. DO NOT use Soft Scrub™ soapor similar cleaning products; they will scratchthe surface and remove the shine.

WOODWORK AND COMPOSITES

Q - 1 HIGH-PRESSURE LAMINATE CARE

Some table tops, galley counter tops, shelving and drawerfaces consist of a high pressure laminate, “formica” likematerial. The laminate may have either a matte textureor smooth finish and can be cleaned with mild dishwa-shing soap and water or other cleaning solutions such asFantastik™. Always read the label before using any prod-uct.

NOTICEDO NOT use abrasive cleaners or solvents onformica. DO NOT use Soft Scrub™ soap or simi-lar cleaning products; they will scratch the sur-face and remove the shine.

NOTICEDO NOT use table tops as a cutting board. Theknife will leave gouges/marks in the surface ofthe table.

Q - 2 CHERRY

Four Winns utilizes cherry trim for the Sundowner™model cabin interiors. The wood is prepared with a lightstain followed by a polyurethane finish. To clean, a dampcloth will usually suffice. Care should be similar for cherryas it is for fine, household furniture.

Q - 3 STAR BOARD

Star board is a high density polyethylene (plastic) and isvery durable and fade resistant. Star board requires littlemaintenance, and is being used in place of wood in manyareas of the boat. The fill-in cockpit table is one ex-ample of where star board is used.

To clean star board, use a solvent-free, nonabrasive cleanersuch as dishwashing soap or Fantastic™. Read the la-bel before using any cleaning product.

NOTICEStar board will stain when exposed to certain oilsor chemicals. Always wipe up any spills immedi-ately.

Sundowner™ Owner’s Manual Section QPage 2

™

NOTICEDO NOT use cockpit table as a cutting board.The knife will leave gouges/marks in the sur-face of the table.

Figure Q2: Cockpit Table

Q - 6 CORIAN® MATERIAL

On models with a refreshment center, Corian® materialis used for the countertops. The Corian® gives the re-freshment center a rich look and makes for an extremelystrong yet lightweight top. It can be cleaned with milddishwashing soap and water, or other cleaning solutionssuch as Fantastik™. Always read the label before usingany product. See Figure Q3.

Figure Q3: Refreshment Center

Q - 7 ACRYLIC PLASTIC - (PLEXIGLASS)

Acrylic plastic is utilized in most walk-thru doors, tran-som doors, portlight windows, electrical panel doors andcertain glove boxes.To clean acrylic plastic:

1) Rinse with plenty of water to wash off as much dirtas possible.

2) Using your bare hand, along with plenty of water,feel and remove any dried on dirt or mud.

3) Wash using a soft, grit free cloth or sponge andmild, nonabrasive soap or detergent.

4) Rinse thoroughly with water.

5) Blot dry using a clean, damp chamois.

NOTICENever use a dry cloth, duster, glass cleaningsolutions or citrus cleaner on acrylic plastic.

NOTICEDo not use solvents such as acetone, siliconespray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire extin-guisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid, lacquer thinneror ammonia. These solutions damage theacrylic surface.

You can use fine automotive acrylic rubbing and polish-ing compounds to remove fine scratches on acrylic.

Section RPage 1


™

R - 1 WINTERIZATION

A. Prior to Lifting for Winter Lay-up

1. Pump out the head (dockside discharge if appli-cable), and be sure the holding tank is empty. Flushthe head holding tank with soap, water and a de-odorizer (e.g., Lysol Liquid™). Add more water ifnecessary. Have the cleaning solution pumped out.

2. Have the fuel tank either full or completely empty.See the Engine Owner's manual for recom-mendations. Also, check with the dry dock opera-tors for recommendations. If winter storing with afull fuel tank, gasoline winterizer such as Sta-bil®Fuel Conditioner will reduce varnishing, condensa-tion, etc.

NOTICEIf the fuel has been treated with winterizer, runengines for ten minutes to make sure the treatedfuel is present in all lines and parts of the en-gine.

3. Drain water from the fresh water system (if appli-cable).

4. Winterize the engine and drive systems as recom-mended in the Engine Owner's manual. Portions ofthis winterization procedure may require that the boatbe lifted.

5. If the boat is to be lifted or taken off the trailer, seeSection P-7 Hull Support in this manual for addi-tional details.

B. After Lifting

1. Remove the drain plug.

2. Thoroughly wash the fiberglass exterior, especiallythe hull bottom. Remove as much marine growthas possible. Wax lightly.

3. Lower boat onto cradle properly or place boat ontrailer. Be sure boat is adequately supported. Theboat should be raised slightly under the forward sup-ports or trailer tongue to improve drainage to thetransom drain.

4. Be sure all the water is completely drained from thefresh water system. Disconnect all hoses, checkvalves, etc. and blow all the water from the systemusing very low air pressure. The use of nontoxic,fresh water system antifreeze is recommended asan alternative to disassembling the water system.Refer to Section J-6 System Maintenance in thismanual for information on winterizing the water sys-tem.

5. Winterize the head as recommended by the headmanufacturer. If the boat is equipped with a holdingtank, mix some antifreeze solution and pour it intothe head. Transfer some of the antifreeze to theholding tank by flushing the head. Also, refer toSection J-6 System Maintenance for additionalinformation.

6. Ensure that all water is removed from the bilge pumpand bilge pump lines. Dry the hull bilge, andself-bailing cockpit drain troughs. Water freezing inthese areas could cause damage. See Section K-3Hull Drainage Systems.

7. Remove the battery(s) and store in a cool place.Clean the batteries using clear, clean water. Be surethe battery has sufficient water and clean terminals.Keep the battery(s) charged throughout the storageperiod. DO NOT store the battery(s) on a concretefloor or other damp or conductive surface.

8. Remove the alcohol/butane canister from the stove(if applicable) and store in a cool, dry place awayfrom heat or spark.

9. Clean the boat interior thoroughly. Vacuum carpets,and dry clean drapes and upholstery jackets as nec-essary.

10. Wash exterior fiberglass components, wax lightly.

11. Clean exterior upholstery with mild soap and water.Rinse and dry thoroughly.

12. Remove all oxidation from exterior hardware andapply a light film of moisture - displacing lubricant.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Section RPage 2


™

C. Prior to Winter Storage

1. Remove as many cushions as possible. Removestorage lids or hatches. Open as many locker doors,as possible. Leave these areas open to improveventilation.

2. Spray the weather covers and the boat upholsterywith Lysol Spray Disinfectant™. Enclosed areassuch as storage locker areas should also be sprayedwith Lysol Disinfectant™.

3. Place small dishes of rodent poison such as D-Con™in a number of areas around the boat. Be sure dishesare placed near the head and the engines, as ro-dents will destroy upholstery, water intake and dis-charge hoses.

4. If the boat will be in outside storage, properly sup-port a storage cover and secure it over the boat.DO NOT secure the cover tightly to the boat. Thisdoes not allow adequate ventilation and can lead todry rot. DO NOT store the boat in a damp storageenclosure. Excessive dampness can cause electri-cal problems, corrosion, and dry rot.

5. DO NOT use the bimini top or camper top as a win-ter storage cover. The life of these covers may besignificantly shortened if exposed to harsh weatherelements for long periods.

Placing an electric or fuel burning heating unitin the bilge of the boat during cold weather couldcause fire or explosion and is not recommended.

NOTICEBoats stored outside in areas with heavy snowaccumulation are more susceptible to damage,and should be inspected regularly during the win-ter months

6. Engine should be winterized according tothe engine manufacturers manual.

R - 2 ENGINE FLUSH OUT

The optional engine flush out (if applicable) should beused to clean the engine of unwanted salt, mud, sludge,etc. which may have accumulated in the engine coolingsystem. Before winterizing the engine, flush out the sys-tem for at least five minutes.

Make sure that no section of flush hoses are incontact with moving or hot engine parts or abra-sive surfaces such as screw threads, sharpedges, etc., which could damage the hoses.Damage to the hoses could cause leaks andpossible flooding of the engine compartment.Periodically check hoses for abrasions.

NOTICEThe Four Winns flush out kit may be used withthe boat in or out of the water and the engineOFF. If engine comes with flush out kit fromthe engine manufacturer, refer to engineoperator’s manual.

To flush out the engine with Four Winns installed flushout kit, follow the instructions below.

1. Do not run engine during flushing procedure.

2. Remove cap from coupling and attach swivel con-nector.

3. Attach water supply hose to swivel connector.

4. Turn water on and allow water to flush the engineand exhaust manifold for five to ten minutes.

5. Turn water off. Disconnect hose; replace and tightencap securely.

Reinstall cap onto coupler after flushing. Floo-ding of the engine compartment will occur if thecap is not installed and tightened.

Section RPage 3


™

R - 3 GENERAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE

* Or as Required

Shaded areas indicate the time frame when service/inspection should be conducted.

ECIVRESHCNUALTATSRIFDNA

*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES

-LANOSAES-IBYREVEROYLROSHTNOM6

001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

noitatnemurtsnIdnaenignE EnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMenignE rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

snoitcennoCdnasesoHmetsyStsuahxEtcepsnI

srelleporPkcehC

sgnittiFlluH-urhTllAkcehC

hctiwSffO-tuhSycnegremEtseT

gninaelCeguaG

smetsySslortnoC FnoitceSotrefeR

tnemtsujdAtfihSdnaelttorhT

tseThctiwSytefaSlartueN

noitacirbuLlortnoCdnaelbaC

smetsySgnireetS GnoitceSotrefeR

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaegakniL

tnemtsujdAbaTeuqroTevirDnretS

ecivreSgnireetSrewoP rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

stnemtsujdAgnireetS

noitacirbuLmetsySgnireetS

smetsySlacirtcelE HnoitceSotrefeR

snoitcennoCyrettaBtcepsnI

retaWyrettaBkcehC

noitcepsnIelbaCyrettaB

noitarepOtnempiuqElacirtcelEtloV21

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnagniriWtloV21

noitcepsnIretpadAdnadroCrewoPerohS

noitarepOthgiLytiraloP

noitcepsnInoitcennoCdnaelcatpeceR

metsySleuF InoitceSotrefeR

skaeLroftcepsnI

noitcepsnIredneSleuF

noitcepsnIretliFleuF

noitcepsnIknaTleuF

Section RPage 4


™

* Or as Required



*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

smetsySretaW JnoitceSotrefeR

smetsySretaWllAtcepsnI

noitcepsnIknaTretaWhserF

metsySretaWhserFhsulF&niarD

eganiarDdnanoitalitneV KnoitceSotrefeR

noitarepOrewolB

gninaelCmetsyStneVrewolB

gninaelCdnanoitarepOpmuPegliB

gulPniarDmosnarTkcehC

noitarepOelohtroP&hctaHkceD

tnempiuqEroiretnI LnoitceSotrefeR

ecnanetniaMdaeH rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

noitcepsnIgnittiFlluH-urhT

gninaelCrotaregirfeR

relooCnaelC

metsySleuFevotS

ecnanetniaMevotS rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

gnizitengameDdnagninaelCdaeHoeretS

tnempiuqEroiretxE MnoitceSotrefeR

rebmuNtcerroCdnaytilibaecivreSrofs'DFPkcehC deriuqeRsA

srehsiugitxEeriFfoegrahCkcehC deriuqeRsA

noitaiveDcitcengaMrofssapmoCkcehC

ecnanetniaMssaldniW rerutcafunaMehtybdednemmoceRsA

leveLdiulFbaTmirTkcehC

egakaelrofmetsySbaTmirTkcehC

dleihsdniWnaelC dedeeNsA

yretslohpU NnoitceSotrefeR

yretslohpUnaelC

tepraCnaelC

losyLhtiwyretslohpUyarpS

erawdraHgnitnuoMdnasegniHtaeSkcehC

Section RPage 5


™

* Or as Required



*NOITAREPO

RUOH52HCAEKCEHC

*NOSAES


001YREVE*SRUOH

YLLANOSAES21YREVERO

ROSHTNOM002YREVE

*SRUOH

srevoCrehtaeW OnoitceSotrefeR

srevoCrehtaeWhsaW

losyLhtiwsrevoCrehtaeWyarpS

lluHdnastnenopmoCssalgrebiF PnoitceSotrefeR

).cte,staes,sliargniruces(sgninetsaFllAkcehC

ylhguorohTssalgrebiFnaelC

saerAdaerT-noNllAdnasediSlluHxaW

egamaDrofsaerAssalgrebiFtcepsnI

sriapeRpU-hcuoTroniMmrofreP

tniaPgniluoF-itnAylppA-eRdnalluHdnaS

ecnanetniaMetisopmoC&krowdooW QnoitceSotrefeR

mirTdooWnaelC dedeeNsA

draoBratSnaelC dedeeNsA

potretnuoC/selbaTtipkcoCnaelC dedeeNsA

stnenopmoCssalgixelPnaelC dedeeNsA

sreliarT SnoitceSotrefeR

reliarTxaW

kcaJreliarTetacirbuL

relpuoCreliarTetacirbuL

hcniWreliarTetacirbuL

noitarepOekarB esUyrevEerofeB

noitcepsnIekarB

sekarBcsiD/sbuHtcepsnI

slaeS&sgniraeBtcepsnI

sgniraeBetacirbuL

straPnoisnepsuS&sregnaH,sgnirpS

tuNguLleehW

sleehW

noitidnoC&erusserPeriT esUyrevEerofeB

Section SPage 1


™™

Laws covering such items as trailer brakes, lights, safetychains, etc., will vary from state to state. Please contactthe motor vehicle department in your state for additionalinformation.

B. Load Carrying Capacity

The certification label shows the maximum load-carryingcapacity and is located on the port forward side of thetrailer. The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) is theload-carrying capacity plus the weight of the trailer itself.DO NOT exceed the GVWR rating for the trailer.

NOTICEWhen using or choosing a tow vehicle with thecorrect GVWR, you must consider not only theweight of the boat and trailer but also the weightof the fuel, water, equipment, etc. Refer to Table1 below:

If selecting a trailer from another manufacturer, check theload-carrying capacity. A trailer with a load-carrying ca-pacity that is too low will be unsafe on the highway andcould cause sudden failure of critical trailer componentsor abnormal tire wear. A trailer with too high of a load-carrying capacity that is sprung for heavy loads can dam-age a lighter boat.

NOTICEDO NOT overload your trailer by placing cam-ping gear or other heavy equipment in the boat.DO NOT exceed the GVWR rating. Damage tothe hitch, coupler, or trailer may occur.

S - 1 GENERAL TRAILER INFORMATION

The trailer must properly “match” the boat’s weight andhull design. Four Winns® trailers are designed specifi-cally for each boat model. Four Winns® trailers meet orexceed the National Marine Manufacturers Association’strailer requirements.

Four Winns manufactures bunk type trailers. The bunksare located specifically for Four Winns® boats and ad-equately support all parts of the boat. It is a “drive-on”type trailer which means winching the boat from the wa-ter is not necessary.

NOTICEWhen winching the boat onto the trailer, be surethe bunks are wet to prevent damage to theboat or trailer. DO NOT attempt to winch theboat forward when out of the water. Damage tothe winch stand/assembly or tongue could oc-cur.

Four Winns offers both painted and galvanized trailers.The painted trailer is intended to be used in fresh waterand the galvanized trailer in salt/brackish water.

NOTICEFour Winns does not recommend the usage ofpainted trailers for salt/brackish water condi-tions, as trailer life may be substantially re-duced.

A. Regulations

Federal law requires that the trailer and tire registrationinformation be compiled and recorded. The Four Winns®boat registration card includes trailer registration informa-tion. A trailer tire warranty card included in the owner’spacket, is to be filled out and returned to the tiremanufacturer.

NOTICEThe warranty of the tire is administered by themanufacturer of the tire. The manufacturer ofthe tires on your trailer is Carlisle Tire. Pleasecall 1-800-260-7959 regarding any warranty con-cerns relating to your tires.

TRAILER INFORMATION

Table 1: Average Equipment Weight

TNEMPIUQETHGIEW

)EGAREVA(

yrettaB .sbL06

leuF .laG/.sbL5.6

retaW .laG/.sbL8

seirosseccA.sbL051

)etamixorppA(

Section SPage 2


™

Improper weight distribution can place excessive strainon the towing vehicle and trailer. It can also cause thetrailer to “fishtail” (sway side to side). Be sure gear andother items are distributed evenly in the boat.

C. Hitches

The load-carrying capacity of trailer hitches will vary be-tween manufacturers and must equal or exceed theGVWR. Four Winns® trailers use surge disc brake sys-tems and require a fixed hitch. Refer to Section S-2ESurge Disc Brakes for more information.

Before hitching the trailer to the vehicle, make sure theproper size hitch ball is installed to match the coupler.The ball size is determined by the Gross Vehicle WeightRating or GVWR. The GVWR is printed either on thetrailer plate or embossed on the tongue, coupler or ac-tuator. For trailers with a GVWR of 7000 pounds or lessa 2” ball is used. For trailers with a GVWR over 7000pounds a 2 5/16” ball is used. This information mayalso be obtained on our website at www.fourwinns.com.Refer to Section S-3 Operation for additional informationon hitches. Also, consult your Four Winns dealer for hisrecommendation before purchasing a trailer hitch for yourtowing vehicle.

To help guard against a sudden failure while inuse, do not use a worn hitch ball. Replaceall worn or damaged parts.

S - 2 TRAILER COMPONENTS

A. Bunk Supports

All bunk boards are made of pressure treated wood. Thiswood is rot resistant. All boards are covered with a highquality exterior grade carpet to protect the boat from dam-age during normal use.

Bunk supports run parallel to the keel and support thehull, extending beyond the transom. See Figure S1.

Figure S1: Trailer Bunks

Outer bunk supports provide stability for the boat. Theinside bunks are the main weight bearing members. Sideguide-on supports help to keep the boat straight whiledriving the boat onto the trailer. Keeping the tie-downstightly fastened will prevent the boat from bouncing againstthe bunk supports.

NOTICEImproper trailer setup can cause hull damage.

B. Tongue

Four Winns® trailers are designed with tongue weightsbetween 5% and 10% of the total weight of the boat, fuel,gear and trailer. If the downward weight on the couplingball does not fall within this range, coupler failure andtowing instability may occur. If using anothermanufacturer’s trailer, have the dealer check the tongueweight before trailering.

NOTICEDO NOT use a bent or damaged tongue or cou-pler. Replacement parts may be ordered througha Four Winns dealer.

The trailer tongue is hinged or removable on our paintedtrailers and galvanized trailers. This allows for easierstorage. The tongue is attached with clevis pin(s) withlocking hair pin(s) or clevis pin keeper(s) to the trailerframe. Refer to Figure S2.

Section SPage 3


™™

Figure S2: Trailer Tongue Assembly

To pivot the tongue on trailers models with hinge locatedinside the receiver:

1. Make sure the trailer jack is supporting the trailerload properly. Refer to Section S-2C on Swivel Jacksfor additional information.

2. Unplug the wire harness at the trailer cross member.

3. Disconnect the brake line coupler.

4. Remove the locking hair pins and clevis pins. Pleasenote, the locking hair pins must be rotated awayfrom clevis pin and then removed.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to remove the clevis pins.

5. Slide trailer tongue out of receiver until the hinge isexposed. Pivot the tongue towards the trailer asfar as it will go.

To reinstall, follow this procedure in reverse order.

1. Pivot the tongue so that it extends straight and is inalignment with the receiver.

NOTICEWhen extending tongue ensure that the brakeline and wire harness are not pinched. Failureto check could result in damage.

2. Slide the trailer tongue into the receiver until theclevis pin holes are aligned.

3. Insert clevis pins with washers and locking hair pins.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to insert the clevis pins.

4. Reconnect the brake line coupler.

5. If towing the trailer, remember to plug the 5-wiretongue harness to the trunk connector wire harnessof your tow vehicle.

Make sure the trailer tongue is secure before hitching to the towing vehicle.

To pivot the tongue on trailers models with exposedhinges:

1. Make sure the trailer jack is supporting the trailerload properly. Refer to Section S-2C on Swivel Jacksfor additional information.



4. Remove the clevis pin keeper and clevis pin.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to remove the clevis pins.

5. Pivot the tongue towards the trailer as far as it willgo.


1. Pivot the tongue until the clevis pin hole is aligned.

NOTICEWhen extending tongue ensure that the brakeline and wire harness are not pinched. Failureto check could result in damage.

Section SPage 4


™

2. Swivel jack to the vertical position.

3. Release the lock pin and make sure the pin fullyengages the attached tongue bracket.

Be sure dirt, sand, ice, etc., does not obstructthe proper seating of the lock pin.

4. When raising or lowering the jack, prevent the casterfrom rotating while cranking. Make sure the jack isplanted on a firm and level surface before unhitchingthe trailer.

To prevent personal injury or damage to the boatand trailer, observe the following:

• NEVER pull on the lock pin when any trailerweight is on the trailer jack.

• DO NOT move the trailer when resting onthe swivel jack. Use towing vehicle to movethe boat and trailer.

• Keep body and feet clear of trailer tonguewhen raising or lowering jack.

Always remember to swivel jack to the horizontal posi-tion before towing the trailer. Damage to the caster andjack may result.

The swivel jack provided on the Four Winns® trailer canbe removed from the trailer to allow for maintenance orrepairs. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendationsprovided in the owner’s packet.

Figure S3: Swivel Jack

2. Insert clevis pin. Always be sure to insert clevispin from the top and insert the clevis pin keeper.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to insert the clevis pins.

4. Reconnect the brake line coupler.

5. If towing the trailer, remember to plug the 5-wiretongue harness to the trunk connector wire harnessof your tow vehicle.

To remove the tongue on painted or galvanized trailers:

1. Make sure the trailer jack is supporting the trailer loadproperly. Refer to Section S-2C on Swivel Jacks foradditional information.



4. Remove the locking hair pin and clevis pin. Pleasenote, the locking hair pin must be rotated away fromclevis pin and then removed.

NOTICEThe tongue will exert some pressure on the clevispins. It may be necessary to lift, push or wigglethe tongue to remove the clevis pin.

5. Slide trailer tongue out of receiver and store in a properplace. If the trailer has brakes, store the tongueupright to prevent brake fluid from leaking.


Make sure the trailer tongue is secure before hitching to the towing vehicle.

C. Swivel Jack

The jack is designed to lift, lower and support the tonguesof the trailers when not connected to the towing vehicle.Before unhitching the trailer, use the following guidelineswhen setting up the jack.

1. Pull on the lock pin. See Figure S3.

Section SPage 5


™™

D. Coupling Assembly

To unlock the coupler, pull the locking trigger upward withyour index finger and lift the locking lever. To lock, pushthe locking lever down. See Figure S4.

This is also applicable to the Surge Disc Brake Actuatorand Coupling Assembly.

E. Surge Disc Brakes

Surge disc brakes are available on model trailers manu-factured by Four Winns. Surge disc brakes operate auto-matically when the tow vehicle’s brakes are applied.When the tow vehicle slows down or stops, the forwardmomentum or “surge” of the trailer against the hitch ballapplies pressure to a master cylinder in the trailer cou-pler. The master cylinder supplies hydraulic pressurethrough the hydraulic system which activates the trailer’sdisc brakes. See Figures S5 and S6. Please refer tothe manufacturer’s literature included in your owner’spacket for further details regarding operation and main-tenance.

The benefits of disc brakes in comparison to drumbrakes:

• Fewer moving parts.• Longer life due to fewer moving parts.• Friction pads are easily accessible.• Easy access to caliper for cleaning and maintenance.• Calipers are self-adjusting allowing smoother braking operation.• Braking performance less likely to be affected by dirt, water, or rust contamination.• Fade resistant.

Figure S4: Coupling Assembly

Figure S5: Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly and Brake

For boat models with the Surge Brake Actuator and Cou-pling Assembly shown in Figure S6, lift the release handleto unlock the coupler. Push down on the release handle/locking lever to lock the trailer to the ball hitch. The lock-ing pin, provided with the trailer, or a padlock must beinserted in the locking lever hole. This ensures thecoupler’s locking lever remains in the locked position dur-ing towing of the trailer. Refer to Section S-3 Operationfor additional information on couplers and hitching to thetow vehicle.

NOTICEAnti-sway devices as used on recreational vehi-cles (RV’s) are not applicable to surge brake sys-tems and should not be used on Four Winns®trailers.

DO NOT use a trailer hitch with moving parts. Thebrakes could activate when traveling downhill. Al-ways use a fixed hitch.

If the brakes are wet from loading, travel at a slow speedand apply the brakes on your towing vehicle several timesto “dry” out the trailer brakes.

Section SPage 6


™

Figure S6: Surge Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly

The brake actuator and coupling assembly comes witha 5-wire plug for connecting to the tow vehicle’s traileringharness. Figure S7 depicts the 5-wire plug, the color ofthe individual wires, and the designated circuit for eachwire.

Figure S7: 5-Wire Plug HarnessFor maintenance and other information, refer to themanufacturer’s literature included with in the owner’spacket.

F. Winch

Winch operating instructions are listed below.

To release the winch, place the ratchet in the REVERSEor NEUTRAL position. The winch handle may spin whenpulling on the winch line.

Ball Socket

Ball Socket

30O

Release handle must be in open positionto remove from or place on ball.

Open

Release handle must befully closed and pin insertedbefore towing.

Closed

To prevent personal injury, observe the follow-ing:

A spinning winch handle can cause injury. Besure the area is clear.

DO NOT release the handle when the ratchet isdisengaged. Be sure the ratchet is engaged orno load is on the winch before releasing thehandle.

To prevent personal injury, ALWAYS inspect thewinch line and hook before each use. NEVERuse line that is worn or frayed. NEVER let any-one stand in or behind a boat while pulling withthe winch.

To rewind the winch, ALWAYS engage the ratchet first.Turn the handle in the appropriate direction to rewind theline.

A clicking sound will be heard when the winch isproperly engaged. If a clicking sound is not heard,DO NOT release the handle. Handle may spinbackwards. Lower the load into a safe positionbefore releasing the handle.

Refer to the manufacturer’s literature, included in theowner’s packet, for more information on winch opera-tion.

G. Tires & Wheels

Trailer wheel rims are available in three types of finishes:white, aluminum and galvanized. The white, powder coatfinish is standard. Aluminum rims (Mags) are optionalon painted trailers. Galvanized trailers are equipped withmatching galvanized rims. Spare tire covers are avail-able as an option and will match the trailer.

The tires installed on Four Winns® trailers meet the trailerload requirements for each model. Before trailering, makesure the tires are inflated according to the manufacturer’srecommendation. Tire pressure information is noted onthe tire and in the manufacturer’s literature included inthe owner’s packet.

Section SPage 7


™™

NOTICECarlisle Tire Registry

Ensure to fill out your name and address on thetire registration form provided in your ownerspacket. Mail it to the tire manufacturer for thepurposes of compliance with Federal defect no-tification regulations.

Mag wheels include a locking-type nut to help deter theft.This nut requires a special key or socket to remove. Thesocket will be included with your trailer when mag wheelsare ordered. Refer to Figure S8.

Figure S8: Mag Wheel & Mag Wheel Key (Socket)

NOTICEDO NOT use an air wrench or other power equip-ment to install lug nuts on aluminum (Mag)wheels. Damage to the wheel may result. Lugnuts should be torqued to 85 foot pounds.

Examine the tires frequently for snags, bulges, exces-sive tread wear, separations or cuts.

Refer to the manufacturer’s literature included in theowner’s packet for more information.

NOTICEThe warranty of the tire is administered by themanufacturer of the tire. The manufacturer ofthe tires on your trailer is Carlisle Tire. Pleasecall 1-800-260-7959 regarding any warranty con-cerns relating to your tires.

H. Spare Tire Carrier

Spare tires are optional on all Four Winns® trailers. Aspare tire carrier is bolted to the trailer frame and is avail-able in painted or galvanized finish. A spare tire carrierand wheel can be ordered from your Four Winns dealer.Refer to Figure S9.

Figure S9: Spare Tire Carrier

I. Lights

Four Winns® trailers are equipped with taillights, brakelights, turning signals, and clearance lights. All lights aresealed to prevent moisture from entering. The taillightbulb and/or assemblies may be replaced. The bulb tothe taillight is enclosed in a sealed housing which canbe opened for bulb replacement. Contact your FourWinns dealer for assistance.

NOTICEUse a heavy duty turning signal flasher on tow-ing vehicles. Check with your local auto partsstore or ask your Four Winns dealer for assis-tance.

Section SPage 8


™

Figure S11: Rear Tie Down Straps

The tie-down is a mechanical ratchet device. To allowline out, follow the procedures below:

1. Place two fingers on spring-loaded release, and pullrelease away from spindle/gear.

2. Open tie-down to a flat, 180° position.

NOTICESpring-loaded release should click into a notchon the painted handle. Both spring releasesshould clear the inner gear.

3. Pull line out. The inner spindle/gear should movefreely.

To ratchet line or tighten down the strap on the boat:

1. Place two fingers on spring-loaded release, and pullrelease away from spindle/gear.

2. Bring both handles together. Both handles shouldride on the inner gear.

3. Open (to approximately 110°) and close handles toratchet. Leave in closed position to maintain pres-sure on line.

Consult your dealer for state trailer regulations concern-ing lighting and other optional equipment.

J. Tie-downs

The boat should be secured to the trailer by tie-downs toprevent damage to the hull. The boat may shift or bounceagainst the bunks or hull supports if not secured. It mayalso slide or fall off the trailer while being towed.

There are two types of tie-downs being used:

1. Bow Tie-downs: A bow stop to hold the front of yourboat in place is located on the winch stand. It shouldbe positioned so that the winch line pulls straightand is parallel to the trailer frame. A separate tie-down should then be attached to hold the boat. SeeFigure S10.

Figure S10: Bow Tie Down Strap

NOTICEDO NOT rely on the winch cable (or line) aloneto hold the bow of the boat against the bow stop.A bow tie-down is provided with the Four Winns®trailer.

2. Rear Tie-downs: It is very important that the transomis resting securely on the bunk supports at the rearof the trailer. Rear tie-downs are provided to securethe boat to the trailer. Tighten the tie-downs to pre-vent the boat from moving. See Figure S11.

Section SPage 9


™™

NOTICETo prevent back injury, DO NOT PHYSICALLYLIFT the trailer tongue when loaded.

6. The locking pin, provided with the trailer, or a pad-lock must be inserted in the locking lever hole. Thisensures the coupler’s locking lever remains in thelocked position during towing of the trailer. Use of apadlock will help to deter theft.

7. Connect break-away cable S-hook securely to oneof the tow vehicle hitch’s safety chain connectionpoints. The cable should hang clear of trailer tongueand be long enough to permit short radius turns with-out pulling break-away cable forward. DO NOT loopthe break-away cable around a bracket and loop itback onto itself.

8. Make sure the break-away lever is fully rotated tothe rear with the break-away catch pin securely lo-cated under the break-away spring. The break-awaycatch pin will be in the lever’s uppermost notch.See Figure S12.

Figure S12: Break-away Cable

The Break-away system is not designed to op-erate if the trailer does not separate completelyfrom the tow vehicle, or if the trailer tongue “sub-marines” and goes beneath the tow vehicle. DONOT use break-away cable as a parking brake.

9. Safety chains or cables (depending on which modelyou have) are provided and must be used. Crossthe safety chains/cables under the coupling and at-tach to the towing vehicle’s frame or bumper. SeeFigure S13. Always allow slack for turns. FourWinns provides securement clips for the safetychain/cable hooks and recommends you use them.Regulations vary from state to state. Please checkthe local laws in your state.

S - 3 OPERATION

A. Hitching Trailer

Before towing, the trailer must be properly hitched to thetow vehicle.

To ensure proper engagement of the actuator’scoupler to the tow ball, DO NOT use a multi-piece ball, an incorrectly sized ball, or a worn/damaged ball. Please refer to the trailer’s certi-fication plate, coupler or actuator on the trailerfor Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or visitour website at www.fourwinns.com. Trailers witha GVWR of 7000 pounds or below require a 2”tow ball and trailers above a GVWR of 7000pounds require a 2 5/16” tow ball.

1. Position actuator ball socket above ball hitch.

2. Lift up on release handle fully (approximately 30o fora trailer with brake actuator and coupler assembly)to allow the ball latch to rotate open. The handle willremain up to indicate that it is not yet attached tothe ball. See Figure S6.

3. Lower trailer tongue until ball is seated or rests in ballsocket.

4. Close release handle. If it is a trailer with brake ac-tuator and coupler assembly the handle will snap toits closed position when properly seated.

The release handle will close freely with finger pressurewhen ball is properly seated in socket. If the handledoes not close freely or does not snap to its closedposition properly, do not tow trailer. DO NOT forcehandle into closed position, otherwise damage could re-sult. Inspect actuator for bent parts or cause of improperoperation.

NOTICEKeep the coupler clean and lubricated to preventdamage to the coupler.

5. Make sure the actuator is secure. If unsure, extendthe trailer tongue jack to the ground and lift (with thejack) the car and trailer combination approximately2" to 4". If the ball does not disengage and remainssecured, the actuator is latched properly.

Section SPage 10


™

Be sure the tow vehicle and trailer are level andhave a positive tongue load. This will allow thebrake actuators to function properly on trailermodels having such braking systems.

Be sure to read the manufacturer’s literature, included inthe owner’s packet, before towing your Four Winns® boatand trailer.

B. Backing Up With Surge Disc Brakes

Follow the steps listed above for hitching the trailer beforebacking up.

1. Before backing up a slope or through soft ground,pull the trailer forward slightly to assure the actuatorsocket is in the fully forward position.

2. Back the trailer up.

Avoid sharp turns. This could bend, create ex-treme stress or fracture either the actuator ortrailer tongue.

NOTICEBe sure to check for obstacles or persons be-hind the trailer before backing up. Also, adjustyour mirrors for clear view of the area behind thetrailer.

3. If the trailer is to be uncoupled from the tow vehicleafter backing, block all trailer wheels and pull forwardslightly to take strain off the actuator.

Uncouple the actuator by lifting the release handleand raise the trailer tongue with the jack.

For most trailering conditions, the brake actuator willallow you to back up normally. However, if the coupleris not wired or if there is a failure the trailer can still bebacked up by using the manual brake lockout.

To use your lockout, check that no force is being ap-plied to the actuator. This is achieved by positioning thetowing vehicle and the trailer on a flat service, or with thetrailer downhill from the tow vehicle. Set the vehicle’sparking brake.

The trailer’s safety chain/cable length MUST beset short enough so the actuator’s break-awaycable is NOT pulled if the coupler separatesfrom the tow vehicle’s hitch but remains con-nected by the safety chains/cables. The break-away system should only be activated afterBOTH the trailer’s coupler and safety chains/cables have failed and allowed the trailer to com-pletely separate from the tow vehicle. Providejust enough slack in the trailer safety chains/cables to allow short radius turns. The chains/cables should not drag on the ground. Safetychains/cables must be used.

Figure S13: Crossing the Safety Chains/Cables

To reduce the risk of Break-away accidents, besure coupler is seated and safety chains/cablescrisscrossed before trailering.

NOTICERubber safety chain straps are included on the“S” hooks to prevent chains/cables from bounc-ing off of the tow vehicle and must be used.

10. Retract jack fully and place in trailering or horizontalposition.

11. Check for proper tow vehicle-trailer hookup. The towvehicle and trailer should be level with a positivetongue load. Four Winns® trailers are designed withtongue weights between 5% and 10% of the totalweight of the boat, fuel, gear and trailer. The trailershould be close to level. If unsure of tongue load andtrailer position, consult your Four Winns dealer be-fore proceeding.

Section SPage 11


™™

Rotate the lockout assembly forward and up. See Fig-ure S14. Then push it rearward, so the pin ends will restin the notches in the sides of the outer case. The ac-tuator is now “locked out” and will not apply any notice-able pressure to the trailer brakes as you back up. Ifyou can not rotate the assembly forward enough to reachthe notch, make sure the actuator’s coupler case as-sembly is pulled fully forward out of the outer case.

Figure S14: Brake Lockout Mechanism

NOTICETrailer components may be different betweenmodels and may change during the model year.Be sure to read all manufacturer’s literature sup-plied with your Four Winns® trailer.

S - 4 TRAILERING

A. Checklist

Before trailering, the trailer should be inspected for thefollowing:

1. Check tires for proper inflation. Under-inflated tiresheat up rapidly and may blowout or cause uncon-trolled swaying. Also, make sure lug nuts are tight.

2. Be sure the coupler is secured to the trailer hitch andsafety chains are attached.

3. Be sure trailer taillights and turning signals areoperational.

4. Check the brakes for proper operation prior to depar-ture.

5. Check lug nuts for proper tightness.

6. Check tie-downs and make sure boat is secured tothe trailer.

7. Check the springs and under carriage for loose parts.

8. Before towing, close and secure all hatches, doors,and windows. Securely store all equipment and can-vas. Installed tops, side curtains, and aft curtainscan be damaged while towing.

9. Carry a spare tire for both the trailer and towing ve-hicle. On extended trips, carry spare wheel bearings,seals, and races. Be sure and carry the proper toolsto complete the repairs.

To avoid bearing failure and possible wheel loss,keep wheel bearings properly lubricated. Insp-ect the wheel bearings periodically and checkfor damage.

10. Before trailering, inspect the bearings for wear andadequate lubrication. When traveling, check the wheelhubs during stops at gas stations, restaurants or otherplaces. If the hub feels abnormally hot, the bearingshould be inspected before continuing the trip.

B. Tactics

NOTICEBe sure to check the towing vehicle manufactu-rer’s literature for recommendations on towing.

1. Install outside rear view mirrors on both sides of thetowing vehicle to improve vision. Check the rear viewmirrors at frequent intervals to be sure trailer and boatare riding smoothly.

2. Allow at least one car and trailer length between ve-hicles for each 10 mph. DO NOT tailgate.

3. Use low gear (on manual transmissions) when travel-ing up steep hills or over sand, gravel, or dirt roads.

4. Use care if shifting to a lower gear while travelingdownhill. This could activate the trailer’s surge brakesfor the duration of the downhill run and cause over-heating. Extended overheating could result in com-plete loss of the trailer brakes.

To help prevent overheating, slow down while approach-ing the crest of a hill and maintain a slow, controlleddownhill speed. Apply brakes in short intervals toallow time between braking for the brakes to cool off.

5. When rounding turns on highways or streets, DO NOTcut corners. Also, travel slowly over railroad tracks.

Section SPage 12


™

For more information on maintenance, refer to themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

D. Brake Actuator & Coupling Assembly

When storing or parking your trailer, keep the brake ac-tuator and coupling assembly (coupler) off the ground toprevent dirt buildup in the ball socket. Keep the couplerclean of dirt, tar, and mud. Lubricate the coupler withSAE 30 weight oil every six months or as often as neces-sary. Replace any worn or defective parts. If the coupleris damaged, contact your Four Winns dealer for replace-ment parts. DO NOT use a damaged or bent couplerassembly.

For more information on maintenance, refer to themanufacturer’s literature included in the owner’s packet.

NOTICEThe trailer should be set up at a slight angle toallow for water to drain aft in the boat.

E. Winch

The winch should be kept clean of dirt, ice, paint, etc.,and the spur gears should have a film of grease on themat all times. Apply several drops of SAE 30 weight oil tothe ratchet pawl mechanism, bushings and pinion shaftthreads twice per season.

Replace any worn or damaged parts. For more informa-tion on maintenance, refer to the manufacturer’s litera-ture included in the owner’s packet.

F. Lights

Inspect wiring for cuts or bare wire which could causeelectrical shorts. Repair or replace defective wiring. Re-place cracked or damaged lens and always carry sparebulbs. Replacement parts may be ordered through a FourWinns dealer.

G. Tie-downs

Replace frayed or damaged tie-downs. Periodically, lu-bricate the ratchet mechanism with a fine oil or siliconespray. Replacement parts may be ordered through a FourWinns dealer.

6. If the trailer begins to “fishtail” when accelerating, re-duce speed until it ceases. If the trailer “fishtails”again during acceleration, stop to investigate thecause of the problem. Check for improper trailer loadand uneven weight distribution inside the boat. Checkthe winch line and tie-downs. Also check the tiresfor proper inflation or damage. If necessary, redis-tribute the load before continuing.

For additional information on trailering, refer to the “Boat-ing Basics” manual included in the owner’s packet.

S - 5 MAINTENANCE

A. Care of Exterior Finish

When using the trailer, keep in mind the paint can scratchand become marred during normal use. In most cases,touch-up paint can be ordered. Please contact a FourWinns dealer for assistance.

Some maintenance is required to maintain the finish andminimize rusting. The trailer should be washed and rinsedwith clean water immediately after each use. On galva-nized trailers, rinse only with clean water. Dependingupon use, waxing is recommended twice a year. Usepaste wax designed for enamel paint.

B. Bunks

The bunks should be replaced if they are cracked, warped,or evidence of dry-rot is found. The replacement boardsshould be treated lumber of the same length and width.

DO NOT burn damaged or broken bunks. Toxicfumes will be released. Dispose of bunks prop-erly.

C. Swivel Jack

Keep the swivel jack clean of dirt, tar, and mud. Lubri-cate every six months. The swivel jack’s inner ram shouldbe lubricated with SAE 30 weight oil. The top cover maybe removed to lubricate the gears with wheel bearinggrease.

Replace all worn and damaged parts. ALWAYS use themanufacturer’s replacement parts. Replacement partsmay be ordered through your Four Winns dealer.

Section SPage 13


™™

H. Wheels

Some maintenance is required to maintain the finish andretard rusting of painted rims. The wheels should becleaned with dishwashing soap and water and rinsed withclean water immediately after each use. Waxing is recom-mended three to four times each year.

Aluminum wheel rims may be cleaned with dishwashingsoap and water. However, cleaning products specificallyfor aluminum are available and can be used. Cleanersmay be obtained from Four Winns dealers and your localauto parts stores. The Mag wheel manufacturer recom-mends a product by Priority One® called Pro-Long Alu-minum/Chrome Wheel Protectant™. Galvanized rimsshould be rinsed only with clean water immediately aftereach use.

NOTICEALWAYS read the manufacturer’s instructionson the label before using any product.

I. Brakes

Keep the actuator clean of dirt, tar, and mud. The actua-tor and internal parts should be lubricated at all timeswith SAE 30 weight oil. The hitch ball may be lubricatedwith automotive grease or lubricant made for hitch balls.

Periodically inspect the brake system for leaks. Checkall hoses for cuts or wear. Replace all defective hoses.The master cylinder should be filled within 1/2 inch fromthe top of the reservoir.

At the beginning of each year, inspect the brakes for ex-cessive wear, have linings replaced if necessary.

If the brakes need bleeding, consult your Four Winns dealerfor assistance. If unavailable, a brake or auto repair facil-ity can perform the repair.

Refer to the manufacturer’s literature included in theowner’s packet for additional information on the brakesystem.

J. Bearings

Wheel bearings and seals should be inspected at thesame time as brakes. Have worn or defective parts re-placed. Grease bearings and seals at this time and atthe end of the boating season. Bearing Protectors shouldbe greased three to four times a year. A grease fitting isprovided.

Four Winns uses the Accu-Lube™ bearing protectionsystem on its trailers. The Accu-Lube™ design is sub-mersible and provides for grease flow that completelyrepacks and protects the bearings. This lubrication sys-tem disallows water entry, thus extending the life of thebearings, spindle and hub.

Lubricate the bearings as follows:

1. Remove the rubber plug.

2. Insert the grease gun into the grease fitting. Pump grease until old grease comes back out the front.

3. Remove old grease and reinstall rubber plug.

NOTICEMost bearing failures are due to improper main-tenance. Be sure to inspect bearings and sealsas noted in Section S-6B and refer to themanufacturer’s literature included with your trailer.

S - 6 AXLE INSPECTION & REPAIRS

As a general rule, repairs and maintenance should beperformed by qualified servicing personnel. Our axlemanufacturer recommends that a certified mechanicshould be consulted on the following items:

1. Broken axle2. Broken spring3. Worn spring eye bushing parts4. Sagging springs5. Welding fatigue6. Serious leakage of seal7. Tire wear8. Loose or worn suspension parts9. All brake related adjustments, inspections and prob-

lems

A. Removal of Hub

The following instructions pertain only to trailers manu-factured by Four Winns. To remove the hub to inspectthe bearings and seals, refer to Figure S15 and the fol-lowing instructions:

Section SPage 14


™

Figure S15: Axle Components

1. Remove lug nuts.

2. Remove wheel.

3. Remove grease cap.

4. Remove lock tab washer.

5. Unscrew the spindle nut counter clockwise.

6. Remove spindle washer.

7. Remove hub from spindle.

B. Bearing/Seal Inspection and Replacement

When inspecting bearings or seals:

1. Inspect the grease seal for damage, tears, or cracks.If there is no damage or leakage is not occurring, theseal is in good condition.

If the seal is torn or cracked, then it should be re-placed. The seal can be pried out of the hub with ascrew driver. Be sure to replace the seal using therecommended replacement parts. Parts can be ob-tained from your Four Winns dealer.

2. When inspecting the bearing, check for corrosion andwear. If any rust or wear exists on the bearing, thenremove and replace with the recommended partslisted in the table above.

3. If the bearings are in good condition, repacking thegrease should be done at this time. Hand pack eachbearing individually using a premium water resistantwheel bearing grease

C. Hub Reinstallation

1. To reinstall hub, reverse the procedures listed above.

2. It is important to tighten the spindle nut to approxi-mately 50 ft. lbs. (12" wrench with full hand force).Loosen the nut then finger tighten.

3. Replace the cotter.

4. When reinstalling wheel, the following tightening pro-cedure is recommended by the manufacturer:

a. Place wheel lug nuts on by hand to start.

b. Tighten initially to 15 - 20 ft. lbs. (Apply 20 poundsof pressure to wrench 12" long) using cross tight-ening sequence. Proceed to finish tightening to85 ft. lbs. (Applying 85 pounds of pressure towrench 12" long will yield 85 ft. lbs. of torque).

c. Re-torque after first 50 miles of use.

Refer to Section S-2G for additional information on wheelrequirements.

Sundowner™ Owner’s Manual Section TPage 1

™

PRE-LAUNCH AND UNDERWAY

T - 1 LAUNCH AND CRUISE CHECKLIST

Get a current weather report. If the weather will not be favorable, postpone your trip.

If your boat has been out of the water, check to see that all bilge water has drained out.

Install hull drain plugs.

Inspect the hull and propeller for damage. Excessive dirt or marine growth will effect your boat’sperformance and fuel efficiency.

Check the electrical system and navigation lights.

If your boat has been in the water, run the bilge pump until the flow of water stops.

Check that all required safety equipment is on board and in good working condition. Examplesinclude personal flotation devices (PFDs), horn, fire extinguisher, visual distress signals, etc. Takealong a gallon of drinking water.

Check that other important equipment is on board. Examples include mooring lines, anchor andline, tool kit, first aid kit, etc.

Open engine compartment. Inspect for fuel odors and visible leaks in the fuel, oil, coolant, exhaustand power steering systems.

Visually inspect engine for cracked hose, defective belts, or other signs of engine problems. Checkengine oil and battery water levels. Check power steering fluid level. Check battery electrolyterange.

Check fuel level. Fuel tanks should be filled to slightly less than capacity. Allow for fuel expansion.

Check that all engine drains are closed (stern drives).

Make sure navigation charts and equipment are on board.

Check operation of steering system, navigation lights, and operation of horn.

Make sure passengers and crew know what to do in case of an emergency and how to operatesafety equipment.

Make sure all required documents are on board.

File a float plan with a responsible party ashore.

Keep an eye on the weather. Be aware of possible changing conditions by monitoring localweather broadcasts prior to departure. The captain or first mate should personally monitor strongwinds and electrical storms.

Always keep accurate up-to-date charts of your boating area on board.


™

T - 2 FUELING

Do not smoke, extinguish all open flames, STOPall engines and other devices that could causesparks, including the bilge blower. Do not useelectrical switches or accessories. Shut OFFall stoves that may produce a spark or flame.Close all openings into the cabin area of the boat.

A. Recommendations

When fueling or having your boat fueled by anattendant, be sure the waste pump-out or freshwater fitting is not mistaken for the gas fill.

Although alcohol boosts the octane level of gasoline, italso attacks the rubber fuel distribution lines and evenmetal fuel system components. Alcohol will permeatemost fuel hoses and other components such as fuelpump, gaskets and seals, and can also contribute tofuel system contamination.

The hoses we use in our boats are alcohol-resistant asare the materials used by the engine manufacturers. Ifonly fuel containing alcohol is available, or the presenceof alcohol is unknown, you must perform more frequentinspections for leaks and abnormalities. Any sign ofleakage or deterioration requires your immediate atten-tion. Refer to the engine manufacturer’s recommenda-tions on fuel type and octane ratings.

B. Preliminary Guidelines

1. Safely secure your boat to the dock.

2. Close all hatches, windows, doors and compartmentsto prevent accumulation of fuel vapors.

3. Ensure that a fire extinguisher is readily available.

4. Do not store fuel in areas that are not adequatelyventilated.

5. Use only fuel lubricants recommended by the enginemanufacturer.

C. Pumping Fuel

Follow engine manufacturer’s recommendationsfor types of fuel and oil. Use of improper productscan damage the engine and void the warranty.

1. Be sure to fuel in a well-lit area gasoline spills areunnoticeable under poor lighting or in the dark.

2. Remove the gas fill cover.

3. Insert the fuel supply nozzle, keeping it in contactwith the fuel fill plate to guard against static producedsparks.

4. Stand away from the fuel tank vent and gas fill duringfueling. Splashback may occur and can be an eyeirritant and/or a fire hazard.

5. Avoid spillage. Wipe up any excess fuel immedi-ately.

6. After pumping approximately 10 gallons of fuel intothe fuel tank, inspect the engine and fuel tank areafor any signs of leakage. If no leaks or other prob-lems are detected, resume fueling.

7. Allow space at the top of the tank for thermal expan-sion.

8. If fuel cannot be pumped in at a reasonable rate,check for fuel vent blockage or a kink in the line.

D. After Fueling

1. Replace the gas fill cover and wipe up any fuel spilled.Discard rags used in a safe place ashore.

2. Open the engine compartment and all hatches, win-dows, doors and other compartments that wereclosed during fueling. Inspect these areas for theodor of fuel vapors and visible fuel leakage.

Investigate and correct any sign of fuel leakageor indication of vapors before starting engine.Do not run blower or operate any electricalswitch until problem is corrected. Fire or explo-sion may result.


™

interfere with operation of the boat. Passengers shouldboard the boat one-at-a-time and be seated. Passen-gers should remain seated during loading of the boat tomaintain an even trim.

Passengers seated in the bow area shouldnot obstruct the driver’s vision.

IMPORTANT: Passengers are prohibited from riding onthe bow with feet hanging over the side or ride whilesitting on the stern, gunwales or seatbacks. The CoastGuard considers these acts to be negligent or grosslynegligent operation. They are prohibited by law becausefalls from moving boats are a major cause of fatal recre-ational boating accidents.

T - 3 LOADING PASSENGERS AND GEAR

NOTE: All boats under 20 feet in length must have acapacity rating plate showing the recommended per-son capacity as well as the maximum capacity of theboat including persons and gear.

When loading your boat, remember to distribute the loadevenly. Keep the load low and do not overload. Thecapacity plate affixed to your boat states the maximumload capacity. The plate shows in pounds, the amountof persons and gear that the boat will safely handle un-der normal conditions. U. S. Coast Guard regulationsestablishes these load capacity ratings. Position pas-sengers and gear so that the load is balanced.

When loading, always step into the boat, never boardby jumping. Have someone on the dock pass your gearaboard. Secure all gear firmly so it doesn’t move or

Figure T1: Loading Passengers and Gear


™

3. Attach the ignition interrupt lanyards securely toyour body. In the event that you move away fromthe helm area and beyond the length of the lanyard,the engine will be turned off.

4. If your boat has fuel injection, turn the key to startthe engine. Engine will not turn over if throttle is notin the neutral position.

If your boat does not have fuel injection, depressthe engine warmup button to advance the throttleseveral times and leave it in the SLOW/START po-sition. This will actuate the carburetor acceleratorpump and feed fuel to the engine. Turn ignition keyto START position.

5. When engine is cold, run engine approximately one(1) to two (2) minutes at fast idle speed (1200 to1500 rpm). This step is not necessary with fuelinjected engines.

6. Once engine has warmed up, check water tempera-ture gauge to ensure engine temperature stayswithin optimum range. If temperature reading isabnormally high, stop engine immediately and in-spect for cause of high reading.

7. With engine running, voltmeter should show a read-ing between 12 and 15 volts.

8. Check steering operation. Turn steering wheel fullto port and starboard while observing outdrive move-ment.

9. Inspect for fuel odors and visible leaks in the fuel,oil, coolant, exhaust and power steering systems.

10. Make sure boat is securely moored to the dockand engine is idling. Then move the throttle forwardand then aft and back to neutral to check for properoperation of the shifting motion. Be careful. Leavethe engine in gear for only a second or two.

T - 5 MANEUVERING

Boat steering is not self-centering. Steering iseffected by engine and propeller torque, trimtab setting, wave and current action and thespeed of the hull through the water. Constantattention to steering is required for safe opera-tion.

IMPORTANT: The presence of the capacity plate doesnot relieve the boat operator from the responsibility ofusing common sense or sound judgment. Turbulent wa-ters and adverse weather conditions will reduce the maxi-mum load capacity rating of the boat.

T - 4 STARTING PROCEDURES

The operation and maintenance manual supplied withyour engine provides pre-start, starting and cold-startinginstructions. The following information is merely a guideand not intended to explain in detail all starting proce-dures and instructions. Refer to your engine owner’smanual.

A. Preliminary Checks

1. Secure boat to the dock before attempting to startengine. The boat should be kept secure until theengine is running and warmed up.

2. Operate the bilge pump until the flow of water stops.

3. Make sure the throttle is in the neutral position andstern drive or outboard is lowered into water.

4. Make sure passengers seated in the bow area donot obstruct the driver’s vision.

B. Starting

To prevent excessive exposure and reduce thepossibility of carbon monoxide accumulationin the cockpit areas of the boat, the operatorshould provide adequate ventilation in each ofthese areas. Utilize hatches, doors, windowsand side vents to increase air movement. SeeSection B-2 for information about the dangersof Carbon Monoxide.

Notice: Additional starting information is located in Sec-tion A.

1. Check all electrical systems and navigation lights.

2. If your boat is equipped with an optional battery se-lector switch, turn the battery switch to 1, 2, or BOTHor ON or EMERGENCY START ONLY position (de-pending on which model you have. )


™

Once the boat has slowed and motor is idling, place theshift in REVERSE. Gradually increasing reverse powerwith the throttle will allow you to stop the boat in a veryshort distance.

NOTE: A boat will not respond to steering in reversenearly as well as it does when going forward, so do notexpect to accomplish tight turning maneuvers whenbacking up.

Remember that all boats steer by the stern (the feelingis much like steering your automobile in reverse). Thismeans that the stern of your boat will swing in the direc-tion opposite to your turn. For example, when you turnthe helm wheel to the left, the stern of your boat willswing in the direction opposite to your turn. This isespecially important to keep in mind when docking, op-erating in close quarters with other boats, or when ap-proaching a swimmer or downed skier in the water.

Always look behind you and to both sides of the boatbefore slowing down. Tell your passengers your inten-tions to allow them time to make adjustments to theirbalance or positions.

Slowly pull back on throttles, glance back and see if alarge following wave is approaching the transom. If sogive the engines a little throttle as the wave arrives tokeep wave from rolling over the transom.

Once you have spent enough time practicing maneu-vers and have a feel for how the boat handles, you willbe ready to run in open waters.

T - 6 ACCELERATION

Before accelerating to bring you boat on plane,be sure that the area in front of your boat isclear. The bow will rise out of the water mo-mentarily before you plane and may temporarilyobstruct your vision.

If you have never had your boat on plane before, choosea calm day for your first on plane experience. Neverboat beyond your ability and experience.

Before bringing your boat “on plane”, check the entirearea to make sure you have a clear, safe path. As youthrottle up to accelerate, your boat will increase its angleof trim, causing the bow to ride high. From a maximumangle, the boat will level out to its planing attitude with

When all your pre-departure checks have been com-pleted and the engine has warmed up, you will be readyto leave the dock. Take into account the amount ofwind, tide current, and other forces that may affect yourmaneuvering as you leave the dock. Idle speeds workbest when maneuvering to and from the dock. Do notforget to release the mooring lines.

A. Leaving the Dock

You are ready to leave the dock after the engine haswarmed up. Check all gauges for appropriate readingsbefore casting off. If oil pressure is abnormally low orengine temperature is abnormally high, stop the engineimmediately. Check voltmeter to be sure the chargingsystem is working properly. Check for fuel, oil, andexhaust leaks. Correct the cause of any abnormal con-dition before getting underway.

Make sure passengers sitting in the bow areado not obstruct the operator’s vision when cast-ing off or while underway.

After making sure your boat is ready, check wind, tide,current and other forces that will affect the way youmaneuver your boat away from the dock. Throw moor-ing lines off to your boat. Shift your boat’s engine intoforward or reverse depending on whether you want tomove the bow or the stern away from the dock first.Run your engine at a slow speed as you move awayfrom the dock. If you move the bow out first, watch thatthe stern of the boat does not swing into the dock or apiling.

Once away from the dock, devote some time to learn-ing how to maneuver. Practice docking using an imagi-nary dock. Practice stopping and reversing.

B. Stopping

Boats have no brakes. Stopping is accomplished bybacking down on the throttle. Practice stopping ma-neuvers and learn early how your boat reacts. Fromforward motion, pull the throttle back towards NEUTRAL.Depending on your speed, the distance the boat travelsuntil it comes to a complete stop will vary. The ability tomeasure the distance will only be acquired through ex-perience.


™

point your boat will be plowing through the water withthe bow down too far. Trim the lower unit up slightlyuntil the bow comes up. If you trim the lower unit outtoo far, your boat will porpoise or the propeller will cavi-tate, and the bow will slam up and down on the water.Your boat is trimmed correctly when it is just short ofporpoising or propeller cavitation, under ideal runningconditions.

Trim your boat to compensate for seas, winds, or un-even loads.

Head Seas Trim drives in more than usual.Use tabs to keep bow downand go at a slower speed.

Following Seas To prevent taking seawater overthe bow, trim drives out andkeep tabs up to keep bow up.

Listing Due to Use tabs independently toQuartering Seas, adjust for list. If listing to star-Beam Wind, or board, press port bow downUneven Load switch. If listing to port, press

starboard bow down switch.

continued acceleration. This maximum angle is knownas the “hump”. Because visibility, handling, and perfor-mance are reduced, it is advisable to get “over the hump”as soon as possible. A few seconds at full throttle shouldget the boat over the hump and into its planing attitude.

After getting over the hump, accelerate until reaching acomfortable plane, then throttle down to cruising speed.This also will provide for better fuel efficiency.

T - 7 TRIMMING YOUR BOAT

A. Trim Tabs

Trim tabs are used to add lift to the boat’s stern, therebychanging the boat’s attitude (see Figure T2). This liftcan help the boat get on plane faster and remain on planeat slower speeds than if no tabs were used. Used inde-pendently, tabs can also correct listing conditions causedby crosswinds, unbalanced loading and quartering seas.Trimming your boat properly involves two separate pro-cedures, trimming or tilting the lower unit and setting thetrim tabs.

When you are sitting dead in the water, your drive shouldbe down and the trim tab switches are in the BOW UPposition. Accelerate until you get onto plane. At this

Figure T2: Trimming the Boat with Trim Tabs


™

TRIM

TRIM

TRIM

INCORRECTCauses boat to "plow"

CORRECTGives maximum performance

INCORRECTCauses boat to "porpoise"

DN TRIM UP

DN TRIM UP

DN TRIM UP

Remember that most boats react very slowly to trimtabs. Often boat owners do not give trim tabs time towork. Press the trim tab switches for only one secondat a time and then allow some time for the boat to react.If the boat is still listing after a minute or two, press thetrim tab switch again for a one second interval. Thelabels on the trim tab switches indicate what you wantyour boat to do, not what you want the tabs to do.

It is a good idea to take your boat out onto open watershortly after you get it and experiment with the trimtabs. After you get your boat onto plane, set the tabs invarious positions and note how your boat reacts. Thiswill give you a feel for how the trim tabs work.

It is possible to extend the cylinder life expectancy onyour trim tabs. To do this, keep the cylinders retractedwhile at dockside. Press both trim tab controls downuntil tabs reach their full up position.

B. Tilt/Trim Control Switches

NOTE: Trim refers to the angle of the lower unit in rela-tion to the bottom of the boat. With respect to trim-ming, the words in, down, under, and forward, have thesame meaning as do up, out, and aft.

1. The standard trim control switch is located on thecontrol lever handle.

2. The switch controls the position of the stern drive.Proper trim is very important in boating.

3. In the case of low or heavy bow attitude, the boattends to “plow” (Figure T3. The lower unit is trimmedtoo far under or forward. Trim the unit UP (out) tocorrect this situation.

4. If the bow is too high, the boat tends to “porpoise”(Figure T5). The drive unit is trimmed up or out toofar. Trim DN (in) to correct.

5. A good practice is to get underway (especially whenfully loaded or pulling a skier) with the unit trimmedall the way DN (under). After the boat is on plane,adjust the trim out slightly to obtain the proper bowattitude and engine speed.

6. Trim also affects propeller selection and fuel effi-ciency. All models should be “propped” to be in theupper half of the maximum rpm range with the boatlightly loaded and the drive trimmed up to maxi-mum. This configuration allows the engine to oper-

Figures T3-T5: Trimming the Boat with Outdrive

Figure T3

Figure T4

Figure T5

ate within the recommended rpm range with a heavyload.

The power unit should never be trimmed up to apoint where the propeller cavitates (or slips). A rapidincrease in engine rpm’s is evidence of cavitation.If this occurs accidentally while running at fullthrottle, immediately lower the drive trim and re-duce the throttle until the slipping stops. If neces-sary, have your dealer reset the trim limit switch (ifprovided) to avoid overtrimming in the future.

If the prop slips at lower planing speeds, the drivemay be trimmed too high. Immediately lower thedrive unit until the prop grabs again to restore effi-ciency.

7. Trimming out, in addition to raising the bow, alsolifts the boat higher, gaining speed because lesshull is in the water.

8. The trailering position of some stern drives is con-trolled by a separate switch on the dash switchpanel or throttle/shift control. Do not activate thisswitch while engine is running. Doing so canseverely damage the lower unit and engine.

NOTE: Refer to the control instructions regarding thepower trim controls installed on your boat.


™

T - 8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS

Although night activities are limited, cruising at night canbe very pleasurable. It can also be dangerous if youdon’t pay close attention to water levels and obstacles.Be especially careful of shallow waters and watch forsubmerged debris, rocks and other obstacles in the water.Your navigation lights are intended only to prevent colli-sion, not to improve your night vision. You may chooseto use a spotlight instead.

NOTE: It is illegal to use your spotlight as a headlight.Use it only temporarily to check the position of your boatand the surrounding area.

Your boat has one white (stern), one red (port) and onegreen (starboard) light. The stern light may be a remov-able pole light. To use the light, line up the two-prongplug in the pole with the receptacle in the base. Plugthe light in, and lock it into place with lever/slide lock.When not in use, stow the light inside your boat for safe-keeping. This light can be turned on or off at the helm.

Check lights for proper operation before heading out atnight. You should also learn to identify the running lightcombinations for other vessels. We recommend thatyou participate in a boating safety course to further learnabout navigation lights and safe boating practices.

The anchor lights and navigation lights are controlled bya switch at the helm. The anchor light switch allows youto turn on just the stern (white) light when anchored ormoored. While underway, use the navigation light switchto turn on the stern (white), port (red) and starboard(green) lights. Lights are off when switches are in theOFF position.

T - 9 HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS

A. Storms

Storms sometimes appear without advance notice. Al-though weather information from meteorological obser-vation and reporting stations is available, weather bu-reaus are known to have failures in their predictions orinformation gathering equipment. There is no substitutefor a strong understanding of what action to take whenthe weather takes a turn for the worse. Many marinasfly weather signals. You should learn to recognize thesesignals and monitor your local weather forecasts beforeleaving port.

The present and forecasted weather conditions are ofprimary consideration, but a threat of possible stormsshould always be a concern. Observance of the follow-ing information will help in your safety afloat if stormsdo occur:

• Keep a watch on the horizon for approaching stormindicators.

• Turn radio ON. Dial in local weather station andmonitor forecast. If your boat has a VHF radio,check the weather channels.

• The best possible situation is to return to a safeport if time allows.

• Close and secure all portals and hatches. Stow allloose gear below deck and tie down any gear re-quired to remain on deck.

• Reduce speed as the seas build. Make sure allpassengers are wearing their PFDs.

• If you lose power, keep the boat headed into thewaves by rigging a sea anchor off the bow. If thereis no sea anchor on board, use a canvas bucket orany object that will offer resistance.

• Radar reflectors (if installed on your boat) shouldbe 18 inches diagonally and placed 12 feet abovethe waterline.

B. Fog

Fog is a result of either warm surface or cold surfaceconditions. You can judge the likelihood of fog forma-tion by periodically measuring the air temperature anddew point temperature. If the spread (difference) be-tween these two temperatures is small, you likely willincur a fog situation. Remember the following guide-lines:

• Turn on running lights.

• As fog sets in, take bearings and mark your posi-tion on the chart while continuing to log your courseand speed.

• Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

• If your boat has depth finding equipment, takesounding and match them with soundings on yourcharts.


™

• Station a person forward on the boat as a lookout.

• Reduce your speed. From time to time, stop en-gine and listen for fog signals.

• Sound the proper horn or fog bell at proper intervalsto warn other boaters.

• If there is any doubt in continuing boat movement,anchor. Listen for other fog signals while continu-ing to sound the proper fog horn or bell for a boat atanchor.

C. Running Aground

To prevent boat damage, DO NOT use deckhardware or water ski pylon for towing. Use acommercial towing service.

Operating in shallow water can present a number ofhazards. Sand bars in narrow inlets are constantly shift-ing, making it difficult to mark them with buoys. Some-times sand bars are indicated by waves as they forminto breakers when passing over sand bars. In coastalareas, tides can change water levels by as much as 30feet. Check with local marinas or Coast Guard stationsfor tide tables and current charts.

If your boat runs aground, first check persons aboardfor injury. Then check for damage to the boat. If thedrive unit strikes an underwater hazard, check for boatand drive unit damage. If the engine vibrates exces-sively after striking an underwater obstruction, it mayindicate a damaged propeller. If vibration is noticeable,return to port slowly to prevent further drive and enginedamage from an out-of-balance condition. Watch thetemperature gauge to make sure you do not overheatthe engine.

If the boat is not taking on any water, it may be possibleto rock the boat by shifting the weight of the passen-gers and gear and by raising the drive unit while revers-ing the engine.

If you ground your boat on a sand bar, shut down theengine and seek help from another boater or radio forhelp. See your dealer as soon as possible, as sandingested in the engine cooling system can cause majorengine damage.

D. Warning Markers

It is a good idea to find out about hazardous areas andhow they are marked by asking your local authorities.

• Boaters must also recognize the flag designs whichindicate that scuba divers are present and keep wellclear of the area.

• Watch for swimmers. Swimming areas may not bemarked. Steer clear from the area and always re-main alert.

• Distress flags indicate a fellow boater is in need ofassistance.

• Navigation markers serve as a means of identifyingnavigable routes and indicate water hazards. Boat-ers should become familiar with navigation markersand stay within marked boundaries and clear ofhazards.

T - 10 REACTING TO EMERGENCIES

Be prepared to deal with emergencies before they hap-pen. Try to formulate a plan for each type of emergencyin advance so that decisions can be made quickly andwithout hesitation. Precious moments lost can meanthe difference between losing and saving a life.

A. Flooding

If your boat starts taking on water, activate the bilgepump immediately. Make sure all passengers are wear-ing their PFDs. Open the engine compartment, look forthe cause of the flooding. Check all hoses, through hullfittings, seacocks and strainers. If flooding occurs as aresult of collision or grounding damage, call for assis-tance and head for shore if possible.

B. Capsizing and Man Overboard

By far, the largest number of boating fatalities involvecapsizing and falling overboard accidents. By beingprepared ahead of time with an appropriate plan of ac-tion, you can greatly lower your chances and your pas-sengers’ chances of becoming seriously injured.


™

5. Shore up the hole with a spare PFD or bunk cush-ion from your boat.

6. While blocking the hole, trim the boat so that thehole is out of the water.

F. Fire

Most fires are caused by electrical problems or care-less fueling practices. A fire on board your boat is aserious emergency. You must work quickly to imple-ment safety procedures. If a fire occurs, immediatelystop the engine.

1. Make sure all persons aboard are wearing theirPFDs.

2. If the fire is small, attempt to put it out with your fireextinguisher. If the fire is in the engine compart-ment, turn off the bilge blower. Do not open theengine compartment. This feeds oxygen to the fireand may cause it to flare up.

3. If the fire gets out of control, execute a distresssignal and call for help if equipped with a ship-to-shore radio.

4. All persons aboard should jump overboard and swima safe distance away from the flames.

IMPORTANT: All persons aboard should know the lo-cation and proper operation of the fire extinguishers.

Guidelines

• Use only approved marine cooking and heating sys-tems.

• Open flames demand constant attention.

• Keep flammable materials in approved containersin a overboard vented locker sealed from the interiorof the boat.

• Ensure ventilation systems are unobstructed.

• Remove mooring covers before starting engine.

• Check the bilge for fuel leaks.

• Extinguish smoking materials carefully.

• Use special care with flame or high temperaturesaround urethane foam.

C. Capsizing

Wear PFDs or have them readily available at all times. Ifyour boat capsizes, and others were on board, locatethem and guide them to the safety of the hull. Even if theboat floats in an upside-down position, stay with it. Theboat hull is much easier for rescuers to spot than a hu-man head sticking out of the water. DO NOT attempt toswim ashore, it may be further than it looks.

D. Man Overboard

Think through and follow these procedures if someone inyour boat falls overboard.

• Remember, every second counts, you must act fast.

• Move throttles to idle position immediately and yell“MAN OVERBOARD. ”

• Throw some floating object overboard immediately.Keep your required Type IV PFD accessible at alltimes for such an emergency.

• Keep the person in the water in sight at all times.Have a passenger do nothing but watch the person.Do not go into the water to help the victim. Oneperson in the water is enough trouble.

• Circle around quickly, approaching into the wind andwaves. When the person is alongside, put the en-gine in neutral and throw them a Type IV PFD with aline attached or extend a paddle or boat hook withinhis/her reach.

E. Collision

If a serious collision occurs, you should first check thecondition of all passengers aboard, then inspect yourboat to determine the extent of damage.

1. Make sure all persons aboard are wearing their PFDs.

2. If you need help and your boat has a ship-to-shoreradio, first contact the U. S. Coast Guard (VHF Chan-nel 16) or other rescue authorities immediately.

3. Prepare to assist the other vessel unless your pas-sengers and/or boat are in danger.

4. If the bow of the other boat penetrated your boat’shull, prepare to block the opening once the boatsare separated.


™

• Check cleaning products for flammability.

• Ventilate when cleaning or painting.

• Disconnect electrical system from its power sourcebefore performing maintenance.

• Replace breaker or fuse with same amperage de-vice.

• Electrical appliances must be within rated amper-age of boat circuits. Observe the boat carefullywhile the electrical system is being energized.

• Allow only a qualified marine electrician to servicethe boats electrical system.

G. Medical Emergency

Accidents while boating can and may happen. Be pre-pared to handle these emergencies when they happen.Keeping a first aid kit and dry blankets on board canassist during these situations. It is also a good idea tocontact your local Red Cross for information and train-ing on first aid and CPR.

H. Propulsion Failure

Before you call for help regarding an engine or drive unitfailure, it is a good idea to eliminate the possibility ofsimple problems. Turn off the engine and check to seethat (1) there is fuel in the tank; (2) the engine coolingintakes on the outdrive are not clogged; (3) props areclean and free of weeds, netting, etc. ; (4) no hoses areleaking; (5) there is oil in the engine.

Once you have checked out the possibilities listed aboveand find they are not the problem, call for help givingyour position and a detailed description of your boat.

I. Control Failure

In the unlikely event of a shift/throttle failure, shut downthe engine immediately. Carefully check the controlconnections in the engine compartment to see if theyare secure. If not, try to locate the attaching hardwareand reassemble. If that is not possible, try to use what-ever is available such as paper clips, hair clips, tape,etc. , to secure the connections. If a temporary repairis made, return to port at the slowest steerable speedand be prepared to take emergency action should thetemporary repair fail also. Have your dealer make re-pairs before using the boat again.

J. Steering Failure

If a problem with the steering occurs, shut down theengine immediately. Check the connections to the driveunit in the engine compartment. Some boats have apush/pull cable while others will have hydraulic hoseconnections. With cable connections, check the at-taching hardware and tighten it if necessary. If you havehydraulic hose connections, check to see if they areleaking. If so, tighten the connections and check thehydraulic fluid reservoir level. Most stern drives are powerassisted and have their own hydraulic reservoir and en-gine mounted drive pump; check the level of reservoirand drive pump belt. If the steering is not operatingproperly, do not operate the boat and call for assistance.

K. Additional Underway Information

• Always be aware of local laws on noise limits. Noisemeans engine noise, radio noise or even yelling bypeople on your boat. Good seamanship demandsthat you operate your boat quietly so as not to in-fringe on the rights of others. Don't use thru-tran-som exhaust unless you are well off shore.

• You are responsible for any damage or injury causedby your boat's wake. Observe no wake speed zonewarnings. Operate your boat with regard for thesafety of other boats and people in your boatingarea.

• Keep your engine well tuned to decrease exhausthydrocarbon emissions that pollute the air and wa-ter.

T - 11 RETURNING TO SHORE

A. Docking

Always approach the dock slowly. Think before acting.If you are wondering whether your boat will fit in a spaceagainst a dock, remember that pilings are often (but notalways) spaced 10 feet apart.

Remember that it is easier to control a boat in reversebecause a boat steers from the stern. When backinginto a slip, back so that bow swings into the wind ifpossible. You will have more control.

If possible, come in against the wind or current, which-ever is stronger. Approach the dock at a 30-45° angle.As the boat nears the dock, slowly swing parallel to it.Tie the bow line first; then the stern.


™

If wind or current is moving toward the dock, move parallelto the dock further out. Let the wind or current push youin. Tie the stern first, then the bow.

Use extreme caution if wind or current is from your stern.Back in towards the dock slowly at a slight angle withengine in slow reverse. Gently swing parallel. Tie sternfirst, then the bow.

If the weather looks bad, use spring-lines from the bowand stern to dock amidships of the boat. Tie up on thedownwind side of the dock. If the wind is changeable,place fenders over the side between the boat and the dock.

B. Mooring

After you have positioned your boat next to the dock, youmust secure it with mooring lines to keep it in position.Mooring lines must be long enough to secure your boat inany docking situation. For example, the length of thelines for a 16-foot runabout should be at least 15 feet. Aneye splice at the end of each line works well with bow orstern cleats.

The mooring lines you will use most often are the bowline, the stern line, and spring lines as shown on FigureT6. Each line has a specific purpose. The bow line andthe stern line secure your boat’s bow and stern. Thetwo spring lines keep your boat from moving forward orbackward when you are moored alongside a dock.

If you are mooring your boat for a short time, bow andstern lines may be the only lines you will need. If youare mooring your boat for a longer time or the currentsare swift, you should use spring lines. The stern springline leads from the boat’s stern cleat forward to the pil-ing or cleat on the dock. The bow spring line leads fromthe bow cleat aft to the dock.

If you are mooring your boat in a slip, bow and springlines, port and starboard, will keep your boat in posi-tion.

NOTE: If tides are a consideration, be sure to leaveslack in the lines to make up for the rise and fall of thewater while your boat is docked.

Figure T6: Mooring Lines

GlossaryPage 1


™

GLOSSARY

ABAFT - Toward the rear of a boat.

ABEAM - At right angles to the keel of the boat.

ABOARD - On the boat.

ABREAST - Side by side.

ADRIFT - Loose, not on moorings or towline.

AFT - Moving toward the stern, you are going aft.

AGROUND - Stuck fast to the bottom.

AHEAD - In a forward direction.

ALEE - Away from the direction of the wind; opposite ofwindward.

ALOFT - Above the deck.

AMIDSHIPS - 1. An object or area midway between thebow and stern. 2. An object or area midway between theport side and the starboard side of a vessel.

AMPERE - The standard unit used to measure the drawof an electrical current.

ANCHOR RODE OR ROPE - The line (chain) connect-ing a vessel to its anchor.

ANCHOR BALL - A black, circular, day signal hoisted toshow that a vessel is anchored. Replaced at dusk by theanchor light.

ASTERN - Anywhere behind the boat, a reverse direc-tion, opposite of ahead.

ATHWARTSHIPS - A line, or anything else, running per-pendicular to the fore-and-aft center line of a boat.

BATTEN - A strip of wood or metal used to securetarpaulin(s) in place over a hatch. To batten down meansto secure for rough weather.

BEAM - 1. The widest distance across a boat from theoutside skin on one side to the outside skin on the other.2. A transverse structural member that stiffens and sup-ports a portion of the deck.

BEAM WIND - A wind blowing against the side of thevessel, perpendicular to the long axis of the vessel.

BILGE - The lowest interior area of a hull, used to col-lect water that has entered.

BILGE PUMP - A pump intended for removal of spray,rainwater, and the normal accumulation of water due toseepage and spillage; not intended for damage control.

BINNACLE - The stand or support for a magnetic com-pass occasionally used to mean helm.

BITT - A heavy and firmly mounted piece of wood ormetal used for securing lines.

BLOCK - A wooden or metal case enclosing one or morepulleys and having a hook, eye, or strap by which it maybe attached.

BOLLARD - A single post (wood, metal, or concrete) ona dock, pier, or wharf used to secure a vessel’s lines.

BONDING - The electrical connection of exposed me-tallic, non-current carrying components to a commonpoint on the main engine block.

BOW - The front end of the boat.

BOW LINE - A docking line leading from the bow.

BREAKER - A single breaking, plunging or spilling wave.

BREAKER LINE - The outer limit of the surf. However,all breakers may not be in a line. They can occur out-side the breaker line.

BRIDGE - The main vessel control station.

BROACH - The turning of a boat parallel to the waves,subjecting it to possible capsizing.

BULKHEADS - The interior walls of a boat.

BULWARK - The side of a vessel when carried abovethe level of the deck.

BUOY - An anchored float used for marking a positionon the water, a hazard, or a shoal.

GlossaryPage 2


™

CAPSIZE - To turn over.

CAPSTAN - A machine that moves a cylindrical deviceon a shaft for the purpose of hauling up an anchor.

CAST OFF - To let go.

CATAMARAN - A twin-hulled boat, with the hulls beingside-by-side.

CHINE - The intersection of a boat’s bottom and side. Ifthis intersection is rounded, it is a “soft” chine. If theintersection is squared off, it is a “hard” chine.

CHOCK - 1. A fitting or hole in a railing or deck throughwhich a mooring or anchor line is routed. 2. A wedgeused to secure an item in place.

CIRCUIT BREAKER - A device used to interrupt an elec-trical circuit when current flow exceeds a predeterminedlevel.

CLEAT - A double-ended deck fitting to which lines aresecured; usually anvil-shaped.

COAMINGS - Raised lips around cockpits or hatchesused to keep water from entering

COCKPIT - An exposed deck area (usually aft) that issubstantially lower than the adjacent deck.

COMBER - A wave on the point of breaking. A comberhas a thin line of white water on its crest, known as “feath-ering.”

COMPANIONWAY - The steps or ladder leading down-ward from a deck.

COMPARTMENTS - Rooms divided by bulkheads.

COUNTER - The overhang at the stern of a boat.

CRADLE - A framework, generally made of wood, usedto support a boat when it is out of the water.

CREST - The top of a wave, breaker or swell.

CUDDY - A small sheltered cabin in a boat.

CURRENT -1. The movement of water, 2. The flow ofelectrical charge.

DEAD AHEAD - Directly in front of the boat.

DEAD RECKONING - A plot of courses steered and dis-tances traveled through the water.

DECK - A permanent covering over a compartment, hullor any part thereof.

DINGHY - A small, open boat used for ship to shoretransportation.

DISPLACEMENT - The weight of water dislocated bythe hull of a vessel.

DISPLACEMENT HULL - A hull that “displaces” a vol-ume of water equal to the weight of the boat. A hulldesigned to run in the water rather than on top of thewater. When a displacement hull moves through thewater, it pushes that water out of the way. Water willthen flow around the hull and fill the “hole” the boat leavesastern.

DOCUMENTED VESSEL - Documented yachts havebeen specially registered with the U.S. Coast Guard. Alldocumented yachts must have their name and home(hailing) port marked on some conspicuous place on thehull. Numbering is not required. Advantages includelegal authority to fly the yacht ensign, privilege of record-ing bills of sale, and other instruments of title with fed-eral officials, and preferred status for mortgages. Docu-mentation does not exempt the unit from any State orFederal taxes. All safety and equipment regulations stillapply.

DOLPHIN - A group of piles driven close together andbound with wire cables into a single structure.

DRAFT - 1. The depth of a boat from the actual waterline to the bottom of the lowest part of the boat (e.g., thepropeller tip or rudder). 2. The depth of water necessaryto float a boat.

DROGUE - Any device streamed astern to check avessel’s speed, or to keep its stern up to the waves in afollowing sea.

DYE MARKER - A brightly colored chemical that spreadswhen released into water; normally used to attract atten-tion.

EBB TIDE - A receding tide.

EVEN KEEL - To be floating evenly without listing to ei-ther side.

GlossaryPage 3


™

EXHAUST SYSTEM - The means by which the hot en-gine (or generator) exhaust gases are moved from theengine to an outboard port and then released into atmo-sphere.

EYE SPLICE - A permanent loop spliced in the end of aline.

FAST - Said of an object that is secured to another.

FATHOM - Six feet.

FENDER - A device (usually constructed of rubber orplastic) positioned so as to absorb the impact betweenvessels or dock.

FETCH - The unobstructed distance that the wind canblow over the water to create waves.

FLARE - 1. Outboard curve of the hull as it comes up theside from the waterline; the reverse of tumble home. 2.A pyrotechnic device used for emergency signaling.

FLAT - A small deck that is built below decks, specifi-cally to support a piece of equipment.

FLEMISH - To coil down a line or rope on deck in a flat,circular, concentric arrangement.

FLOTSAM - Floating wreckage, trash or debris.

FLUKE - The palm of an anchor.

FOAM CREST - The top of the foaming water that speedstoward the beach after a wave has broken, commonlyreferred to as “white water.”

FOLLOWING SEA - A sea (waves) moving in the samedirection as a vessel.

FORE-AND-AFT - A line, or anything else, that runs par-allel to the longitudinal center line of a boat.

FOREFOOT - The portion of a vessel’s keel that curvesupward to meet the stem.

FOREPEAK - A compartment in the bow of a boat.

FORWARD - Toward the bow.

FREEBOARD - The minimum vertical distance from thesurface of the water to the gunwale.

FREQUENCY - The number of crests passing a fixedpoint at a given time.

FRONTS - Where opposing warm and cold air massesmeet, generally producing a band of wet, stormy weatherwherever they meet.

GALLEY - The kitchen area of a boat.

GALVANIC CORROSION - A potential electrical differ-ence exists between dissimilar metals immersed in aconductive solution (e.g., salt water). If these metalstouch or are otherwise electrically connected, this po-tential difference produces an electron flow betweenthem. The attack on the less corrosion resistant metal isusually increased and the attack on the more resistantmetal is decreased, as compared to when these metalsare not touching.

GANGWAY - The area of a ship’s side where peopleboard and disembark.

GASKET - A strip of sealing material, usually rubber, setalong the edge of a water or gas tight door, port, cover orhatch.

GELCOAT - The thin outer layer of pigmented plasticcovering a fiberglass vessel.

GLAND - The movable part of a stuffing box, which whentightened, compresses the packing.

GROUND - Electrical term meaning the electrical po-tential of the earth’s surface, which is zero.

GROUND SPEED - A vessel’s speed made good overthe earth’s surface along a course or track.

GROUND TACKLE - The anchor, anchor rodes, andother fittings that are used to secure a vessel at anchoror dockside.

GUNWALE - 1. The line where the upper deck and thehull meet. 2. The upper edge of a boat’s side.

HALYARD - A line used to hoist a flag or pennant.

HATCHES - Cover on hatchways.

HATCHWAYS - Access ways through decks.

HARDTOP - A permanent cover over the cabin or cock-pit.

GlossaryPage 4


™

HAWSER - A heavy rope or cable used for mooring ortowing.

HEAD - A toilet or lavatory area.

HEADING - The direction that a vessel is going with ref-erence to true, magnetic, or compass north.

HEADWAY - The forward motion of a vessel through thewater.

HEAVE TO - To bring a vessel up in a position where itwill maintain little or no headway, usually with the bowinto the wind.

HEAVY WEATHER - Stormy weather with high seas andstrong winds.

HEEL - To tip to one side.

HELM - The wheel or tiller that manually controls theboat’s steering system.

HELMSMAN - The individual steering the vessel.

HIGHS - A center of pressure surrounded by lower pres-sure on all sides. Caused by a mass of cooler, sinking,drier air. This raises the area ground level air pressureand provides clear skies.

HULL - The main body of a boat.

INBOARD - 1. From either the port or starboard side ofa boat toward the fore-and-aft centerline of a boat. 2.The dock side of a moored boat.

INLAND RULES - Nautical “Rules-of-the-Road” that ap-ply in U.S. lakes, rivers, and coastal waters.

INTERNATIONAL RULES - Nautical “Rules-of-the-Road”that are in effect by international agreement to the highseas.

ISOBARS - Lines of equal air pressure that connect allthe local points on a weather map. These lines are usu-ally closed and define high or low pressure air masses.

ISOTHERMS - Isotherms are lines that are similar toIsobars except that Isotherms connect all the points thatare of equal temperature.

JETSAM - Refuse that sinks when discharged overboard.

KEDGE(S) - One or more anchors set out from agrounded vessel, usually astern, to 1) keep it from beingdriven further aground and 2) to aid in refloating.

KEEL - 1. The centerline of a boat hull bottom runningfore and aft, 2. The backbone of a vessel.

KNOT - 1. A maritime unit of speed equal to one nauticalmile per hour (6076 feet). 2. A term for hitches and bends.

LANYARD - A short line made fast to an object to secureit.

LATITUDE - The measure of angular distance in degrees,minutes, and seconds, north or south of the equator.

LAZARETTE - Storage compartment in the deck at thestern.

LEADLINE - A weighted line used to take depth mea-surements.

LEE - The direction opposite that of the wind.

LEEWARD - Away from the wind.

LIST - A vessel that inclines to port or starboard.

LORAN - Long Range Navigation. An electronic systemwhereby a navigator can determine position regardlessof weather.

LONGITUDINAL - Running lengthwise.

LOWS - A region of low atmospheric pressure. Hurri-canes are extremely concentrated low pressure systems.

LUBBER LINE - A mark or line on the compass parallelto the keel indicating forward.

MAST - A spar that is set upright to support lighting, rig-ging, or sails.

MOORING - An arrangement for securing a boat to amooring buoy or pier.

NAVIGATION LIGHTS - A set of red and green or whitelights which must be shown by all vessels between duskand dawn.

OVERHEAD - A ceiling or roof of a vessel.

OVERBOARD - Over the side of the boat.

GlossaryPage 5


™

OUTBOARD - 1. From the fore-and-aft centerline of aboat toward both the port and starboard sides. 2. Theseaward side of a moored boat. 3. An engine that ismounted externally onto the transom of a boat.

PAINTER - A line to the bow of a small boat used formaking fast.

PASSAGEWAY - A corridor or hallway aboard ship.

PENNANT - The line by which a boat is made fast to amooring buoy; also pendant.

PERSONAL FLOATATION DEVICE (PFD) - A life pre-server.

PIER - A loading platform that extends at an angle fromthe shore.

PILASTER - A rectangular structural support column thatis an extension of the port and starboard aft cabin sidesand which supports the hardtop and flybridge.

PILING - Support, or protection for wharves, piers, etc.

PITCH - 1. The vertical (up and down) motion of a bowin a seaway, about the athwartships axis. 2. The axialadvance of a propeller during one complete revolution.

PITCHPOLING - A boat being thrown end-over-end.

PLANING HULL - At slow speeds, a planing hull will dis-place water in the same manner as a displacement hull.As speed is increased, the hull provides a lifting effectup onto the surface of the water.

POINT - One of 32 points of the compass that is equal to11-1/4 degrees.

PORT - 1. Looking forward, the left side of a boat, 2. Aharbor, 3. An opening for light or ventilation or passageof material in the side of a boat.

PORT BEAM - The left-center of a boat.

PORT BOW - Facing the bow, the front left side.

PORT QUARTER - Looking forward, a vessel’s left rearsection.

QUARTER - The sides of a boat aft of amidships.

QUARTERING SEA - Sea coming on a boat’s quarter.

RED-RIGHT-RETURNING - A term for helmsmen thatbuoys and day markers are on the right when returningfrom seaward.

REEF - A shallow underwater barrier.

REEVE - To pass a line through a block or other open-ing.

RIDGES - High pressure fingers extending out from ahigh.

RODE - The anchor line or chain.

RUNNING LIGHTS - Lights required to be shown onboats underway between sundown and sunup.

RUDDER - A vertical plate for steering a boat.

SALON - The main social cabin on a vessel, usually thelargest area, occasionally referred to as the deckhouse.

SCREW - A propeller.

SCUPPER - A drain from the edge of a deck that dis-charges overboard.

SEACOCK - A positive action shut-off valve connecteddirectly to the hull seawater intake and discharge piping.

SERIES - A group of waves which seem to travel to-gether and at about the same speed.

SHACKLE - A “U” shaped connector with a pin or boltacross the open end.

SHAFT - The long, round member that connects the en-gine or transmission to the propeller.

SHAFT LOG - A fitting at the hull bottom where the shaftconnecting an engine to its propeller penetrates the hull.A shaft log permits the shaft to rotate while simultaneouslypreventing water from entering the hull.

SHEER - The top of the hull’s curvature at the deck linefrom the bow to the stern.

SHEER STRAKE - The upper edge of the hull, immedi-ately below the deck.

SHEET BEND - A knot used to join tow ropes.

SHOAL - An area of shallow water.

GlossaryPage 6


™

SILENCER - A baffled chamber installed in an exhaustsystem to reduce the noise.

SOLE - Term for deck, cabin or cockpit floor.

SPAR - A general term for booms, masts, yards etc.SPRING LINE - A pivot line used in docking, undocking,or to prevent the boat from moving forward or asternwhile made fast to a dock.

STARBOARD - Looking forward, the right side of a boat.

STARBOARD BEAM - The right-center of a boat.

STARBOARD BOW - When facing the bow, the frontright side.

STARBOARD QUARTER - When looking forward, theright rear section of the boat.

STEERAGEWAY - The lowest speed at which a vesselcan be controlled by the steering wheel.

STEM - The leading edge of a boat’s hull.

STERN - The back of a boat.

STRINGER - A fore and aft continuous member used toprovide a vessel longitudinal strength.

STRUT - A propeller shaft support that is below the hull.

SUMP - A pit or well into which water is drained.

SUPERSTRUCTURE - Deck houses and other struc-tures extending above the deck.

THWART - A seat or brace running laterally across aboat.

THWARTSHIPS - At right angles to the centerline.

TILLER - A bar or handle for turning a boat’s rudder, ormotor.

TOPSIDE - To go up to the top deck.

TRANSOM - The stern cross-section of a square sternedboat.

TRANSVERSE - Across the vessel; athwartships.

TRIM - Fore and aft balance of a boat.

TROUGH - 1. The valley that exists between waves. 2.A trough is the opposite of a ridge in that it is an elon-gated low-pressure area extending out from a low. Atrough normally indicates unsettled weather.

TUMBLE HOME - The opposite of flare. The shape ofthe hull as it moves outboard going down from the gun-wale to the waterline or chine.

UNDERWAY - Movement. Usually referring to a vesselproceeding forward.

V-BOTTOM - A hull with the bottom section in the shapeof a “V.”

V DRIVE - A drive system that has the output of the en-gine facing forward and coupled to a transmission. Theprop shaft is then coupled to the transmission.

WAKE - Moving waves, track or path that a boat leavesbehind it when moving across the water.

WATER LINE - The line of the water on the hull whenthe vessel is afloat.

WATCH - A 4 hour duty period while at sea.

WAVES - Waves are periodic disturbances of the sea’ssurface, caused by wind, seaquakes, and the gravita-tional pull of the moon and the sun.

WAVE GRADIENT - A wave’s slope or angle from troughto crest with respect to the horizon.

WAVE HEIGHT - From the bottom of a wave’s trough tothe top of the crest.

WEATHER DECK - A deck with no overhead protection.

WET EXHAUST - This term refers to an exhaust sys-tem where the cooling seawater is mixed with the ex-haust gases just after the riser. This mixture is thenejected through the drive or ports located in the transomor hull sides.

WHARF - A man-made structure bounding the edge ofa dock and built along the shoreline.

WHIPPING - The act of wrapping the end of a piece ofrope with small line, tape or plastic to prevent it fromfraying.

WINDLASS - A device used to raise and lower the an-chor.

GlossaryPage 7


™

WINDWARD - Toward the direction from which the windis coming.

YAW - 1. To swing off course, as when due to the impactof a following or quartering sea. 2. Any motion about avertical axis.

Float PlanPage 1


™

FLOAT PLANCopy this page and fill out before going boating. Leave the completed copy with a reliableperson who can be depended upon to notify the Coast Guard, or other rescue organization,should you not return as scheduled. DO NOT file this plan with the Coast Guard.

Name ________________________________________________ Telephone ______________________________

Description of Boat __________________________ Type _________ Color ____________ Trim ____________

Registration Number ___________________________________________________________________________

Length ___________________ Name __________________________ Make ____________________________

Four Winns® Hull Identification Number ___________________________________________________

Other Information _____________________________________________________________________________

Persons Aboard: Name Age Address Telephone

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________________________________

Engine Type ___________________________________ HP ________________________________________

Number of Engines _______________________________ Fuel Capacity ________________________________

Survival Equipment:

PFDs __________________________ Flares ______________________ Mirror __________________________

Smoke Signals _________________ Flashlight ___________________ Food ___________________________

Paddles _______________________ Water ______________________ Anchor _________________________

Raft or Dinghy __________________ EPIRB ______________________ Sea Anchor _____________________

Navigation Equipment:

Compass ____________________ Loran ________________ GPS ______________ Radar ________________

Radio: Yes ________ No ________ Type ______________________ Frequency _________________________

Phone: Yes _______ No ________ Phone Number ________________________________________________

Destination ____________________________________ Estimated Time of Arrival ________________________

Expected to Return By ___________________________________________

AutoType ______________________License No. ______________ Where _______________________________

If not returned by ________________________call the Coast Guard, or ________________________________ Local Marine Authority

Coast Guard Telephone Number: ________________________________________________________________

Local Marine Authority Telephone Number: _______________________________________________________

Fuel LogPage 1


™

FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Fuel LogSundowner™ Owner’s Manual

™

Page 2

FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Fuel LogPage 3


™

FUEL LOG

ETADSRUOH

NURLEUF).LAG(

EGNAR)SELIM(

MPR HPM HPG

Service LogPage 1


™

SERVICE LOG

ETAD SRUOH DEMROFREPECNANETNIAM

Service LogPage 2


™

SERVICE LOG


Service LogPage 3


™

SERVICE LOG


Service InformationPage 1


™

SERVICE INFORMATION

LEDOMTAOB

REBMUNNOITACIFITNEDILLUH

LEDOMENIGNE

)S(REBMUNLAIRESENIGNE

LEDOMEVIRD

)S(REBMUNLAIRESEVIRD

RETEMAIDRELLEPORP

HCTIPRELLEPORP

)S(REBMUNTRAPRELLEPORP

REBMUNRETLIFLIO

ROLOCTAOB

ROLOCYRETSLOHPUTIPKCOC

ROLOCYRETSLOHPUNIBAC

YTICAPACLEUF

EGASURH/NOLLAG.GVADETAMITSE:LEUF

)S(REBMUNYEKNOITINGI

REBMUNYEKXOBEVOLG

REBMUNYEKYAWNOINAPMOC

LEDOMRELIART

ROLOCRELIART

REBMUNLAIRESRELIART

RERUTCAFUNAM&EZISERITRELIART

RELAEDGNILLES

SSERDDA

ETATS&YTIC

REBMUNENOHP

SUOENALLECSIM

Locator DrawingPage 1

™


SUNDOWNER LOCATOR DRAWING(Note: Representative Location Only - availability and locations may vary on certain models.)

Electrical SchematicsPage 1

™


Galvanic Isolator Installation

NOITPIRCSED #TRAP YTITNAUQ

3342#tseuGpmA03,rotalosIcinavlaG 9431-820 AE1

SMSHTP"4/3x01#,wercS 3300-080 AE4

"42,rotalosIcinavlaG,ylbmessAssenraH 7391-720 AE1

™

COMMON WIRINGCLARION STEREO ADAPTER

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 1Electrical Schematics

41

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPCLARION

FUNCTION

4157STEREO ADAPTORCLARION STEREO

DESCRIPTION

PIN,UMNL,18-14PIN,UMNL,24-18RECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTCLARION STEREO PLUG ASSY

PART NUMBER

028-0390028-1036028-0445027-2441

ITEM

J04S01

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTQUANTITY

3811

STEREO RET 1

STEREO 2STEREO SWITCH 3

LEFT FRONT SPKR 4

LEFT FRONT SPKR RET 5

LEFT REAR SPKR 6

LEFT REAR SPKR RET 7

RIGHT FRONT SPKR 8

RIGHT FRONT SPKR RET 9

RIGHT REAR SPKR 10

RIGHT REAR SPKR RET 11

AMP SWITCH 12

BLK

YEL

RED

WHT

WHT/BLK

GRN

GRN/BLK

GRA

GRA/BLK

PUR

PUR/BLK

BLU/WHT

J04STEREO12P

S01CLARION STEREO HARNESS

™

Electrical Schematics

P41COMPASS

J41COMPASS

42

BLU

BLK 14AWG

J41COMPASS2S

1

2BLU

BLK 14AWG

P41COMPASS2P 41

1

2

P40DEPTH

J40DEPTH

42

EA01ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU

EA01ENGINE ALARM

6

M01DEPTHSOUNDER

65432

1

7

6

16

GNDBLK 14AWG

SIG

PUR

GRA

ENGINE ALARM

FUEL LEVEL

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

WATER TEMPERATURE

TACHOMETER

DASH LIGHTS

SW IGN POWER

DASH RET 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

BLK 14AWG

PUR

BLU

GRA

TAN

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

PNK

J01INSTRUMENTS9S

LT-BLK 14AWG

1

3

5 M054 IN 1

4

7

M03TACHOMETER

LT

BATT

M04SPEEDOMETER

M02TRIM POSITION

S

LT

GND

I

LT BLUE

TAN

BLU

PURBLK 14AWG

BLU

PUR

BLK 14AWG

BLU

PUR/WHT

6PNK

SCALE:DATE:DRAWN:SIZE:

PANEL ASSEMBLY,GAUGE,214/234/264/205/225 BURL

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .062 PLCS +/-

CADILLAC,MI 49601905 FRISBIE STREET

616-779-2331JJW 3/10/03 NTS

- PRODUCTION RELEASE

6

J01INSTRUMENTS

M06COMPASS

BLULT

2

34

5

1GND

S

I

BATGND

SIG FUELOILGND

TEMPN/C

BATT

LIGHT

08

08

08

08

08

08

02

02

75

08

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

2

1

41

P40DEPTH2P

BLK 14AWG

PUR2

1

J40DEPTH2S

BLK 14AWG

PUR

42

- - 19340

XX

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. ALL WIRES 16AWG UNLESS INDICATED

6 DIMENSION SHOWN IS FROM EDGE OF PANEL.

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTITEM

J01J40J41P40P41M01M02M03M04M05M06EA01

FUNCTION

0208414275-INSTRUMENTSDEPTH COMPASSDEPTHCOMPASS - - - - - - -

QUANTITY

4124131111111111111REF

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPMOLEX-AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIARICHIE-

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390028-0454028-1822025-2938028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0447028-0447028-1748024-0529024-0526024-0523024-0524065-1369

DESCRIPTION

RECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,16-14TERMINAL,RING,PG,#8, 16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14PANEL,BLANK,INSTR, BURLRECEPT,UMNL, 9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2 CKTDEPTH GAUGE FARIA #DS0109TRIM POSITION FARIA #GP7766TACH 6000 W/HOUR FARIA #TC9395SPEEDOMETER FARIA #SE99724 IN 1 W/FUEL FARIA #GF0223COMPASSENGINE ALARM

M01DEPTH SOUNDER

025-2938PANEL, BLANK, GAUGE, 214/234FS BURL "02"

M02TRIM POSITION

M06COMPASS

M04SPEEDOMETER

M03TACHOMETER

M054 IN 1

205/225 SUNDOWNERINSTRUMENT GAUGE

PANEL ASSEMBLYPage 1

™

--

42

08

08

08

08

08

08

75

02

02

08

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

P40DEPTH

J40DEPTH

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. ALL WIRES 16AWG UNLESS INDICATED

6 DIMENSION SHOWN IS FROM EDGE OF PANEL.

XX


J01J02P02M01M02M03M04M05M06EA01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0390028-0454028-1822025-2938028-0443028-0441028-0447028-1748024-0529024-0526024-0523024-0524024-0517 -

QUANTITY

41221111111111111REF

DESCRIPTION

RECEPTACLE,FASTON,.250,16-14TERMINAL,RING,PG,#8, 16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14PANEL,BLANK,INSTR, BURLRECEPT,UMNL, 9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 2 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2 CKTDEPTH GAUGE #DS0109TRIM POSITION GAUGE #GP7766TACH 6000 W/HOUR #TCH239SPEEDOMETER 65MPH #SE99724 IN 1 W/FUEL #GF0223BLANK, #BL 9127ENGINE ALARM

FUNCTION

0208414275-INSTRUMENTSDEPTH DEPTH - - - - - - -

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPMOLEX-AMPAMPAMP FARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA -

PRODUCTION RELEASE-

616-779-2331

905 FRISBIE STREETCADILLAC,MI 49601

2 PLCS +/- .06FRACT +/- 1/16

TOLERANCES: TITLE: PANEL ASSEMBLY,GAUGE,245S

19353

LIGHT

BATT

N/C TEMPGND

OIL FUELSIG

GNDBAT

I

S

GND 1

5

4 3

2LT

BLU

J01INSTRUMENTS

6

PNK 6

PUR/WHT

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR

BLU

TAN

LT BLUE

I

GND

LT

S

M02TRIM POSITION

M04SPEEDOMETER

BATT

LT

M03TACHOMETER

7

4

M054 IN 1

5

3

1

BLK 14AWGLT-

J01INSTRUMENTS9S

PNK

PUR/WHT

LT BLU

TAN

GRA

BLU

PUR

BLK 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1DASH RET

SW IGN POWER

DASH LIGHTS

TACHOMETER

WATER TEMPERATURE

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM POSITION

FUEL LEVEL

ENGINE ALARM

GRA

PUR

SIG

BLK 14AWGGND

16

6

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

BLK 14AWG

PUR M01DEPTH SOUNDER

6

EA01ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU EA01ENGINE ALARM

P02DEPTH2P 41

1

2PUR

BLK 14AWG

J02DEPTH2S

1

2

42

M054 IN 1

M03TACHOMETER

M04SPEEDOMETER

M06BLANK

M02TRIM POSITION

025-2938PANEL, BLANK, GAUGE, 214/234FS BURL "02"

M01DEPTH SOUNDER


245 SUNDOWNERINSTRUMENT GAUGE


™

7

IB

SA

S09PORT IGNITION

IB

SYEL/RED

RED/PUR 14AWG

CB01PORT IGNITION

15RED/PUR 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

9

YEL 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL/RED

P08PORT IGN PANEL9P

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

R2612V RECEPTACLE

ORN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK

YEL 14AWG

S08BLOWER

3

7

2

IGNITION

BLOWER

BLOWER IN

IGN BREAKER IN

IGN BREAKER

IGN IN

START

12V ACC

PANEL RET

RED/PUR 14AWG

BLK

ORN/YEL 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

7

4

5

63

2

1

16

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE WRAP AT BREAKOUTS AND/OR EVERY 3".5. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.6. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

7. DIMENSION IS SHOWN FROM THE EDGE OF THE PANEL.


P08R26S08CB01S09

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0454025-2921028-0449

028-0457028-0467028-1286

QUANTITY

109111111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, IGNI/SW PORTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,12V AFISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIICKT BREAKER, 15ASWITCH, IGNITION, I/O

FUNCTION

0241

PORT IGN PANEL12V RECEPTACLEBLOWERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION SWITCH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPAFICARL SWMPGENERAL

FUNCTION

12V ACC RET12V ACCSTARTIGN POWERIGN BREAKER INIGN BREAKERBLOWER INBLOWERIGNITIONBLOWER SW LT RET

SECOND

R26R26S10S10CB01CB01S08S08S10S08

NOTE

SA

NOTE

SA

TERM

02020202020202020202

TERM

41414141414141414102

PIN

NEGPOSSTARTBATTLINELOAD23IGN7

PIN

123456789NEG

FIRST

P08P08P08P08P08P08P08P08P08R26

GA

14141614141414141414

COLOR

BLKORN/REDYEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURORN/YELYELPURBLK

FOUR WINNS WIRE LIST

P08PORT IGN PANEL9P

025-2921PANEL, BLANK, IGN/SW PORT214/234FS BURL "02"

S08BLOWER

S09IGNITION

CBO1IGN BREAKER

R2612V ACC

205/225/245 SUNDOWNERPORT SIDE IGNITION/SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLYPage 3Electrical Schematics

™

A

3

6

6

P07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS9P

RED/BLU

PANEL RET

12V ACC

HORN13

14

15

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTCOLOR

ORN/YELORN/GRAGRA/GRNORN/PURORN/TANRED/BLUORNRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURYEL/REDORN/WHTWHT/ORNORN/REDORN/REDBLKBLKYELPURBRN/ORNBRN/REDGRA/BLUBLUGRA/BRNRED/GRARED/TANRED/GRARED/TANORN/REDBLKBLKBLKBLKBLKBLK

GA

1416161616161414141416161614141414141416161616161616161614141414141414

FIRST

J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J06J08J08P07P07P07P07P07P07P07S04S04S04R25S06S05S04S03S02

PIN

1234567891011121314141515892345789415NEG77277

PIN

7532232654323251NEG16234334136POS772777

TERM

4242424242424242424242424242424242424241414141414141020202020202020202

TERM

4202020202020242424242020242024202414102020202020202020202020202020202

NOTE

SASASBSB

SESFSDSGSHSISJSKSL

NOTE

SC

SD

SG

SC

SESF

SHSISJSKSL

SECOND

J08S03S03S01S06S06S02J08J08J08J08S07S07J08S04J08R25P07P07S05S05S03S03S01S04S04S04S04R25S06S05S04S03S02S01

FUNCTION

BLOWER INNAV/ANC LTS INNAV LTSCOCKPIT LTS INWIPER INWIPER RUNDOCKING LTS INIGN BREAKER INIGN BREAKERIGN INSTARTHORN INHORN12V ACCENGINE HATCH INPANEL RETPANEL RETBLOWERIGNBILGE INBILGE OUTANCHOR LTDASH LTCOCKPIT LTENGINE HATCH DOWNENGINE HATCH UPENGINE HATCH SWENGINE HATCH SW12V ACC SW LT RETSW LT RETSW LT RETSW LT RETSW LT RETSW LT RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP

AMPAMPAMPAFICARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SW

FUNCTION

024142

SWITCH/HELMPORT IGN PANELSWTICH/AFT12V RECEPTACLECOCKPIT LTSDOCKING LIGHTSNAV/ANC LTSENGINE HATCHBILGE PUMPWIPERHORN

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK, IGNI/SW STBDRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL, 9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,12V AFISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,DPDT,CONT III SWITCH,DPDT,(MOM) CONT IIISWITCH,SPST, CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,(MOM) CONT III

QUANTITY

28915111111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454025-2923028-0452028-0443028-0449

028-0457028-0457028-0504028-0460028-0457028-0457028-0456

ITEM

J06J08P07R25S01S02S03S04S05S06S07

FOUR WINNS PARTS LIST

12 7

BLK

14AW

GBL

K 14

AWG

BLK

14AW

G

HORN IN

RED/PUR 14AWGIGN BREAKER9

ORN/TAN

IGN INRED/PUR 14AWG

RED/BLU

ORN 14AWG

10

11

12

8

ORN/PUR

7

GRA/GRN

6

ORN/GRA

5

4

3

2

1 BLOWER INORN/YEL 14AWG

WIPER IN

WIPER RUN

DOCKING LTS IN

COCKPIT LTS IN

NAV LTS

NAV/ANC LTS IN

IGN BREAKER INRED/PUR 14AWG

START

J06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15S

7 3

2

54

6

1

ORN/GRA

GRA/BLU

BLU

GRA/BLU

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

36

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

ORN/

GRA GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

GRA/BLU

S03NAV/ANC 1

6

45

2

37

GRA/ORN

ORN 14AWG

S02DOCKING LIGHTS

3

7

2

J08PORT IGN PANEL9S

J06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15S

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE WRAP AT BREAKOUTS AND/OR EVERY 3".5. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.6. SA-SZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.


7

4

5

63

2

1

WHT/ORN

ORN/WHT

S07HORN

32

BLK

14AW

G

ORN/TAN

S06WIPER

3

7

2

BRN/ORN

BLK

14AW

G

BRN/REDS05BILGE

3

7

2

COCKPIT LT

BILGE IN

BILGE OUT

ANC LT

DASH LT

IGNITION

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE HATCH UP

P07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS9P

YEL 14AWGBLOWER 1

BRN/ORN2

BRN/RED3

GRA/BLU4

BLU5

PUR 14AWG6

GRA/BRN7

8

9

2

7

3S01COCKPIT LIGHTS

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWGWHT/ORN

ORN/WHT

YEL/RED

3

2

54

6

1

RED/GRA

RED/GRA

RED/TAN

ORN/RED 14AWG

5

2

S04ENGINE HATCH

BLK

14AW

G

RED/GRA

RED/TAN

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

PANEL RET

12V ACC

START

IGN IN

IGN BREAKER

IGN BREAKER IN

BLOWER IN

BLOWER

IGNITION

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

YEL/RED

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

J08PORT IGN PANEL9S

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWGR2512V RECEPTACLE

BLK 14AWG

S07HORN

S04ENGINE HATCH

S05BILGE PUMP

S06WIPERS

S01COCKPIT LTS

S02DOCKING LTS

S03NAV/ANC LTS

R2512V ACC

Electrical Schematics Page 4

205/225/245 SUNDOWNERSTBD SIDE IGNITION/SWITCH

PANEL ASSEMBLY

™

P30TRIM TABS9P

C

C

ORN

14AW

G

ORN 14AWG

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S21STBD TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/YEL

WHT/YEL

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S20PORT TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

TAB DOWN

TAB UP

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB POWER1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ORN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BRN 14AWG

PORT TAB SELECTWHT/YEL


P30S20S21

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2185028-0449028-0460028-0460

QUANTITY

34281111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TRIM TABSPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT IIISWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT III

FUNCTION

0242BLANK PANELTRIM TABSPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPCARL SWCARL SW

FUNCTION

TAB POWERPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECTTAB UPTAB DOWN

TAB POWERTAB POWERTAB DOWNTAB UPPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

SECOND

S21S20S21S21S21S20S21S21S21S21S20S21

NOTE

SASDSESFSG

SBSA

NOTE

SCSCSBSGSFSDSE

TERM

020202020202020202020202

TERM

414141414102020202020202

PIN

533462256411

PIN

123455526433

FIRST

P30P30P30P30P30S20S20S21S20S20S20S21

GA

141616141414141414141616

COLOR

ORNWHT/YELWHT/BLKWHT/PNKWHT/BRNORNORNONRWHT/BRNWHT/PNKWHT/YELWHT/BLK

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTREVISIONLEVEL

-

A

B


TRIM TABSPANEL ASSEMBLY

REAR PANEL VIEW

P30TRIM TABS

1

2

3 6

5

4 1

2

3 6

5

4

12 7

S20PORT TAB

S21STBD TAB

™

02

41

02

02

42

42

42

41

41

41

41

42

02

6302 6302

BLK

ADDED SPADE TERMINAL DESCRIPTIONS184279/3/02JJWB

A BW 7/23/02 ADDED CABIN LT,DOCKING LT 36" WAS 12"18230

22P14CABIN LT

12

ORN/WHT

LS03HORN

BLK

ORN/WHT 17839

EN #

PRODUCTION RELEASE4/19/02BW

ORN/PUR

RETURN

HORN

C/O MONITOR 10

11

12

J03C/O MONITOR2S

21

ORN/PURBLK

1

2

NOT USED

BLK

BLU/RED

P09AFT LIGHTS2P

BLK

BLU/RED

P13FWD PORT CTSY LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

P12FWD STBD CTSY LT2P

1

2BLK

BLU/RED

BLK

RETURN

CABIN LIGHT

BOW LIGHT RET

BOW LIGHT

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

9

8

7

6

5

2

1

4

3

P08FWD SYSTEMS12P

RED

GRN

BLK/GRN

BLK/RED

BLK

GRA/GRN

GRA/GRN

J04BOW LIGHT2S

LS01FWD PORTSPEAKER

LS02FWD STBDSPEAKER

6

P09AFT LIGHTS

24

8

P13FWD PORT CTSY LT

P12FWD STBDCTSY LT

8

8

40

8

18

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

LS03HORN

5096P08FWD SYSTEMS

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP- - ----

FUNCTION

02414363FWD SYSTEMSAFT LIGHTFWD STBD CTSY LTFWD PORT CTSY LTDOCKING LTSDOCKING LTSC/O MONITORBOW LIGHTCABIN LTFWD PORT SPKRFWD STBD SPKRHORNNAV LIGHTRETURN BUSS DOCKING LTS

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,16-14RECEPT,FASTON,.205,18-14PLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERHORNLIGHT,NAV,2 MILETERMINAL BLOCKSWITCH

QUANTITY

61982111111111REFREFREFREFREFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390028-0454028-1288028-0451028-0447028-0161028-0161028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0161--- - --

ITEM

--- - P08P09P12P13J01J02J03J04P14LS01LS02LS03LT01TB01S03


REVISIONS

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITED

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.

616-779-2331


3 PLCS +/- .020ANG +/- .5˚

2 PLCS +/- .06FRACT +/- 1/16

TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,FORWARD SYSTEMS,205/225/245S

SIZE:

C

DRAWN: DATE: SHEET: OF:

CHECKED: DATE:

SCALE:

APPROVED: DATE:

DWG NUMBER:

4/18/02 1

027-2285

DESCRIPTION DATE REVISED BY

REVISION LEVEL

JJW N.T.S.

J01STBD DOCKING LIGHT

J03C/O MONITOR

J04BOW LIGHT

J02PORT DOCKING LIGHT

18

24 12

12

18

1

2ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

J01STBD DOCKING LT2S

1

2ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

J02PORT DOCKING LT2S

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

BLK14AWGTB01HELM RET

S03DOCKINGLTS SW DOCKING LIGHTS

36

P14CABIN LIGHT2P

BLU/REDBLK

2

1

2

1

2

1

XX

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. ALL WIRES 16AWG UNLESS INDICATED.

C JJW 6/4/03 19964 SPEAKER TERMINALS TO .250 AND .205.

A

C

C

C

A

C

TB01 S03


205/225/245 SUNDOWNERFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY

™

3

3

S08BLOWER SW LT RET

28

J13FIREBOY2S

YEL/BLK

FIREBOY RET

FIREBOY

1

2

J13FIREBOY2S

PUR/BLK

YEL/BLK

PUR/BLK S07IGNITION

8

COURTESY LT 1

COURTESY LT RET2

J11COURTESY LT2S

GRA/BRN

BLK

J11COURTESY LT2S

28

BLKWHT/ORN

2

1

TRIM LIMIT SW

FIREBOY

NOT USED15

14

13

23 J17NEUTRAL SAFETY

3

3

P05POWER TRIM

P11ESS

S08BLOWER SW LT RET

YEL/BLK

S07IGNITION

25

10A

ORN/BRN

F11WATER PUMP

ORN/BRN

J18HELM POWER2S

6

GRA/BRN

2

1

J18HELM POWER2S

GRA/BRNWATER PUMP

FWD COCKPIT LTS

5A

RED/BLU

ORN/TAN

WIPER PARKRED/LT BLU

4

3

WIPER RET1

WIPER RUN2

J10WIPER4S

BLK

RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

F09WIPER

BLK7

ORN/TAN

5A

3

J10WIPERS4S

3

7

GRA/GRN

BLK

J03COMPASS2S

2 COMPASS LT

1 COMPASS LT RET

ORN/RED 12AWG

6BLK

F07CABIN LIGHTS

10A

BLU/REDBLK

BLU/RED

BLK

GRA/GRN

BLK/GRN

GRN

BLK/RED1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

RED

J08FWD SYSTEMS12S

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RETURN

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RETURN

FWD NAV LIGHT

FWD COCKPIT LTS

NAV LIGHT RET

CABIN LIGHT

CABIN LIGHT RET

8

J08FORWARDSYSTEMS9S

J03COMPASS2S

3

ORN/RED 12AWG

20A

F1012V RECEPT/ENG HATCH

BLK4

RED/PUR 14AWG

2BLK 12AWG

RETU

RN

FEED

9RED/PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 14AWG

STARTYEL/RED

HORN INORN/WHT

WHT/ORN

BLK 12AWG

10

11

12

13

14

15

8RED/PUR 14AWG

7ORN 14AWG

6

5

4ORN/PUR

3GRA/GRN

2ORN/GRA

1BLOWER INORN/YEL 14AWG

P06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15P

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION IN

HORN

12V RECEPT/ENG HATCH

IGNITION BREAKER IN

DOCKING LIGHTS

WIPER RUN

WIPER IN

COCKPIT LT IN

BOW LT

NAV/ANC LT IN

12V RECEPTACLE RET

J09HELM/AFT SYSTEMS15S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

BLK/ORN

BLU

ORN

BRN/ORN

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

YEL/RED

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

CLUSTER RET

HELM RET

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

START

HELM POWER

BILGE POWER

BLK/BLU

BLK

6

6

1413

1211

109

87

65

43

21

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BILGE 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS. 5A4. RADIO 15A5. COURTESY LTS. 5A6. HORN 5A7. CABIN LTS 10A8. C/O MONITOR 3A9. WIPER 5A10. 12V RECEPTACLE/ENGINE HATCH 20A11. FRESH WATER 10A12. DOCKING LIGHTS 10A

123456

10

P04RADIO12S

J09HELM/AFT SYSTEMS15S

P06SWITCH/HELM SYSTEMS15P

8 10

2060

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

ORN/GRA

BRN/ORN

P04RADIO12S

PUR/BLK

ORN/GRN

RED

BLK/RED

ORN

BLK/GRN

BLK/ORN

GRN

RADIO RETSTEREO POWER

STEREO SWITCH

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD PORT SPKR RET

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

AFT STBD SPKR RET

NOT USED

5A

F03NAV/ANC LTS

5A

F02BILGE

FB01FUSE BLOCK

F01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

BLU

BLK/BLU

ORN/PUR

5A

F05CTSY LTS

BLK

ORN/WHT

F06HORN

ORN 14AWG

10A

F12DOCKING LTS

ORN/GRN

15A

F04RADIO

TB01RETURNBUSS

BLK

BLK

BLK

1

3

WHT/PUR

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWER

1

2

3WHT/REDWHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

P05POWER TRIM4S

RED/PUR 14 AWG

RED/PUR 14 AWG

YEL/RED

YEL/RED

P11EMERGENCY STOP SW2P

2

1

ESS

ESS

J17NEUTRAL SAFETY SW2S

2

1

NS

NS

4 TRIM LIMIT SW

WHT/PUR

1112

12

11

10

RED/YEL

3A

F08C/O MONITOR

5

RED/YELC/O MONITOR

HORN RETURN

HORN

9 8

42

02

02

42

42

42

42

42

41

42

43

42

42

41

13

13BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG


------FB01F01F02F03F04F05F06F07FO8F09F10F11F12J03J08J09J10J13J18LS05P04P05P06S07J17P11TB01FU8-J11

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0195028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0505028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0510028-0507028-0507028-0509028-0506028-0507028-0511028-0509028-0509028-0441028-0445028-0445028-0442028-0441028-0441-028-0451028-0448028-0452028-1286028-0441028-0447-028-0506028-0219028-0441

QUANTITY

231217542111111111REF111111111REF111REF11REF111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10FUSE BLOCK,14 POSITOINFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,15AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,3AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10ARECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,12 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTHORN,HIDDENPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUT,UMNL,15 CKTSWITCH,IGNITION,IORECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL, 2 CKTDC RET BUSSFUSE,ATC,3ARECEPT,FASTON,TAB,.25,16-14RECEPT.UMNL,2 CKT

FUNCTION

020913414243HELM FUSE BLOCKBLOWERBILGENAV/ANC LTSSTEREOCOCKPIT LTSHORNCABIN LTSC/O MONITORWIPER12V RECEPTACLE,HATCHFRESH WATER PUMPDOCKING LTSCOMPASSFWD SYSTEMSHELM/AFT SYSTEMSWIPERFIREBOYHELM POWERHORNRADIOPOWER TRIMSWITCH/HELM SYSTEMSIGNITION SWITCHNEUTRAL SAFETYESSRETURN BUSSC/O MONITORDOCKING LIGHTSCOURTESY LT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPGENERALBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSS-BUSSBUSSAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMP-AMPAMP-BUSSAMPAMP

- PRODUCTION RELEASE19956- -

BREAKOUT TO LINE UP WITHEND OF FUSE BLOCK

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

TB01DC RETURNS


205/225/245 SUNDOWNERHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™


A

TAN/BLUTAN/BLU

YEL/BLK 14AWG

2

1BLK 14AWG

J20FIREBOY2S

P20FIREBOY2P

BLK/YEL 14AWGYEL/BLK 14AWG

GND2ENG GND

PNK

WHT/PUR

BLK

J27WATER PUMP2S

2

1BRN/GRN

BLK

ORN/BRN

GRA/BRN

P19TRIM

BRN/RED

J16AFT CTSY LT2S

1

2

BLK

GRA/BLU

BLK

BRN/ORN

BLK

GRA/BRN

3

1

2

4

BILGE RET

AUTO BILGE

MANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

J21BILGE PUMP4S

GND1ENG GND

J07SWITCH/AFT SYSTEMS9S

COCKPIT LT

BILGE IN

BILGE MANUAL

ANC LT

DASH LT

IGNITION

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

ENGINE HATCH UP

BLOWER YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN

BRN/REDGRA/BLU

BLU

PUR 14AWG

GRA/BRN

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

GRA

TAN

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

P01INSTRUMENT9P

DASH RETBLK

1

IGNITION 2

DASH LIGHTS 3

TACHOMETER 4

WATER TEMP 5

OIL PRESS 6

TRIM POSITION 7

FUEL LEVEL 8

ENGINE ALARM 9

7

2

3

1

7

8

10

2

3

6

5

1

P17ENGINE

ENGINE(I/O)

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

YEL/RED

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

GRA

TAN

RED/PUR 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

PUR 14AWG

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER CABLE

SH01SPEEDO HOSE

1

2

YEL/BLK 14AWG

J25BLOWER2S

YEL 14AWG

BLK/BLU

BILGE POWER

HELM POWER

START

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

AFT PORT SPKR

AFT PORT SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR RET

AFT STBD SPKR

HELM RET

CLUSTER RET

BLK 10AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

WHT/BLU

WHT/GRN

BRN/ORN

BLU

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P09HELM/AFT SYSTEMS15P

LS04STBD AFTSPEAKER

BLU

BLK/

BLU

COCKPIT LTS

WATER PUMP

1

2

P18HELM POWER2P

BLK/ORN

ORN

BLK/

ORN

ORN

LS03PORT AFTSPEAKER

BRN/RED

BLK

GRA/BRN1

2

J17AFT CTSY LT2S

J01FUEL SENDER2S

PNK

BLK/PNK

GND3ENG GND

BLK/PNK

BLU

PUR 14AWG

1

2

J28STERN LT2S

TL01TRIM LIMIT SW

WHT/BLU

WHT/PUR

13

14

15

TRIM LIMIT SW

FIREBOY

NOT USED

RED/GRA

RED/TAN

J11ENGINE HATCH2S

2

1RED/TAN

RED/GRA

J12WATER PUMP2P

2

1BRN/GRN

ORN/BRNWATER PUMP IN

WATER PUMP

4

2

1

GRA/BLU

BLK

HR01HELMREMOTE

09

02B

B

42

40

42

41

63026302

42

42

11

1111

42

42

42

42

02

09

42

42

4142

51

5141

TR01TRANSOM REMOTE

B

BLK

BLK

14AW

G

BLK

BLK

BLK

GRA/BLU

75

205/225/245 SUNDOWNERAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 8

™

ROOSHORE POWER INLET

*206

LOAD

LINE

GND

RESETTEST

REVERSEPOLARITY

AC POWER

OFFOFF SHORE

MAIN

R01

DS02

DS01

CB01


245 SUNDOWNERAC POWER


SHORE POWER INLET INSTALLATION


BLKBLKBLKBLKWHTWHTBLKBLKGRN

GA

161616161010101010

FIRST

DS01DS01DS02DS02R00CB01R00CB01R00

PIN

1212NEULOAD2HOTLOAD2GND

PIN

LINE1LINE2LINE2GNDLINE2LINELINE1LINEGND

TERM

515151515620562056

TERM

191919082056205612

NOTE

BA

BA

BA

NOTESECOND

CB01CB01CB01R01CB01R01CB01R01R01

FUNCTION

POWER OK INDICATORPOWER OK INDICATORREVERSE POLARITY INDICATORREVERSE POLARITY INDICATORAC RETAC RETAC FEEDAC FEEDAC GROUND

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

CARL SWSOLICOSOLICOGE

FUNCTION

8192012

SHORE MAINSHORE OKSHORE REVGROUND FAULT

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,16-14,#8TERM,SS,16-14,#8TERM,SS,12-10,#8TERM,RING,12-10,#8PANEL,BLANK,245S,AC POWERCKT BKR-20A DPINDICATOR-NEONINDICATOR-NEONRECEPTACLE ASSY,110 VAC,GFCI

QUANTITY

134111111

PART NUMBER

028-0189028-0220028-0199028-0194025-1684028-04836414-16411-N3028-0226

ITEM

CB01DS01DS02R01


™


BRN/ORNBRN/ORNBRN/ORNBRN/ORNBRN/ORNBRN/PNKBRN/RED

GA

16161616161616

FIRST

S01S01CR02CR01F01J25CR03

PIN

BAT1BAT2--LOAD3-

PIN

++-LINE2+4

TERM

11110202024202

TERM

10100202421042

NOTE

SA

NOTE

SA

SECOND

CR01CR01CR01F01J25CR03J25

FUNCTION

BAT1 FEEDBAT2 FEEDDIODE JUMPERFUSE INAUTO BILGEBILGE MANUAL INBILGE MANUAL OUT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

ITCITCITC

BUSSBUSSMANAMPGUEST

FUNCTION

02101142

AUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEMANUAL BILGEFUSE DESIGNATORAUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEBATTERY SWITCHBATTERY SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,PG,1/4,18-14TERM,RING,PG,3/8,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCH BOXNUT,10-24,KEPS S.S.SCREW,10-24 X 1 1/4",PRESS INDIODE,18A,1N3208DIODE,18A,1N3208DIODE,18A,1N3208DESIGNATOR,BILGE PUMP 5AFUSE,AGC,5AFUSE HOLDER,PANEL MOUNTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,BATTERY,GUEST,2111-B

QUANTITY

532314411111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0192028-0193028-0454025-1962080-0097

028-0184

028-0442028-0485

ITEM

CR01CR02CR03D01F01FH01J25S01


BRN/ORN

BRN/OBAT1BAT2

COMM

S01BATTERY SWITCH

6 7

J25BATTERY SWITCH

BILGE PUMP 5A

21

OFF

BOTH

GUEST

D01

S01

FH01

F01

025-1962


225 SUNDOWNERDUAL BATTERY W/ SWITCH


BRN/ORN

5A

F01AUTO BILGE

BRN/ORN CR03

CR02

CR01

BRN/ORN

BRN/ORNBAT1BAT2

COMM

S01BATTERY SWITCH

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

J25BATTERY SWITCH4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BLK

BLK

BILGE RET

BILGE RET

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

BILGE AUTOBRN/RED

J21ABILGE PUMP4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

NOT USEDBRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P21ABILGE PUMP4P

4

3

2

1

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P25BATTERY SWITCH4P

4

3

2

1

AUTO BILGE BATTERY SWITCHHARNESS ASSEMBLY

™

BILGE PUMP 5A

21

OFF

BOTH

GUEST

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

ITCITCITC

BUSSBUSSMANAMPGUEST

FUNCTION

02101142

AUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEMANUAL BILGEFUSE DESIGNATORAUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEBATTERY SWITCHBATTERY SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,PG,1/4,18-14TERM,RING,PG,3/8,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCH NUT,10-24,KEPS S.S.SCREW,10-24 X 1 1/4",PRESS INDIODE,18A,1N3208DIODE,18A,1N3208DIODE,18A,1N3208DESIGNATOR,BILGE PUMP 5AFUSE,AGC,5AFUSE HOLDER,PANEL MOUNTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,BATTERY,GUEST,2111-B

QUANTITY

532314411111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0192028-0193028-0454025-2001080-0097

028-0184

028-0442028-0485

ITEM

CR01CR02CR03D01F01FH01J25S01


BAT2

COM

S0BA

6 7

J25BATTERY SWITCH

025-1998

S01

FH01 F01


245 SUNDOWNER(INCLUDES CE PACKAGE)

DUAL BATTERY W/ SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY

Page 11

BRN/ORN

5A

F01AUTO BILGE

BRN/ORN CR03

CR02

CR01

BRN/ORN

BRN/ORNBAT1BAT2

COMM

S01BATTERY SWITCH

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

J25BATTERY SWITCH4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BLK

BLK

BILGE RET

BILGE RET

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

BILGE AUTOBRN/RED

J21ABILGE PUMP4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

NOT USEDBRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P21ABILGE PUMP4P

4

3

2

1

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P25BATTERY SWITCH4P

4

3

2

1


™

BILGE PUMP 5A

OFF

GUEST

6 7

J25BATTERY SWITCH

ON

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP

ITC

BUSSBUSSMANAMPGUEST

FUNCTION

02101142

MANUAL BILGEFUSE DESIGNATORAUTO BILGEAUTO BILGEBATTERY SWITCHBATTERY SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,PG,1/4,18-14TERM,RING,PG,3/8,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCH NUT,10-24,KEPS S.S.SCREW,10-24 X 1 1/4",PRESS INDIODE,18A,1N3208DESIGNATOR,BILGE PUMP 5AFUSE,AGC,5AFUSE HOLDER,PANEL MOUNTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,BATTERY,GUEST,2111-B

QUANTITY

3113144111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0192028-0193028-0454025-2001080-0097

028-0442028-0551

ITEM

CR01D01F012FH01J25S01


025-1998

S01

FH01 F01


CE PACKAGESINGLE BATTERY

WITH SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY

Page 12

5A

F01AUTO BILGE

CR01

BRN/ORNBAT1

COMM

S01BATTERY SWITCH

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

J25BATTERY SWITCH4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BLK

BLK

BILGE RET

BILGE RET

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

BILGE AUTOBRN/RED

J21ABILGE PUMP4S

4

3

2

1

NOT USED

BILGE MANUAL

NOT USEDBRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P21ABILGE PUMP4P

4

3

2

1

BILGE MANUAL OUT

BILGE MANUAL IN

BILGE AUTO

BRN/RED

BRN/PNK

BRN/ORN

P25BATTERY SWITCH4P

4

3

2

1


™

Page 1

285 SUNDOWNERSINGLE INSTRUMENTATION

PANEL ASSEMBLYElectrical Schematics

6

6

IS

GND

IS

GND

IS

GND

SIG

BAT GND

J02INSTRUMENTS

J05DEPTHSOUNDER

J03INSTRUMENTS J06

COMPASS

24 6

18 6

GND

S I

GND

I

P05DEPTHFINDER

6

EA01ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU EA01ENGINE ALARM

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION

NOT USED

PANEL RET

TAN

PUR 14AWG

J04INSTRUMENTS9S

9

8

7

6

5

4

2

3

1

TACHOMETER

BLK 14AWG

GRA

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM POSITION

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

ENGINE ALARM

NOT USED

INSTRUMENT LTS

J02INSTRUMENTS4S

2

1 BLU

DEPTH SOUNDER

DEPTH SOUNDER RETPUR 14AWG

J05DEPTH SOUNDER2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT

GND

M04SPEEDOMETER

GRA

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M05TACHOMETER

PNK

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M02FUEL QUANTITY

LT

LT RETBLU

J06COMPASS LT2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

FUEL QUANTITY 3

NOT USED 4

PNK

PUR/WHT

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M01TRIM POSITION

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

GND

I

M03VOLTMETER

LT BLU

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M06OIL PRESSURE

TAN

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M07WATER TEMPERATURE

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPMOLEX

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA

FUNCTION

02084275BLANKINSTRUMENTSINSTRUMENTSDEPTH SOUNDERCOMPASSDEPTH SOUNDERTRIM POSITIONFUEL QUANTITYVOLTMETERSPEEDOMETERTACHOMETEROIL PRESSUREWATER TEMPERATUREDEPTH GAUGEENGINE ALARM

QUANTITY

81712111111111111111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0454028-1823025-2901028-0442028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0447024-0529024-0532024-0531024-0523024-0526024-0530024-0528028-1748

ITEM

J02J04J05J06P05M01M02M03M04M05M06M07M08EA01

FOUR WINNS PARTS LIST DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,.156,INS,16-14PANEL,BLANK,SINGLE INSTRUMENTRECEPT,UMNL.,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2CKT#A1448NDGAUGE,TRIM FARIA #GP7766GAUGE,FUEL FARIA #GP7768 GAUGE,VOLTMETER #VP7114GAUGE, SPEEDOMETER #SE9972GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR #THC239GAUGE, OIL PRESSURE #GP7767GAUGE,WATER TEMERATURE #GP7765DEPTH SOUNDER, FARIA 2" #DS0109ENGINE ALARM

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

7502

02

42

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

08

02

08

08

42

08

025-2901PANEL, BLANK, SINGLE INSTRUMENT

M08DEPTH SOUNDER

M07TEMPERATURE

M06OIL PRESSURE

M01TRIM POSITION

M04SPEEDOMETER M05

TACHOMETER

M02FUEL QUANTITY

M03VOLTMETER

™

Page 2

285 SUNDOWNERTWIN INSTRUMENTATION


6

EA02ENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLK

EA02PORTENGINE ALARM

TAN/BLK

BLU1

2

J02INSTRUMENTS2S

PUR/ORNINSTRUMENT LTS

IGNITION BOTH

NOT USED

ENGINE ALARM

PUR/YEL

LT BLU/RED

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

GRA/RED

BLK 14AWG

TACHOMETER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J03PORT INSTRUMENTS9S

PUR/RED 14AWG

TAN/RED

PANEL RET

NOT USED

IGNITION

WATER TEMPERATURE

ENGINE ALARM

PUR/WHT

LT BLU

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

GRA

BLK 14AWG

TACHOMETER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J04STBD INSTRUMENTS9S

PUR 14AWG

TAN

PANEL RET

NOT USED

IGNITION

WATER TEMPERATURE

IS

GND

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

SIG

BAT GND

SIG

BAT GND

7

1

2 3 4 5 6

DEPTH SOUNDER

DEPTH SOUNDER RETPUR/ORN

J05DEPTH SOUNDER2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

J02INSTRUMENTS

J05DEPTHSOUNDER

J04STBD INSTRUMENTS

J03PORT INSTRUMENTS

NOT USED

TAN

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

PUR 14AWG

1

3

4

5

6

7

M01STBDINSTRUMENTS

GRA

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M02STBDTACHOMETER

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT

GND

M03SPEEDOMETER

GRA/RED

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR/RED 14AWG

LT

SIG

GND

I

M04PORT TACHOMETER

TAN/RED

BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT BLU/RED

PUR/YEL

PUR/RED 14AWG

1

3

4

5

6

7

M05PORT INSTRUMENTS

PNK

BLU

BLK 14AWG

PUR/ORN

LT

SIG

GND

I

M06FUEL QUANTITY

J06COMPASS

LT

LT RETBLU

J06COMPASS LT2S

2

1BLK 14AWG

24 6

18 6

FUEL QUANTITY 3

NOT USED 4

PNK

6

6

6

P05DEPTHFINDER

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU EA01STBDENGINE ALARM

EA01ENGINE ALARM

6

08

08

08

08

08

08

42

75

02

08

08

08

02

02

42

02

08

08

08

42

08

08

08

08

08

08

75

02

08

08

08

42

42

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPMOLEXGCSAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIAFARIA

FUNCTION

02084275BLANKINSTRUMENTSPORT INSTRUMENTSSTBD INSTRUMENTSDEPTH SOUNDERCOMPASSDEPTH SOUNDERSTBD INSTRUMENTSSTBD TACHOMETERSPEEDOMETERPORT TACHOMETERPORT INSTRUMENTSFUEL QUANTITYDEPTH GAUGESTBD ENGINE ALARMPORT ENGINE ALARM

QUANTITY

52119211111111111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0189028-0454028-1823025-2907028-0442028-0443028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0447024-0527024-0526024-0523024-0526024-0527024-0532028-1748

ITEM

J02J03J04J05J06P05M01M02M03M04M05M06M07EA01EA02


DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,BULLET,FEMALE,INS,.156,16-14PANEL,BLANK,TWIN INSTRUMENTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG, UMNL, 2CKTGAUGE,4 IN 1 FARIA #GF0224GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR FARIA #TCH239GAUGE,SPEEDO FARIA 65MPH #SE9972GAUGE,TACH 6000 W/HOUR FARIA #TCH239GAUGE,4 IN 1 FARIA #GF0224 GAUGE,FUEL FARIA #GP7768DEPTH SOUNDER, FARIA 2"ENGINE ALARMENGINE ALARM

M01STBD INSTRUMENTS

M02STBD TACHOMETER

M03SPEEDOMETER

M04PORT TACHOMETER

M05PORT INSTRUMENTS

M06FUEL QUANTITY

MO7DEPTH SOUNDER

025-2907PANEL, BLANK, TWIN INSTRUMENT 280/285

™

Page 3

285 SUNDOWNERSWITCH


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMPCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SWCARL SW CARL SWCARL SWCLARION

FUNCTION

020942-PORT SWITCHSTBD SWITCHSTBD SWITCHBLOWERBILGEHORNNAV/ANC LTSCTSY LTSDOCKING LTSWIPEREXHAUSTACCESSORYENGINE HATCHFRESH WATER PUMPWINDLASS STEREO

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,SW BURL,280/285RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,DPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,(MOM),CONTIIISWITCH,DPDT,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWPTCH,DPDT,(MOM),CONT IIISWITCH,SPST,CONT IIISWITCH,SPDT,(MOM),CONT IIIHELM REMOTE

QUANTITY

431311111111111111111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0454025-3113028-0443028-0446028-0443028-0458028-0457028-0456028-0504028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0457028-0460028-0457028-0469-

ITEM

----J15J16J17S01S02S03S04S05S06S07S08S09S10S11S12HR01


HR01HELM REMOTE

GRA/BLU

BLK

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWGS11FRESH WATER

BLK

3

7

2

PNK/TAN 14AWG

PNK/GRA 14AWG

PNK/GRA 14AWG

ORN/BLK 14AWG

S10ENGINE HATCH

1

6

45

2

3

BLK

14AW

G

GRA/BLU

S09ACCESSORY

BLK

3

7

2

PUR/BLK

TAN/PURS08EXHAUST

BLK

3

7

2

ORN/TAN

RED/BLUS07WIPER

BLK

3

7

2

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWGS06DOCKING LTS

BLK

3

7

2

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRNS05CTSY LIGHTS

BLK

3

7

2

3RED/BLK

ORN

BLK/RED

2

1S12WINDLASS

ORN/

GRA GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

GRA/BLU

ORN/GRA

S04NAV/ANC 1

6

45

2

37

BLK

YEL 14AWG

BLK

ORN/WHTBILGE

BILGE IN

BLOWER B

BLOWER A

BLOWER B IN

ORN/YEL 14AWG

BLK

J15PORT SWITCH9S

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

BLOWER A IN

PANEL RET1

2ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

HORN IN

HORNWHT/ORN

BLK

2 3

S03HORN

ORN/WHT

WHT/ORN

2

7

3

S02BILGE PUMP

2

7

3

S01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG

65

BLK

YEL 14AWG

WIPER IN

DOCKING LT

2

1 PANEL RET

NAV LT IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

J16STBD SWITCH15S

BLK

STERN LT

BOW LT

CTSY LT IN

CTSY LT

DOCKING LT IN

WIPER

EXHAUST IN

EXHAUST

WINDLASS DOWN

2

1 ENGINE HATCH RET

ENGINE HATCH UP3

4

5

6

7

8

9

J17STBD SWITCH9S

BLK 14AWG

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

FRESH WATER IN

FRESH WATER

WINDLASS IN

WINDLASS UP

ENGINE HATCH IN

ORN/GRA

GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRN

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

ORN/TAN

RED/BLU

PUR/BLK

TAN/PUR

10

11

12

ORN/BLK 14AWG

PNK/GRA 14AWG

PNK/TAN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

ORN

RED/BLK

BLK/RED

ORN 13

14

15

ACCESSORY IN

NOT USED

NOT USED

PNK/TAN 14AWG

HR01HELM REMOTE

J15PORT SWITCH

10 6

1

2

3

1

2

3 6

5

4

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

2

3 6

5

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

1

2

3 6

5

4

7

J16STBD SWITCH

J17STBD SWITCH

10 6

6

6

42

42

42

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

02

09

02

02

02

02

BLK

S12WINDLASS

S11FRESH WATERPUMP

S10ENGINEHATCH

S09ACCESSORY

S08EXHAUSTS07

WIPERS06DOCKING LTS

S05CTSY LIGHTS

S04NAV/ANC LTS

S01BLOWER

S02BILGE

S03HORN

025-3113

™


285 SUNDOWNERSINGLE IGNITION

PANEL ASSEMBLY

A

A

A

BL01BLOWER LT SW RET

9

P62FIREBOY

12

BLK/YEL

- JW PRODUCTION RELEASE7/1/01 16479

R2512V RECEPTACLE

BLK 14AWG

ORN/RED 14AWG

J03ACCESSORY4S

4

2

3

1 BLK 14AWG

RED/ORN 14AWG

PUR/BLK

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

RED/PUR 10AWG

J01IGNITION9S

9

8

7

6

5

4

2

3

1 YEL/RED

RED/PUR 12AWG YEL/RED S

B I

S01IGNITION

RED/PUR 10AWG RED/PUR 12AWG15

CB01IGNITION

RED/PUR 10AWG

A

PUR 14AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

B

S

IA

J01IGNITION

J03ACCESSORY


CB01J01J03S01R25P62

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455025-2905028-0467028-0443028-0442028-1286028-1100028-0447

QUANTITY

632631111111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14 TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10PANEL,BLANK,SINGLE IGNITIONBREAKER,15ARECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORYRECEPT,12V AFIPLUG,UMNL,2CKT

FUNCTION

STARTIGNITION INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION12V RECEPTACLE RET12V RECEPTACLEIGNITION ACCESSORYFIREBOY RETBLOWER SW LT RETFIREBOY

SECOND

S01CB01CB01S01S01R25R25S01P62BL01J01

NOTE

B

A

NOTE

A

B

TERM

0207070702020202410242

TERM

4243434342424242424141

PIN

SLINELOADBI-+A1

5

PIN

12345123412

FIRST

J01J01J01J01J01J03J03J03J03P62P62

GA

1610121214141416161616

COLOR

YEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURPURBLKRED/ORNPUR/BLKBLK/YELBLK/YELPUR


PUR/BLK

8 53

3

PUR

BLK/YEL1

2

P62FIREBOY2P

FUNCTION

0207414243BLANK PANELIGNITION BREAKERIGNITIONACCESSORYIGNITION12V RECEPTACLEFIREBOY

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

MPAMPAMPGENERALAFIAMP

BL01BLOWER SW LT RETBLK/YEL

180818/23/02 ADDED P62 AND BL01 FOR FIREBOY OPTIONJJWA

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

FIREBOY

IGNITION ACCESSORY

IGNITION

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION IN

START

IGNITION BREAKER

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

FIREBOY

FIREBOY RET

025-2905

CB01IGNITION

R2512V RECEPTACLE

S01IGNITION

™


2.5

A

A

A

BLK/YEL

PUR/BLK

RED/ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

12

P62FIREBOY

3

3

3

8 5

NOTES:

PUR/BLK

PUR/BLK


YEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURPUR/REDYEL/REDRED/PURRED/PURRED/PURPURBLKRED/ORNPUR/BLKPUR/BLKPUR/BLKPUR/BLKBLK/YELBLK/YEL

GA

161012121416101212141414161616161616

FIRST

J01J01J01J01J01J02J02J02J02J02J03J03J03CR03CR03J03J03P62

PIN

123451234512312341

PIN

SLINELOADBISLINELOADBI-+3AA21

TERM

424343434242434343424242425151424241

TERM

020707070202070707020202510202414102

NOTE

A

A

B

NOTE

B

SECOND

S01CB01CB01S01S01S02CB02CB02S02S02R25R25CR03S02S01P62P62BL01

FUNCTION

STARTIGNITION INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITIONSTARTIGNITION INIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION BREAKERIGNITION12V RECEPTACLE RET12V RECEPTACLEIGNITION ACCESSORYIGNITION ACCESSORYIGNITION ACCESSORYFIREBOYFIREBOY RETBLOWER LT SW RET

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP

MPMPAMPAMPAMPGENERALGENERALAFIAMP

FUNCTION

0207414243BLANK PANELPORT IGNITION BREAKERSTBD IGNITION BREAKERPORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITIONACCESSORYPORT IGNITIONSTBD IGNITION12V RECEPTACLEFIREBOY

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14 TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10PANEL,BLANK,TWIN IGNITIONBREAKER,15ABREAKER,15ARECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTSWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORYSWITCH,IGNITION W/ACCESSORYRECEPT,12V AFIPLUG,UMNL,2 CKT

QUANTITY

862761111111111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455025-2909028-0467028-0467028-0443028-0443028-0442028-1286028-1286028-1100028-0447

ITEM

CB01CB02J01J02J03S01S02R25P62


CR03DIODE ASS'Y

1

2

3PUR/BLK

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR/RED 14AWG

A

RED/PUR 10AWG

CB01PORT IGNITION

15RED/PUR 12AWGRED/PUR 10AWG

S01PORT IGNITION

IB

SYEL/RED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

RED/PUR 12AWG

YEL/RED

IGNITION BREAKER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J01PORT IGNITION9S

RED/PUR 10AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR/RED 14AWG

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION

IGNITION ACCESSORY

FIREBOY

12V RECEPTACLE

12V RECEPTACLE RET 1

3

2

4

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR 14AWG

A

RED/PUR 10AWG

CB02STBD IGNITION

15RED/PUR 12AWG

RED/ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

R2512V RECEPTACLE

RED/PUR 10AWG

S02STBD IGNITION

IB

SYEL/RED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

RED/PUR 12AWG

YEL/RED

IGNITION BREAKER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

J02STBD IGNITION9S

RED/PUR 10AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR 14AWG

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION

EN#

164937/1/01 PRODUCTION RELEASEJW-

REVISEDBY

DESCRIPTIONDATEREVISIONLEVEL

B

S

IA

B

S

IA

J02STBD IGNITION

J01PORT IGNITION

J03ACCESSORY

PUR/BLK

BLK/YEL1

2

P62FIREBOY2P

BL01BLOWER SW LT RET

BLK/YEL

PUR

PUR

A JJW ADDED P62 BL01 FOR FIREBOY OPTION8/24/02 18087

9

BL01BLOWER LT SW RET

J03ACCESSORY4S

S01PORT IGNITION

S02STBD IGNITION

R2512V RECEPTACLE

CB01PORT IGNITION

CB02STBD IGNITION

025-2909

285 SUNDOWNERTWIN IGNITION

PANEL ASSEMBLY

™

P30TRIM TABS9P

C

C

ORN

14AW

G

ORN 14AWG

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S21STBD TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

ORN

14AW

G

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/YEL

WHT/YEL

WHT/PNK 14AWG

S20PORT TABCONTROLSWITCH

1

6

45

2

3

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

TAB DOWN

TAB UP

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB POWER1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

ORN 14AWG

WHT/BLK

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BRN 14AWG

PORT TAB SELECTWHT/YEL


P30S20S21

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2185028-0449028-0460028-0460

QUANTITY

34281111

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TRIM TABSPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT IIISWITCH,(ON) OFF (ON) CONT III

FUNCTION

0242BLANK PANELTRIM TABSPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPCARL SWCARL SW

FUNCTION

TAB POWERPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECTTAB UPTAB DOWN

TAB POWERTAB POWERTAB DOWNTAB UPPORT TAB SELECTSTBD TAB SELECT

SECOND

S21S20S21S21S21S20S21S21S21S21S20S21

NOTE

SASDSESFSG

SBSA

NOTE

SCSCSBSGSFSDSE

TERM

020202020202020202020202

TERM

414141414102020202020202

PIN

533462256411

PIN

123455526433

FIRST

P30P30P30P30P30S20S20S21S20S20S20S21

GA

141616141414141414141616

COLOR

ORNWHT/YELWHT/BLKWHT/PNKWHT/BRNORNORNONRWHT/BRNWHT/PNKWHT/YELWHT/BLK

FOUR WINNS WIRE LISTREVISIONLEVEL

-

A

B


285 SUNDOWNERTRIM TABS

PANEL ASSEMBLY

REAR PANEL VIEW

P30TRIM TABS

1

2

3 6

5

4 1

2

3 6

5

4

12 7

S20PORT TAB

S21STBD TAB

™

02

63

42

42

02

02

02

02

45

45

45

42

45

45

45

45

42

02

63

42

45

22

P22CABIN LT

LS02FWD STBD SPKR

P21CABIN LT

24

72

24

P19HEAD LT

P20CABIN LT

20

17

16

P18CABIN LT

19

12

12

77

24

24

12

36

20

90

6

24

18

6

28

18

24

622

LT02PORT NAV LT

LT01STBD NAV LT

LS07HORN

J10AMP

J11HELM

P12CABIN LT

J15DOCKING LT

J13DOCKING LT

J14WINDLASS

WW01WIPER

LS01FWD PORT SPKR

P23CABIN LT

P24CABIN LT

2222LS02

FWD STBDCOCKPIT SPKR

BLK/GRN

GRN

LS01FWD PORT COCKPIT SPKR

BLK/RED

RED

FWD STBD COCKPIT SPKR

FWD STBD COCKPIT SPKR RET

FWD PORT COCKPIT SPKR

FWD PORT COCKPIT SPKR RET

4

3

2

1

J10AMP4S

BLK/RED

RED

BLK/GRN

GRN

2

1

P21CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

2

1

J15DOCKING LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

2

1

J13DOCKING LT2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

2

1

J14WINDLASS2S

RED/BLK

BLK/RED

2

1

P12CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

WW01WIPER RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

BLK 14AWG

LT02PORTNAV LT

GRA/GRN

BLK

LT01STBDNAV LT GRA/GRN

BLK

LS07HORN WHT/ORN

BLK

J11HELM15S

WINDLASS UP

NOT USED

1

2

3

4

RED/BLK

BLK CABIN LT RET

WINDLASS DOWNBLK/RED

BLU/RED

RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

5

6

7

8

9

BLK 14AWG

BLK

BLK

BLK 14AWG

DOCKING LT RET

HORN RET

NAV LT RET

WIPER RET

WIPER RUN

WIPER PARK

NAV LT

HORN

CABIN LT

10

11

12

13

14

15

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG DOCKING LT

NOT USED

2

1

P18CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

2

1

P20CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

2

1

P19HEAD LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

2

1

P23CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

2

1

P22CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

2

1

P24CABIN LT2P

BLK

BLU/RED

7/24/03

HARNESS ASSEMBLY,FORWARD SYSTEMS, 285S

N.T.S.H.B.SCALE:DATE:DRAWN:SIZE:

TITLE:TOLERANCES:

1/16+/- FRACT .062 PLCS +/-

CADILLAC,MI 49601905 FRISBIE STREET

616-779-2331

REVISIONLEVEL

DATE DESCRIPTIONREVISEDBY

- PRODUCTION RELEASE20254

EN#

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.

- 7/28/03

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-----AMPAMPAMP AMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-

FUNCTION

02424563AMPHELMDOCKING LTWINDLASSDOCKING LTSPEAKERSPEAKERHORNNAV LTNAV LTCABIN LTCABIN LTHEAD LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTCABIN LTWINDSHIELD WIPER

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,CMNL,18-14TERM,FASTON,.205,18-14RECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERHORNLIGHT, BOW SSLIGHT, BOW SSPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,2 CKTWIPER

QUANTITY

112316211111REFREFREFREFREF11111111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0454028-0159028-1288028-0442028-0446028-0441028-0441028-0441-----028-0161028-0161028-0161028-0161028-0161028-0161028-0161028-0161-

ITEM

----J10J11J13J14J15LS01LS02LS07LT01LT02P12P18P19P20P21P22P23P24WW01



285 SUNDOWNERFORWARD SYSTEMSHARNESS ASSEMBLY

Page 7

™

FUNCTION

BUTTON POWERBUTTON POWERBUTTON POWERWINDLASS UPWINDLASS UPWINDLASS DOWNWINDLASS DOWN

NOTE

SA

SB

SC

TERM

51424242414241

PIN

LINE112122

SECOND

FH01J80J81J80P59J81P59

NOTE

SA

SB

SC

TERM

11514208420842

PIN

+LOAD1UP2DOWN2

FIRST

WR01FH01J80WR01J80WR01J81

GA

16161616161616

COLOR

REDREDREDRED/BLKRED/BLKBLK/REDBLK/RED


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPBUSS3MAMPAMPAMP

FUNCTION

08114142WINDLASS BUTTONFUSE HOLDERWINDLASS UPWINDLASS DOWNWINDLASSWINDLASS RELAY

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#8,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,.250PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14FUSE,ATC,3AFUSE HOLDER,INLINERECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTWINDLASS RELAY

QUANTITY

212411111REF

PART NUMBER

028-0189028-0193028-0390028-0454028-0506

028-0441028-0441028-0447065-0842-02

ITEM

F13FH01J80J81P59WR01


NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH2. WIRING TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SAE J1128.3. COLOR CODE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60000.4. TERMINATE PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-60153.5. SA-TZ WIRES TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.

BLK/RED

RED/BLK

ORIGINAL RELEASE

REVISEDBY

DESCRIPTIONCHECKEDBY

DATEREVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

F13WINDLASS BUTTONS

3A

RED

3

WINDLASS DOWN

WINDLASS UP1

2BLK/RED

RED/BLK

P59WINDLASS2P

DOWN

POWER1

2BLK/RED

RED

J81WINDLASS DOWN2S

UP

POWER1

2RED/BLK

RED

J80WINDLASS UP2S

WR01WINDLASS RELAY

WR01WINDLASS RELAY

J80WINDLASS UP

J81WINDLASS DOWN

P59WINDLASS

F13WINDLASSBUTTONS

WR01WINDLASS RELAYPOWER

WR01WINDLASS RELAYUP

WR01WINDLASS RELAYDOWN

3 33

3

3 3

3

3

FH01FUSEHOLDER


MAXWELL WINDLASSRELAY & FOOT PEDALHARNESS ASSEMBLY

FUNCTION

WINDLASS PEDAL RETWINDLASS PEDAL POWER

NOTETERM

4141

PIN

12

SECOND

P81P81

NOTE

BABA

TERM

1010

PIN

-+

FIRST

FP01FP01

GA

1616

COLOR

BLK/REDRED


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMP

FUNCTION

1141FOOT PEDALWINDLASS PEDAL

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,18-14FOOT PEDAL,MAXWELLPLUG,UMNL,2 CKT

QUANTITY

22REF1

PART NUMBER

028-0193028-0390

028-0447

ITEM

FP01P81


RED

BLK/RED

POWER

RET1

2

P81WINDLASS PEDAL2P

FP01FOOT PEDAL

P81

™


02

63

02

63

02

63

02

63

42

42

42

42

15

02

09

42

42

GRA/BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

TR01TRANSOM REMOTE

36

TR01TRANSOMREMOTE

70

15

36

12

43

12

72

72

24

20

28

48

23

36

15

12

41

48

12J32AMP

GND3GROUND

LS05PORT COCKPIT SPKR

LS06STBD COCKPIT SPKR


J31COCKPIT LT

J30HELM

J33COCKPIT LT

J34STERN LT

J35COCKPIT LT

LS03PORTCOCKPITSPKR

7/28/03-

EN#

20252 PRODUCTION RELEASE-

REVISEDBY

DESCRIPTIONDATEREVISIONLEVEL

REVISIONS

905 FRISBIE STREET TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,

BLK 14AWG

BLK

GND3GROUND

GRA/BRN

BLK 14AWG

J35COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

COCKPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

GRA/BLU 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

J34STERN LT 2S

1

2

STERN LT RET

STERN LT

GRA/BRN

BLK

J33COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

COCKPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

GRA/BRN

BLK

J31COCKPIT LT2S

1

2

COCKPIT LT RET

COCKPIT LT

GRA/BLU 14AWG

GRA/BRN

J30HELM2S

1

2

COCKPIT LTS

STERN LT

BLU

BLK/BLU

ORN

BLK/ORN

J32AMP4S

1

2

3

4

PORT COCKPIT SPKR RET

PORT COCKPIT SPKR

STBD COCKPIT SPKR RET

STBD COCKPIT SPKR

ORN

BLK/ORNLS03PORT COCKPIT SPKR

ORN

BLK/ORNLS05PORT COCKPIT SPKR


BLU

BLK/BLU

BLU

BLK/BLULS06STBD COCKPIT SPKR


-----GND3J30J31J32J33J34J35J37LS03LS04LS05LS06

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0191028-0193028-0454028-1288-028-0441028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0441----

QUANTITY

511164REF1111111REFREFREFREF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14TERM,FASTON,.205,18-14DC GROUNDRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKER

FUNCTION

0209114263DC RETHELMCOCKPIT LTAMPCOCKPIT LTSTERN LTCOCKPIT LTSWIM LTSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKERSPEAKER

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMP--AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP AMP----

SWIM LT

SWIM LT RET

2

1

J37SWIM LT.2S

BLK 14AWG

GRA/BRN

42

J37SWIM LT

12

50

285 SUNDOWNERCOCKPIT - DECK

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™


ORN/GRN 14AWG

4 NOT USED

3 STEREO POWER

BRN/YEL 1

2BRN/YELHIGH LEVEL SW

HIGH LEVEL SW

BRN/YEL4 HIGH LEVEL SW

BRN/YEL3 HIGH LEVEL SW

TAN/PUR

15

14

13

FIREBOY

SHOWER SUMP

EXHAUST

12 BLK 14AWG

11 BLK 14AWG

10 BLK 10AWG

40A

RED 10AWG

F24AMP

BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

AMP RET

AMP POWER

STEREO RET

STEREO POWER

BLK 10AWG

RED 10AWG

BLK

ORN/GRN 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

NOT USED

STEREO SWPUR/BLK

ORN/RED 14AWG

4

3

2

1

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

P13STEREO9P

20A

ORN/BLK 14AWG

F23ENGINE HATCH

9 BLK8 BLK 14AWG7 BLK 6 BLK5 BLK 14AWG4 BLK 14AWG3 BLK2

IGNITION BOTH

INSTRUMENT LTSPUR/BLK

P02INSTRUMENTS4P

2

1BLU

FUEL QUANTITY3

NOT USED4

PNK

STERN LT

COCKPIT LTS

2

1

P30HELM2P

GRA/BRN

GRA/BLU

P11HELM15P

WINDLASS UP

CTSY LIGHTS

1

2

3

4

RED/BLK

BLK CTSY LT RET

WINDLASS DOWNBLK/RED

BLU/RED 14AWG

RED/BLU

RED/LT BLU

GRA/GRN

WHT/ORN

5

6

7

8

9

BLK 14AWG

BLK

BLK

BLK 14AWG

DOCKING LT RET

HORN RET

NAV LT RET

WIPER RET

WIPER RUN

WIPER PARK

NAV LT

HORN

CABIN LT

10

11

12

13

14

15

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG DOCKING LT

NOT USED

GRA/BRN

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P28HELM SYSTEMS15P

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

FRESH WATER PUMP

BLOWER A

ENGINE HATCH UPLT BLU/GRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

BILGE IN

BILGE

TRIM TABS

REFRIGERATOR

BLOWER AYEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE IN

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

FUEL QUANTITY

ORN 14AWG

RED/GRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG10

11

12

P03ACCESSORY4P

4

2

3

1 12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

FIREBOY

BLK 14AWG

RED/ORN 14AWG

IGNITION ACCESSORYPUR/BLK

WIPER IN

DOCKING LT

2

1 PANEL RET

NAV LT IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

P16STBD SWITCH15P

BLK

STERN LT

BOW LT

CTSY LT IN

CTSY LT

DOCKING LT IN

WIPER

EXHAUST IN

EXHAUST

WINDLASS DOWN

2

1 ENGINE HATCH RET

ENGINE HATCH UP3

4

5

6

7

8

9

P17STBD SWITCH9P

BLK 14AWG

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

FRESH WATER IN

FRESH WATER

WINDLASS IN

WINDLASS UP

ENGINE HATCH IN

ORN/GRA

GRA/BLU

GRA/GRN

ORN/PUR

GRA/BRN

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

GRA/LT BLU 14AWG

ORN/TAN

RED/BLU

PUR/BLK

TAN/PUR

10

11

12

ORN/BLK 14AWG

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

ORN

RED/BLK

BLK/RED

ORN 13

14

15

ACCESSORY IN

NOT USED

NOT USED

WHT/ORN HORN

HORN IN

BRN/RED 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

ORN/YEL 14AWG2

1 PANEL RET

BLOWER A IN

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

P15PORT SWITCH9P

BLK

ORN/YEL 14AWG

BLOWER B IN

BLOWER A

BLOWER B

BILGE IN

BILGEORN/WHT

YEL 14AWG

FB01FUSE BLOCK

F01BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

F03NAV LTS

ORN/GRA

5A

F04CTSY LTS

ORN/PUR

5A

F05HORN

ORN/WHT

5A

F06WIPER

ORN/TAN

5A

F07HELM RECEPTACLE

ORN/RED 14AWG

10A

F08WINDLASS

ORN

5A

F09TRIM TABS

ORN 14AWG

20A

F15FRESH WATER

BRN/GRN

10A

F16OB DISCHARGE

ORN/BRN 14AWG

10A

F17CABIN LTS

BLK/RED 14AWG

10A

F18REFRIGERATOR

RED/GRN 14AWG

10A

F19CABIN RECEPTACLE

ORN/RED 14AWG

10A

10A

ORN 14AWG

F13ACCESSORY

RED/LT BLU

F02BLOWER

ORN/YEL 14AWG

5A

PNK

TB01DC RETURNS

BLK 14AWG1

F20VAC-U-FLUSH

ORN/BRN 14AWG

10A

F21DOCKING LTS

ORN/LT BLU 14AWG

10A

F25SHOWER SUMP TAN/GRA

10A

TAN/GRA

BLK/YEL

BLK/YEL

BLK

6 MODULE LTSBLU

2 MODULE RETBLK

1 MODULE PWRBRN/ORN

FM01FIRSTMATE MODULE

41

41

41

41

P36AFT SYSTEM4P 41

41

02

41

41

41

41

02

48FM01FIRSTMATEMODULE

P30HELM

P03ACCESSORY

P02INSTRUMENTS

P17STBD SWITCH

P16STBD SWITCH

36

36

12

36

12

24

P15PORT SWITCH

P13STEREO

P11HELM

12

1212

12

18

P28HELM SYSTEMS

24 23 18

9 7 5

40A

HORN10A 10A

ACC

AMP

21

10A

20 19 17 16

10A

6 4 3 2 1

15

1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10

11 12

13 14

FUSE SCHEDULE1. BLOWER 5A2. BLOWER 5A3. NAV/ANC LTS. 5A4. COURTESY LTS. 5A5. HORN 5A6. WIPER 5A7. HELM RECEPT 10A9. TRIM TABS 20A13. ACCESSORY 10A15. FRESH WATER PUMP 10A16. OVERBOARD DISCHARGE 10A17. CABIN LIGHTS 10A18. REFRIGERATOR 10A19. CABIN RECEPTACLE 10A20. VAC-U-FLUSH 10A21. DOCKING LT 10A23. ENGINE HATCH 20A24. AMP 40A25. SHOWER SUMP 10A

SHOWER SUMP 10A

ACCACCACC ENGINE HATCH20A

DOCKING LTS

ACC VHF FISH FINDER GPS20A

TRIM TABS5A

WINDLASS10A

HELM RECEPT

FRESH WATEROB DISCHARGECABIN LTSVAC-U-FLUSH10A 10A

REFRIGERATOR10A

CABIN RECEPT10A10A

5AWIPER

5ANAV LTCTSY LT BLOWER BLOWER

5A5A 5A 5A

13

25

P36AFT SYSTEMS

12

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTPART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0453028-0390028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0507028-0509028-0507028-0511028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0509028-0511028-1770028-0509028-0505028-0448028-0448028-0452028-0449028-0449028-0452028-0449028-0452028-0447028-0448

QUANTITY

35227711111111111111111111111111111REFREF

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,16-14TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14FUSE,ATC.5AFUSE,ATC 5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,5AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE,ATC,20AFUSE,ATC,40AFUSE,ATC,10AFUSE BLOCK,28 POSPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKT PLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,15 CKTPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTDC HELM RETFIRSTMATE MODULE

FUNCTION

02074041BLOWERBLOWERNAV LTSCTSY LTSHORNWIPERHELM RECEPTWINDLASSTRIM TABSACCESSORYFRESH WATEROB DISCHARGECABIN LTSVAC-U-FLUSHDOCKING LTSENGINE HATCHAMPSHOWER SUMPHELM FUSE BLOCK INSTRUMENTSACCESSORYHELMSTEREOPORT SWITCHSTBD SWITCHSTBD SWITCHHELM SYSTEMSHELMAFT SYSTEMHELM RETFIRSTMATE CONTROL

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSBUSSGENERALAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPGENERAL

ITEM

F01F02F03F04F05F06F07F08F09F13F15F16F17F18F20F21F22F23F24FB01 P02P03P11P13P15P16P17P28P30P36TB01FM01

3

TB01DC RETURNS

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

285 SUNDOWNERHELM SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

™


20251

24

J21HELM SYSTEMS

42

HI LEVEL SW

HI LEVEL SW

J21HELM SYSTEMS4S

BRN/YEL

BRN/YEL

2

1

3ORN/GRN 14AWG

STEREO

4NOT USED

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP--FARIA/TALON-----OMCAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP--

FUNCTION

02040911172224254245SHIPS SYSTEMS BREAKERBILGE PUMPDEPTH SOUNDER CABLEHELM FUSE BLOCKFUEL SENDERFUSEBLOCK DC RETDC RETDC RETSPEEDOMETER HOSEREFRIGERATORVAC U FLUSHOVERBOARD DISCHARGEBLOWER ABLOWER BFLUSH PANELBILGE PUMPENGINE HATCHHELM SYSTEMSFRESH WATER PUMPBATTERY SWITCHFUEL FILLHELM SYSTEMSSHOWER SUMP BOXTRIM TABSFIRE BOYHIGH LEVEL SWTRIM TABSHELM DC RETTRIM TAB PUMP

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,TAB,FASTON..250,18-14TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,16-14TERM,RING,#10,8TERM,RING,#6,16-14TERM,RING,1/4,8TERM,RING,3/8,8SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,CMNL,20-14BREAKER,40A,MPBREAKER,5AHARNESS ASSEMBLY,25' TRANSDUCERFUSE BLOCK,28 POSITIONSENDER, FUEL STUART WARNERDC GROUNDDC GROUND DC GROUNDHOSE,SPEEDOMETER,OMCRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,15 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTPLUG,CMNL,4 CKTTERMINAL BLOCK,14POSTRIM TAB PUMP

QUANTITY

11123111554REFREF1REFREFREFREFREF1111111111111111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0201028-0191028-0197028-0198028-0356028-0315028-0316028-0454028-0159--027-2199-----024-0073028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0443028-0442028-0441028-0442028-0441028-0441028-0441028-0446028-0441028-0443028-0441028-0441028-0204--


----------CB30CB32DS01FB01FS01GND1GND2GND3HS01J13J14J15J16J17J18J19J20J21J23J24J27J28J29J30J31J32P22TB01TT01

STEREO

24

J32HIGH LEVELSWITCH

BRN/YELBRN/YEL

J32HIGH LEVEL SW2S

2

118

12

48

12

55

18

12

20

J31FIRE BOY

J29SHOWER PUMP

88

SHIPS SYSTEMSBREAKERCB30

J24BATT SWITCH

88

10010 J27FUEL FILL

NOT USED 4

FULL TANK LIGHTBRN/PNK

3

BRN/PNK

HS01SPEEDOMETER HOSE

1

2

J27FUEL FILL 2S


80

TH01EXHAUST

15

14

TAN/PUR13

FIREBOY

SHOWER SUMP

EXHAUST

REFRIGERATOR

TRIM TABS

BILGE

BILGE IN

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

YEL 14AWG

BRN/GRN 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWGENGINE HATCH UP

BLOWER B

FRESH WATER PUMP

ENGINE HATCH DOWN

J28HELM SYSTEMS15S

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

GND1ENGINE GROUND

TB01HELM RET

BLK 8AWG

FB01HELM FUSE BLOCK

RED 8AWG

DS01DEPTHSOUNDER

DEPTH SOUNDERTRANSDUCER

DEPTH SOUNDERDISPLAY

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER CABLE

PRODUCTION RELEASE

DATEEN #REVISEDBY

9/3/02-

DESCRIPTION

1NTS7/28/03H.B.

REVISIONS

DISCLOSURE OF THIS INFORMATION WITHOUT PERMISSION OF FOUR WINNS IS PROHIBITED

616-779-2331


3 PLCS +/- .0202 PLCS +/- .06FRACT +/- 1/16

TOLERANCES: TITLE: HARNESS ASSEMBLY,AFT SYSTEMS,280/285

SIZE:

C

DRAWN: DATE: SHEET: OF:

CHECKED: DATE:

SCALE:

DWG NUMBER:

42FS01FUEL SENDER

1

2

FRIG RET

FRIG

BLK 14AWG

J13REFRIGERATOR2S

RED/GRN 14AWG

1

2

YEL/BLK 14AWG

J17BLOWER B2S

YEL 14AWG

1

2

BLK/YEL

J16BLOWER A2S

YEL 14AWG

AUTO BILGEBRN/REDMANUAL BILGE

AUTO BILGE

BILGE RET

4

2

1

3

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

J19BILGE PUMP 4S

J20ENGINEHATCH

J19BILGE PUMP

DS01DEPTH SOUNDER

J17BLOWER B

J16BLOWER A

J13REFRIGERATOR

J18FLUSH PANEL

GND2ENGINE GROUND

TAB DOWNWHT/BRN 14AWGTAB UP

STBD TAB SELECT

PORT TAB SELECT

4

2

1

3

WHT/BLK

WHT/YEL

WHT/PNK 14AWG

P22TRIM TAB PUMP

BLK 14AWG TT01TRIM TAB PUMP RET

P22TRIM PUMP

TT01TRIM TAB PUMP

J28HELM SYSTEMS

FB01HELM POWER#10

TB01HELM RET#10

J14VAC U FLUSH

J23FRESH WATERPUMP

30110

48

30

12 6

6

30

56

6

6

30

20

50

220

38

24

38

1818

CB30SHIPS SYSTEMS

GND1ENGINE GROUND

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

J18FLUSH PANEL9S

VAC-U-FLUSH

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

OVERBOARD DISCHARGE


BRN/WHT 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BLK 14AWGPANEL LT RET

1

2

BLK 14AWG

BRN/WHT 14AWG

J14VAC-U-FLUSH4S

PUMP RET

PUMP

1

2

PUMP RET

PUMP

BLK 14AWG

J15OVERBOARD DISCHARGE2S

BRN 14AWG

FULL TANK LIGHT

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

BRN/GRN 14AWG

J23FRESH WATER PUMP2S

BLK 14AWG

2

1

BRN/ORN 14AWG

FS01FUEL SENDERBLK

PNK

HATCH DOWN

HATCH UP

2

1

J20ENGINE HATCH2S

LT BLU/BLU 14AWG

LT BLU/GRN 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG GND2ENGINE GROUND

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

48

WHT/YELPORT TAB SELECT

WHT/BRN 14AWG

WHT/PNK 14AWG

WHT/BLK

ORN 14AWG

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1 TAB POWER

STBD TAB SELECT

TAB UP

TAB DOWN

NOT USED

J30TRIM TABS9S

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

BLOWER AYEL 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

BRN/RED 14AWG

GRN

GRN

GND1ENGINE GROUND

20

BLK

24

J30TRIM TABS


VAC-U-FLUSH IN

FUEL QUANTITY

ORN 14AWG

RED/GRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG10

11

12PNK


48

30

TH01EXHAUST

J15OVERBOARDDISCHARGE

TAN/GRA

1

2

PUMP RET

PUMP

BLK 14AWG

J29SHOWER SUMP2S

TAN/GRA

J31FIREBOY2S

2

1

BLK/YEL

BLK 14AWG

YEL/BLK 14AWG

XX

NOTES:1. LENGTHS SHOWN IN INCHES +/- 1.5 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.

45

42

42

42

04

02

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

42

11

11

09

22

24

25

17

17

42

J24BATT SWITCH 2S

2

1ORN/GRN 14AWG

BILGE PUMP

GND3ENGINE GROUND

20

REVISION LEVEL

-

285 SUNDOWNERAFT SYSTEMS

HARNESS ASSEMBLYPage 11

™


285 SUNDOWNER ENGINE SYSTEM

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

PUR 14AWG

41

NOT USED

ENGINE ALARM

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

GND1ENGINE GROUND

BLK 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

PUR/WHT

LT BLU

TRIM POSITION

OIL PRESSURE

GRA

BLK 14AWG

TACHOMETER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

P04INSTRUMENTS9P

BLK 14AWG

PUR 14AWG

TAN

PANEL LT RET

PANEL RET

IGNITION

WATER TEMPERATURE

S01ESS

RED/PUR 12AWG

RED/PUR 12AWGRED/PUR 12AWG

YEL/RED

IGNITION BREAKER

1

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

P03IGNITION9P

RED/PUR 10AWG

RED/PUR 12AWG

PUR 14AWG

START

IGNITION IN

IGNITION BREAKER

IGNITION

YEL/RED 1

2

J05NEUTRAL SAFETY2S

YEL/REDNEUTRAL SAFETY

NEUTRAL SAFETY

4

TRIM POWER

TRIM UP

TRIM DOWN

J06TRIM/TILT4S

3

2

1

NOT USED

ENGINE ALARM

1

1

3

2

3

2

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

P02PORT TRIM

P01PORT ENGINE

WHT/GRN

WHT/BLU

WHT/RED

GRA

TAN

RED/PUR 10AWG

YEL/RED

LT BLU

PUR/WHT

NOT USED

TACHOMETER

WATER TEMPERATURE

IGNITION (FROM ENGINE)

START

OIL PRESSURE

TRIM/TILT

TRIM DOWN

TRIM UP

TRIM POWERWHT/PURTRIM LIMIT SW

TL01TRIM LIMIT SW

WHT/BLUWHT/PUR

TAN/BLU

TAN/BLU

IGNITION (TO ENGINE)

42 51

75

42

07

40

51

41

11

FOUR WINNS PARTS LISTQUANTITY

213106112111111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0179028-0197028-0453028-0390028-0454-028-1823028-0441028-0442 --028-0449028-0449--

ITEM

-------J05J06P01P02P03P04S01TL01

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10TERM,RING,3/8,16-14PIN,UMNL,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14VENDER TERMINATEDTERM,BULLET,FEM,INS,.156,16-14RECEPT,UMNL,2 CKTRECEPT,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,ENGINE IOPLUG,TRIM/TILTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTSWTICH,ESS,NO TRIM LIMIT

FUNCTION

07114041425175NEUTRAL SAFETYTRIM/TILTENGINETRIM/TILTIGNITIONINSTRUMENTSESSTRIM LIMIT SWITCH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPOMCOMCAMPAMP---

J06TRIM/TILT

S01ESS

J05NEUTRAL SAFETY

P03IGNITION

P04INSTRUMENTS

GND1ENGINE GROUND

P01ENGINE

P02TRIM/TILT

40

12 12

40

20 40

220

40

24

38 40 36

18TL01TRIM LIMIT SWITCH

™

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

CARL SWCARL SWCARL SWSOLICOSOLICOWESGARDEWESGARDE

FUNCTION

0913BLANK PANELSHORE MAINREFRIGERATOR/CHARGEROUTLETSAC POWERAC REV POLAC GROUNDAC NEUTRAL

DESCRIPTION

TERM,RING,#10,16-14TERM,RING,#10,12-10PANEL,BLANK,AC CABINBREAKER,30A DPBREAKER,10ABREAKER,15ANEON,250V GREENNEON,250V REDBUSS BAR,10 GANGBUSS BAR,10 GANG

QUANTITY

3411111111

PART NUMBER

028-0191028-0195025-2435028-0484028-0416028-0417028-0531028-0530028-0302028-0302

ITEM

CB01CB02CB03DS01DS02TB02TB03


TB03AC NEUTRAL

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1WHT 10AWG

TB03AC NEUTRAL

TB02AC GROUND

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1BLK

BLK 10AWG

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

WHT 10AWG

15

CB03OUTLETS

10

CB02BATTERY CHARGER/REFRIGERATOR

CB01SHORE MAIN

DS02REVERSEPOLARITY

DS01ACPOWER

12 7

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. ROUTE WIRING ON PANEL AS SHOWN. TIE

10/15/99- ORIGINAL RELEASE

REVISION LEVEL

REVISED BY

DATE DESCRIPTION

TB02AC GROUND

OFFOFF

OFFOFF

OFF

CHARGERREFRIGERATOR

OUTLETS

REVERSEPOLARITY

SHOREMAIN


BLKBLKBLKBLKBLKWHT

GA

161616161010

FIRST

CB01CB01CB01TB02CB01CB01

PIN

LINE ALINE BLINE B1LOAD ALOAD B

PIN

+-+-LINE1

TERM

090909091313

TERM

515151511313

NOTE

SASA

NOTESECOND

DS01DS01DS02DS02CB02TB03

FUNCTION

AC POWER NEON +AC POWER NEON -AC REV POL NEON +AC REV POL NEON -AC HOT LINEAC NEUTRAL LINE

DS02REVERSE POLARITY

DS01AC POWER

025-2435

CB03OUTLETS

CB02CHARGER/REFRIGERATOR

CB01SHORE MAIN


285 SUNDOWNERAC CABIN


SHORE POWER INLET INSTALLATION

™


NOTE: SHOWN AS REFERENCE FOR WINDLASS OPTION

OFF

BAT 2

BAT 1FEEDER

FIELD

EMERGENCYSTART ONLY

SHIPSSYSTEMS

WINDLASS

ON

OFF

ENGINE START SWITCH

BILGE PUMP

BATTERY SWITCHMOUNTING DETAIL

STEREO

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPCARL SWCARL SWETAETAGUEST

FUNCTION

021018313541-BATTERY SWITCHSHIPS SYSTEMSWINDLASSBILGESTEREOBATT SWITCH

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,RING,1/4,16-14TERM,RING,3/8,2TERM,RING,1/4,2TERM,RING,1/4,4PIN,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,BATTERY SWITCHPLUG,UMNL,2 CKTBREAKER,80A BREAKER,80ABREAKER,10ABREAKER,20ASWITCH, DUAL BATTERY

QUANTITY

211112111REF111

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0192028-0399--028-0390025-3099028-0447028-1888028-1888028-1880028-1881028-0485

ITEM

-------P01CB30CB31CB32CB33S01


S01BATTERY SWITCH

RED 14AWG

20

CB33STEREO

10

RED 14AWG

RED 2AWG

RED 4AWG

RED 14AWG

BATT. 2 BATT. 1

FEEDER

CB30SHIPS SYSTEMS

80

CB31WINDLASS

80

CB32AFT BILGE

35

02

02

31

10

18

2

1

6P01BATTERYSWITCH

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BRN/ORN 14AWG

P01BATTERY SWITCH2P

1

2

41

6

CB30SHIP SYSTEMS

CB31WINDLASS

S01BATTERY SWITCH

CB32BILGE PUMP

CB33STEREO

025-3099PANEL, BLANK, BATT SW 280/285/288

BOLT, FHOHMS, 10-32 X 1"

NUT, #10-32, BRASSF/W P/N 080-0288

WASHER, LOCK, EXTERNAL TOOTH#10 BRASS, F.W. P/N 080-0289

WASHER, #10 - MAX. OUTSIDE DIA.OF .40, HT. .270/.230

025-3099PANEL BLANKS01BATTERY SWITCH

285 SUNDOWNERBATTERY SWITCHPANEL ASSEMBLY

™


3/8/00K.E.H.A ADDED LT1 FULL TANK INDICATOR LIGHT

LT1INDICATOR

BLKBLK

FUNCTION

SWITCH LT RETVAC-U-FLUSH INVAC-U-FLUSHFULL LIGHTFULL LIGHT

SECOND

S01S01S01P18S01

NOTE

SA

SA

NOTE TERM

0202024102

TERM

4141415151

PIN

72367

PIN

12312

FIRST

P18P18P18LT1LT1

GA

1614141616

COLOR

BLKORN/BRNBRN/WHTBLKBLK



J18LT1S01

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0390025-2437028-0449

028-0457

QUANTITY

341111

DESCRIPTION

RECEPT,FASTON,.250,18-14PIN,UMNL,18-14PANEL,BLANK,TOILETPLUG,UMNL,9 CKTINDICATOR, RED 12VSWITCH,SPST,CONT III

FUNCTION

0241BLANKFLUSHFULL LIGHTFLUSH

MANUFACTURER

AMPAMP

AMPSOLICOCARL SW

BLK

ORN/BRN 14AWG BRN/WHT 14AWG

S01TOILET

3

7

2

P18FLUSH9P

6 5

NOTES:1. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES +/- 1 INCH.2. WIRE COLOR PER FOUR WINNS COLOR CODE 125-60000.3. TERMINATIONS PER FOUR WINNS SPEC. 125-601534. WIRE TYPE PER SAE J1128.5. SA-SZ TERMINALS TERMINATE IN A COMMON TERMINAL.


1

2

3 6

5

4

7

- ORIGINAL RELEASE

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

P18FLUSH9P

VAC-U-FLUSH

VAC-U-FLUSH IN

NOT USED

NOT USED

BRN/WHT 14AWG

ORN/BRN 14AWG

BLKPANEL LT RET

FULL TANK LIGHT

NOT USED

NOT USED

NOT USED

LT1INDICATOR

S01TOILET

025-2437

285 SUNDOWNERTOILET

PANEL ASSEMBLY

™

Page 16

285 SUNDOWNERSTEREO

HARNESS ASSEMBLY

20

07

20

19

41

02

19

20

20

42

42

41

+

-

-

+

AMP REMOTE POWERAMP GROUND

RADIO RET

STEREO SWITCH

STEREO POWER

FWD PORT LF

FWD PORT LF

NOT USED

NOT USED

FWD STBD RF

FWD STBD RF

NOT USED

NOT USED

AMP POWERRED 10AWG

BLK 10AWG

BLU

R0212V RECEPTACLEORN/RED 14AWG

BLK 14AWG

AM01AMPLIFIER

LF+

RF-

BLU AMP REMOTE POWER

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

P02STEREO12S

PUR/BLK

ORN/GRN

BLK

BLK 14AWG

NOT USED

AMP RET

AMP POWER

STEREO RET

STEREO POWER

BLK 10AWG

RED 10AWG

BLK

ORN/GRN

9

8

7

6

5

NOT USED

STEREO MEMORY PUR/BLK

ORN/RED 14AWG

4

3

2

1

12V RECEPTACLE RET

12V RECEPTACLE

J13STEREO POWER9S

BLU

BLK/BLU

ORN

BLK/ORN

P32AFT SPEAKERS4P

1

2

3

4

PORT COCKPIT SPKR RET

PORT COCKPIT SPKR

STBD COCKPIT SPKR RET

STBD COCKPIT SPKR

GRN

BLK/GRN

REDBLK/RED

P10FWD SPEAKERS4P

1

2

3

4

FWD PORT SPKR RET

FWD PORT SPKR

FWD STBD SPKR RET

FWD STBD SPKR

LR

LR

RR

RR

BLK/RED

RED

BLK/GRN

GRN

W01SUBWOOFER

BLK 12 AWG

RED 12 AWG

BLK/ORN

ORN

BLK/BLU

BLU

-

+

-

+

REAR

FRONT

43


MANUFACTURER

AMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMPAMP-AMPAMPAMPAMP--

FUNCTION

02074142431920AMPLIFIERSTEREO POWERSTEREO FWD SPEAKERSAFT SPEAKERS12V RECEPTACLEBASS SPEAKERS

DESCRIPTION

TERM,FASTON,.250,18-14TERM,FASTON,.250,12-10PIN,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,18-14SOCKET,UMNL,12-10TERMINAL,SS,PG #8,16-14TERMINAL,SS,PG #8,12-10AMPLIFIER,SONY 754RECEPT,UMNL,9 CKTPLUG,UMNL,12 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTPLUG,UMNL,4 CKTRECECT,12V AFISUB-WOOFER

QUANTITY

22813254REF1111REFREF

PART NUMBER

028-0177028-0179028-0390028-0454028-0455028-0220028-0199-028-0444028-0451028-0448028-0448028-1100-

ITEM

- - -----AM01J13P02P10P32R02W01


3

3

R0212V RECEPTACLE

J13STEREO POWER

12

12

65

24

35

3 3

12

AMPLIFIERAFT STBD SPKR

AMPLIFIERAFT PORT SPKR

AMP GND 3

24

P32AFT SPEAKERSP10

FWD SPEAKERS

12

P02STEREO

48

66

SUB WOOFERW01

16

AMPLIFIERWOOFER OUT

3

AMP POWER

AMP REMOTE POWER

™

Page 17

CLARION AMPLIFIER - APX400.4MCONNECTIONS & SETTINGS


™

Page 18

CLARION AMPLIFIER - APX480MCONNECTIONS & SETTINGS


APX4

80M

Rem

ote

Turn

-On:

(Blu

e/W

hite

)

XMD3

/M33

5/M

235

RCA

Outp

uts:

Ref

er to

spe

cific

sou

rce

unit

mod

el fo

r pro

per c

onne

ctio

n co

nfig

urat

ion.

RCA

Cabl

es: C

onne

ct to

Pow

er A

mpl

ifier

's C

H1 &

CH2

RCA

Inpu

ts

CH1/

2 GA

IN: 2

V (1

o'c

lock

)

CH3/

4 GA

IN: 2

V (1

o'c

lock

)

BASS

EXT

ENDE

R: A

djus

t to

desi

red

leve

l

Left

Spea

kers

Righ

t Spe

aker

s

Sour

ce U

nit W

iring

Har

ness

Subw

oofe

r

APX4

80MCH

1/2

FREQ

: 100

Hz (1

2 o'

cloc

k)

CH1/

2 FI

LTER

: LP

SOUR

CE S

ELEC

T: 2

CH/B

ASS

CH1/

2: M

ONO

CH3/

4: S

TERE

O

CH3/

4 FR

EQ: 1

00Hz

(12

o'cl

ock)

RANG

E: X

1 (O

ut)

CH3/

4 FI

LTER

: HP

Rem

ote

Turn

-On:

(Blu

e/W

hite

)

25A

FUSE

25A

FUSE

CH

1C

H2

CH

3C

H4

GR

OU

ND

BA

TT

ER

YR

EM

OT

E

Grou

nd: C

onne

ct d

irect

ly to

neg

ativ

e 12

VDC

term

inal

of b

atte

ry o

r dis

tribu

tion

bloc

k.

Pow

er: C

onne

ct d

irect

ly to

pos

itive

12V

DC te

rmin

al o

f bat

tery

or d

istri

butio

n bl

ock.

(not

sup

plie

d)50

A Fu

se

CH

1C

H3

CH

4C

H2

A G E N M A R C O M P A N Y

P A R T # 0 9 0 - 2 7 4 8